ML13149A412: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(4 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 9: Line 9:
| docket = 05000244
| docket = 05000244
| license number = DPR-018
| license number = DPR-018
| contact person = Jackson D E
| contact person = Jackson D
| case reference number = TAC U01901
| case reference number = TAC U01901
| package number = ML13060A101
| package number = ML13060A101
Line 19: Line 19:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:--U.S Nuclear Regulatory Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Applicant Information Name: Date: April 26, 2013 Facility/Unit:
{{#Wiki_filter:U.S Nuclear Regulatory Commission Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Applicant Information Name:
R.E. Ginna Region: I Reactor Type: Westinghouse Start Time: Finish Time: Instructions Use the answer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet on top of the answer sheets. To pass the examination, you must achieve a final grade of at least 80.00 Percent. Examination papers will be collected 6 hours after the examination begins. Applicant Certification All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid. Applicant's Signature Results Examination Value Points Applicant's Score Points Applicant's Grade Percent Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 055 G2.2.38 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement)
Date:   April 26, 2013                               Facility/Unit:           R.E. Ginna Region:             I                               Reactor Type:             Westinghouse Start Time:                                         Finish Time:
Station Blackout -Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license RO Question #1 Plant conditions:
Instructions Use the answer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet on top of the answer sheets. To pass the examination, you must achieve a final grade of at least 80.00 Percent. Examination papers will be collected 6 hours after the examination begins.
* At 0500 this morning, a plant trip AND a loss of all AC power occurred In accordance with Technical Specifications, which one of the following times is the longest time that the Station Batteries would continue to supply expected shutdown loads with an adequate battery terminal voltage? A. 0700 today B. 0900today C. 1300 today D. 0500 tomorrow
Applicant Certification All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.
-------------------
Applicant's Signature Results Examination Value                                                                             Points Applicant's Score                                                                             Points Applicant's Grade                                                                           Percent
-----------------
 
--------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible as the TS Basis assumption for the minimum of 2 hours of decay heat removal capability via the TDAFW pump. CORRECT. Per B 3.B.4 and 3.B.6, each battery is designed/expected to carry its expected shutdown loads for 4 hrs following a plant trip and loss of all AC power before battery terminal voltage falls below 10B.6V, after accounting for line losses between the battery terminals and the load devices. Plausible because a student lacking detailed knowledge of the battery discharge basis could confuse the actual design basis with B hrs, which actually is the time limit required to establish the emergency backfeed procedure for the vital busses using the station unit transformer (11) as a backup to the EDGs. Plausible because a student lacking detailed knowledge of the battery discharge basis could confuse the actual design basis with 24 hrs, which for a station blackout event is the basis for the minimum permissible onsite diesel fuel inventory to allow the EDGs to operate at their design ratings for 24 hrs. Technical TS Basis 3.B.6 (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                     RO               SRO Tier #                     1 Group #                   1 KIA #                     055 G2.2.38 Importance Rating         3.6 (K&A Statement) Station Blackout - Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license RO Question #1 Plant conditions:
FSAR B.1.1.4, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
* At 0500 this morning, a plant trip AND a loss of all AC power occurred In accordance with Technical Specifications, which one of the following times is the longest time that the Station Batteries would continue to supply expected shutdown loads with an adequate battery terminal voltage?
None Learning Objective:  
A. 0700 today B. 0900today C. 1300 today D. 0500 tomorrow
._R_E_C_O_O_C_1_._0B
 
______ (As available)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination            Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          B Explanation:
Question Bank # C063.0024 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 8 55.43 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 011 EA1.07 Importance Rating 4.4 (K&A Statement)
A. Plausible as the TS Basis assumption for the minimum of 2 hours of decay heat removal capability via the TDAFW pump.
Reactor Coolant Pump System -Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems: CCWS RO Question #2 Given the following plant conditions: Plant is performing a cooldown per 0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions RCS cold leg temperature is 280"F and lowering slowly RCS pressure is 320 psig and stable HCO reports that CCW surge tank level is lowering slowly Which one of the following is the likely location of the leak? RCP oil cooler heat exchanger RHR heat exchanger Non-regenerative heat exchanger RCP thermal barrier heat exchanger
B. CORRECT. Per B 3.B.4 and 3.B.6, each battery is designed/expected to carry its expected shutdown loads for 4 hrs following a plant trip and loss of all AC power before battery terminal voltage falls below 10B.6V, after accounting for line losses between the battery terminals and the load devices.
------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. RCP oil coolers are low pressure system, a CCW leak would be a loss ofCCW Plausible because RHR cooling would be in service and a leak location is possible in the RHR heat exchanger, incorrect because RHR pressure is greater than CCW pressure. Plausible because the Non-regenerative heat exchanger is still in service and a possible leak location incorrect because Letdown pressure is greater than CCW pressure. Plausible because RCPs cooling would be in service and a leak location is possible in the RCP thermal barrier heat exchanger.
C. Plausible because a student lacking detailed knowledge of the battery discharge basis could confuse the actual design basis with B hrs, which actually is the time limit required to establish the emergency backfeed procedure for the vital busses using the station unit transformer (11) as a backup to the EDGs.
Incorrect because thermal barrier pressure is greater than CCW pressure.
D. Plausible because a student lacking detailed knowledge of the battery discharge basis could confuse the actual design basis with 24 hrs, which for a station blackout event is the basis for the minimum permissible onsite diesel fuel inventory to allow the EDGs to operate at their design ratings for 24 hrs.
Technical RAP03C, 1.02 and 2.01 (Attach if not previously provided)
Technical Reference(s):      TS Basis 3.B.6                   (Attach if not previously provided)
R2801 C, 1.03B and 1.04B Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
FSAR B.1.1.4, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         None Learning Objective:             ._R_E_C_O_O_C_1_._0B_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
--'--CN-=-on:....:...e=--
Question Source:      Bank #                   C063.0024 Modified Bank #                           (Note changes or attach parent)
______ Learning Objectives:
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                   x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                8 55.43
RAP03C, 1.02 and 2.01 Question Bank # COOO.0980 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 3 55.43 Comments:
 
Meets KIA by requiring that the candidate demonstrate knowledge of the relative pressures associated with the CVCS, RCP oil pressure, RHR, and CCW systems in order to determine which components would result in in-leakage or out-leakage from CCW system.
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                 RO             SRO Tier #                 1 Group #               1 KIA #                 011 EA1.07 Importance Rating     4.4 (K&A Statement) Reactor Coolant Pump System - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems: CCWS RO Question #2 Given the following plant conditions:
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 011 EA1.07 Importance Rating 4.4 (K&A Statement)
* Plant is performing a cooldown per 0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions
Large Break LOCA -Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a Large Break LOCA: Containment Isolation System RO Question #3 Given the following sequence of events: Plant is at 1 00% power RCS pressure and PRZR level began lowering rapidly RCS pressure is now 900 psig and beginning to stabilize CNMT Sump B level is 113" The immediate actions of E-O. REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, have been verified A-26. CONTAINMENT ISOLATION.
* RCS cold leg temperature is 280"F and lowering slowly
is actuated Which response describes (1) the status of A-26 and (2) the FIRST required operator action to position MOV-814. RX SUPP CLRS ISOL VLV. if out-of-position? (1) Expected alarm; (2) Instruct the AO to locally CLOSE the alternate isolation valve(s) (1) Expected alarm; (2) Manually CLOSE from MCB (1) Not an expected alarm -it indicates that one or more valves are OPEN; (2) Instruct the AO to locally CLOSE the alternate isolation valve(s) (1) Not an expected alarm -it indicates that one or more valves are OPEN; (2) Manually CLOSE from MCB Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:
* RCS pressure is 320 psig and stable
A Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the MCB switch failed to close the valve. If that valve has an alternate isolation valve in the field vs. an alternate MCB isolation, then the AO would be directed to close the alternate isolation valve. CORRECT. Alarm A-26 means that a 'T' Signal has been generated.
* HCO reports that CCW surge tank level is lowering slowly Which one of the following is the likely location of the leak?
A "1" Signal is generated on any automatic SI. Any out-of-position CIV light is DIM. In accordance with ATT. 27, the valve-specific controller is used to place the valve in the safeguards position regardless of whether SI and CI have been reset. Plausible if candidate does not know the source of the alarm. The second part would be correct if the MCB switch failed to close the valve. If that valve has an alternate isolation valve in the field vs. an alternate MCB isolation, then the AO would be directed to close the alternate isolation valve. Plausible if candidate does not know the source of the alarm. The second part is correct. Technical ATT. 27, Step 6 (Attach if not previously provided)
A. RCP oil cooler heat exchanger B. RHR heat exchanger C. Non-regenerative heat exchanger D. RCP thermal barrier heat exchanger
E-O, Step 6 AR-A-26 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
 
_N:...::..=...on
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         A Explanation:
:...:..e=---
A. CORRECT. RCP oil coolers are low pressure system, a CCW leak would be a loss ofCCW B. Plausible because RHR cooling would be in service and a leak location is possible in the RHR heat exchanger, incorrect because RHR pressure is greater than CCW pressure.
______ Learning Objective:
C. Plausible because the Non-regenerative heat exchanger is still in service and a possible leak location incorrect because Letdown pressure is greater than CCW pressure.
__R_E_P_0_0_C_2._0_1
D. Plausible because RCPs cooling would be in service and a leak location is possible in the RCP thermal barrier heat exchanger. Incorrect because thermal barrier pressure is greater than CCW pressure.
______ (As available)
Technical Reference(s):    RAP03C, 1.02 and 2.01           (Attach if not previously provided)
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
R2801 C, 1.03B and 1.04B Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:   --'--CN-=-on:....:...e=--_ _ _ _ __
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the meaning of a CIV-related alarm actuating during a LBLOCA and the required action at the MCB.
Learning Objectives:             RAP03C, 1.02 and 2.01 Question Source:        Bank #             COOO.0980 Modified Bank #                     (Note changes or attach parent)
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 015/017 AK3.04 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement)
New Question History:        Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:         55.41              3 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring that the candidate demonstrate knowledge of the relative pressures associated with the CVCS, RCP oil pressure, RHR, and CCW systems in order to determine which components would result in in-leakage or out-leakage from CCW system.
RCP Malfunctions  
 
-Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump (Loss of RC Flow) malfunctions:
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                       RO             SRO Tier #                     1 Group #                     1 KIA #                       011 EA1.07 Importance Rating           4.4 (K&A Statement) Large Break LOCA - Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a Large Break LOCA: Containment Isolation System RO Question #3 Given the following sequence of events:
Reduction of power to below the steady state power-to-flow limit. RO Question #4 Plant conditions:
* Plant is at 100% power
* 30% power with all controllers in AUTO * 'A' RCP breaker has just tripped In response to this event, (1) what automatic or manual action should occur, and (2) what is the reason for this action? A. (1) Automatic reactor trip; (2) ONB concern B. (1) Manual reactor trip; (2) ONB concern C. (1) Automatic reactor trip; (2) uneven core flow distribution O. (1) Manual reactor trip; (2) uneven core flow distribution
* RCS pressure and PRZR level began lowering rapidly
-----------------
* RCS pressure is now 900 psig and beginning to stabilize
----------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Power> P-8 (25%) will cause an automatic reactor trip signal if one (1) RCP is stopped. Both the single and total loss of flow trips are DNB limit concerns. Plausible if the examinee does not recall the P-8 setpoint.
* CNMT Sump B level is 113"
The AR-D-17, REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS TRIPPED, alarm response would require a reactor trip for a single RCP trip if the reactor trip breakers are shut. However, it is NOT an immediate action and would only be done as directed by the AR procedure.
* The immediate actions of E-O. REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, have been verified
The second response is correct. Plausible because the first statement is correct -an automatic reactor trip will occur. The second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't consider the purpose of the lower core distribution plate in mixing incoming loop uneven temperatures to prevent uneven core flow distribution. Plausible if the examinee does not recall the P-8 setpoint.
* A-26. CONTAINMENT ISOLATION. is actuated Which response describes (1) the status of A-26 and (2) the FIRST required operator action to position MOV-814. RX SUPP CLRS ISOL VLV. if out-of-position?
The AR-D-17, REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS TRIPPED, alarm response would require a reactor trip for a single RCP trip if the reactor trip breakers are shut. However, it is NOT an immediate action and would only be done as directed by the AR procedure.
A. (1) Expected alarm; (2) Instruct the AO to locally CLOSE the alternate isolation valve(s)
The second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't consider the purpose of the lower core distribution plate in mixing incoming loop uneven temperatures to prevent uneven core flow distribution.
B. (1) Expected alarm; (2) Manually CLOSE from MCB C. (1) Not an expected alarm - it indicates that one or more valves are OPEN; (2) Instruct the AO to locally CLOSE the alternate isolation valve(s)
Technical Reference(s):
D. (1) Not an expected alarm - it indicates that one or more valves are OPEN; (2) Manually CLOSE from MCB
ITS Basis: (Attach if not previously provided)
 
ITS Basis: 3.3.1-17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           B Explanation:
None Learning Objective:
A Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the MCB switch failed to close the valve. If that valve has an alternate isolation valve in the field vs. an alternate MCB isolation, then the AO would be directed to close the alternate isolation valve.
_RA_P_1_4_C-,-,_2_.0_1(As available)
B. CORRECT. Alarm A-26 means that a 'T' Signal has been generated. A "1" Signal is generated on any automatic SI. Any out-of-position CIV light is DIM. In accordance with ATT. 27, the valve-specific controller is used to place the valve in the safeguards position regardless of whether SI and CI have been reset.
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank # 2009 Turkey Point NRC New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 5, 10 55.43 Comments:
C. Plausible if candidate does not know the source of the alarm. The second part would be correct if the MCB switch failed to close the valve. If that valve has an alternate isolation valve in the field vs. an alternate MCB isolation, then the AO would be directed to close the alternate isolation valve.
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the reason for the reactor trip requirement for single loop loss of flow trip and the ITS basis for those trips.
D. Plausible if candidate does not know the source of the alarm. The second part is correct.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 1 Group 1 022 AA2.01 Importance Rating 3.2 (K&A Statement)
Technical Reference(s):      ATT. 27, Step 6                 (Attach if not previously provided)
Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup -Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Whether charging line leak exists RO Question #5 Plant conditions: 100% power with all major controllers in AUTO Pressurizer Level is 56% and slowly lowering VCT Level is 30% and lowering slowly Charging Pump speed is slowly rising RCS Makeup controls are in AUTO Letdown Flow is stable at 40 GPM REGEN Heat Exchanger inlet temperature is normal REGEN Heat Exchanger outlet temperature is below the alarm setpoint, but higher than normal and slowly rising Which one of the choices describes the reason for existing plant conditions? The Reactor Coolant Filter is blocked There is a leak in the letdown line, after the flow sensor LCV-112A, Letdown Diversion Valve, is partially open to the divert flowpath There is a leak in the charging line before HCV-142, Charging Flow Control Valve Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the candidate could assume this would block the letdown flow path to the VCT,resulting in lowering VCT level, however relief V-209 would lift resulting in small changes if any to the VCT level Plausible because it would result in lowering VCT level and AUTO M/U However, charging pump speed would not be Plausible because this would result in a lowering VCT level, but there would be charging pump speed CORRECT. This would result in charging pump speed rising to maintain PZR level, lowering VCT level. Technical Reference(s):
E-O, Step 6 AR-A-26 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N:...::..=...on:...:..e=---_ _ _ _ __
AP-CVCS.1, Step 6 (Attach if not previously provided)
Learning Objective:               __R_E_P_0_0_C_2._0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Question Source:      Bank #
_N_on_e______ Learning Objective:
Modified Bank #                         (Note changes or attach parent)
_RA_P_..0._5_C_2_._01
New                     X Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:           Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                       X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the meaning of a CIV-related alarm actuating during a LBLOCA and the required action at the MCB.
______ (As available)
 
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   1 Group #                 1 KIA #                   015/017 AK3.04 Importance Rating       3.1 (K&A Statement) RCP Malfunctions - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump (Loss of RC Flow) malfunctions: Reduction of power to below the steady state power-to-flow limit.
Meets KIA by requiring diagnosis of plant conditions indicative of a charging line leak in the Aux. Bldg. All choices are CVCS-related (2 Charging and 2 Letdown) to cover the range of the abnormal procedure actions and all of them are inside the Auxiliary Building.
RO Question #4 Plant conditions:
Higher order because conditions must be properly analyzed to arrive at the correct answer.
* 30% power with all controllers in AUTO
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 025 AK3.01 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement)
    * 'A' RCP breaker has just tripped In response to this event, (1) what automatic or manual action should occur, and (2) what is the reason for this action?
Loss of RHR System -Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of RHR System: Shift to alternate flowpath RO Question #6 Given the following plant conditions: Plant is in Mode 4 Bus 11 B is de-energized for bus maintenance RCP 'A' is tagged out for maintenance Both Steam Generators are at 52% narrow range level Both RHR Pumps have tripped, and neither RHR Pump can be restarted The crew is performing AP-RHR.1, LOSS OF RHR RCS pressure is 320 PSIG and stable RCS temperatures are 220°F and slowly rising Which of the following will be the action taken in AP-RHR.1 for these conditions? Continue efforts to restore RHR by venting the RHR system Start 'B' RCP and stabilize RCS temperatures by dumping steam Dump steam to establish natural circulation to stabilize RCS temperature Establish conditions to use the RCDT pump per ER-RHR.1, RCDT PUMP OPERATION FOR CORE COOLING Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because this is an action called for in the abnormal procedure, but is performed if RCS temperature is > Plausible because the first priority action is to start a RCP in accordance with A IT. 15 and then maintain or lower RCS temperature, but with Bus 11 B out of service the 'B' RCP is not available. CORRECT. With no RCPs available, dumping steam and establishing natural circulation is the alternate method for establishing cooling Plausible because the ER-RHR.1, RCDT PUMP OPERATION is correct if cooling cannot be establish using the S/Gs, however only used if RCS press is less than 100 psig. Technical Reference(s):
A.   (1) Automatic reactor trip; (2) ONB concern B.   (1) Manual reactor trip;     (2) ONB concern C.   (1) Automatic reactor trip; (2) uneven core flow distribution O.   (1) Manual reactor trip;     (2) uneven core flow distribution
AP-RHR.1, Steps 15 -17 (Attach if not previously provided)
 
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           A Explanation:
None Learning Objective:  
A. CORRECT. Power> P-8 (25%) will cause an automatic reactor trip signal if one (1) RCP is stopped. Both the single and total loss of flow trips are DNB limit concerns.
.--'-.RA-=---c:c:...P---'-1-=-8C-=--=2c:....:.0'--"1
B. Plausible if the examinee does not recall the P-8 setpoint. The AR-D-17, REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS TRIPPED, alarm response would require a reactor trip for a single RCP trip if the reactor trip breakers are shut. However, it is NOT an immediate action and would only be done as directed by the AR procedure. The second response is correct.
______ (As available)
C. Plausible because the first statement is correct - an automatic reactor trip will occur. The second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't consider the purpose of the lower core distribution plate in mixing incoming loop uneven temperatures to prevent uneven core flow distribution.
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
D. Plausible if the examinee does not recall the P-8 setpoint. The AR-D-17, REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS TRIPPED, alarm response would require a reactor trip for a single RCP trip if the reactor trip breakers are shut. However, it is NOT an immediate action and would only be done as directed by the AR procedure. The second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't consider the purpose of the lower core distribution plate in mixing incoming loop uneven temperatures to prevent uneven core flow distribution.
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge that establishing heat removal flowpath and diagnosing that adequate heat removal has resulted is the reason for the LO RHR procedural actions. Higher order determination is based on prioritizing the procedure path when the initial conditions are met for performing either path.
Technical Reference(s):       ITS Basis: 3.4.4-1                    (Attach if not previously provided)
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 KIA 026AA1.06 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement)
ITS Basis: 3.3.1-17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         None Learning Objective:               _RA_P_1_4_C-,-,_2_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Loss of Component Cooling Water -Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water: Control of flow rates to components cooled by the CCWS RO Question #7 Plant conditions: 100% power Component Cooling Water (CCW) Surge Tank level began to lower The operating crew entered AP-CCW.2, LOSS OF CCW DURING CCW Surge Tank Level has stabilized using the normal makeup supply from RMW An AO dispatched has reported that Seal Water Return Heat Exchanger flows and temperatures are outside of normal readings The Seal Water Return Heat Exchanger has been bypassed and isolated All other isolation valves are in normal alignment Which of the following describes the expected response of: (1) Volume Control Tank (VCT) temperature; and Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) level (1) Rises; (2) Rises (1) Rises; (2) Remains the same (1) Remains the same; (2) Rises (1) Remains the same; (2) Remains the same
Question Source:           Bank#
--------------------------
Modified Bank #               x 2009 Turkey Point NRC New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:       Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                   x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                  5, 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the reason for the reactor trip requirement for single loop loss of flow trip and the ITS basis for those trips.
-----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the seal water heat exchanger was not bypassed and the return flow path was through relief 314 while the leak location diagnosis is in progress. CORRECT. Seal Water return flow is going directly to the VCT (without cooling) but, since MOV-313 remains open, the relief in the return line will not be opening to the PRT. Plausible because this would be correct if the seal water heat exchanger was bypassed and the return flow path was through Plausible if candidate thinks that seal water return flow will discharge to another tank (e.g., RCDT) thru relief V-314 Technical Reference(s):
 
AP-CCW.2, Steps 6 &(Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                  RO             SRO Tier#                  1 Group #                1 KlA#                    022 AA2.01 Importance Rating     3.2 (K&A Statement) Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Whether charging line leak exists RO Question #5 Plant conditions:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
* 100% power with all major controllers in AUTO
__N_o_ne________ Learning Objective:
* Pressurizer Level is 56% and slowly lowering
_RA_P_0_2_C_2_._01(As available)
* VCT Level is 30% and lowering slowly
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
* Charging Pump speed is slowly rising
Meets KIA by monitoring condition of related parameters while CCW flow is secured to a component that it serves. Higher order because there is a procedural option to isolate rather than bypass the Seal Water HX and the answer is different for each option.
* RCS Makeup controls are in AUTO
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 029 EK2.06 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement)
* Letdown Flow is stable at 40 GPM
A TWS -Knowledge of the interrelations between the A TWS and the following:
* REGEN Heat Exchanger inlet temperature is normal
Breakers, relays and disconnects RO Question #8 Plant conditions:
* REGEN Heat Exchanger outlet temperature is below the alarm setpoint, but higher than normal and slowly rising Which one of the choices describes the reason for existing plant conditions?
* Reactor Trip Breaker testing is in progress on Train "A". * "A" Reactor Trip Breaker is open. * "A" Reactor Trip Bypass Breaker is closed.
A. The Reactor Coolant Filter is blocked B. There is a leak in the letdown line, after the flow sensor C. LCV-112A, Letdown Diversion Valve, is partially open to the divert flowpath D. There is a leak in the charging line before HCV-142, Charging Flow Control Valve
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           D Explanation:
A. Plausible because the candidate could assume this would block the letdown flow path to the VCT,resulting in lowering VCT level, however relief V-209 would lift resulting in small changes if any to the VCT level B. Plausible because it would result in lowering VCT level and AUTO M/U response.
However, charging pump speed would not be affected.
C. Plausible because this would result in a lowering VCT level, but there would be no charging pump speed response.
D. CORRECT. This would result in charging pump speed rising to maintain PZR level, lowering VCT level.
Technical Reference(s):     AP-CVCS.1, Step 6                 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:           _N_on_e_ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective:             _RA_P_..0._5_C_2_._01_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:      Bank #
Modified Bank #                         (Note changes or attach parent)
New                       x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis               X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:          55.41                   10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring diagnosis of plant conditions indicative of a charging line leak in the Aux. Bldg. All choices are CVCS-related (2 Charging and 2 Letdown) to cover the range of the abnormal procedure actions and all of them are inside the Auxiliary Building. Higher order because conditions must be properly analyzed to arrive at the correct answer.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:           Level                    RO             SRO Tier #                  1 Group #                  1 KIA #                    025 AK3.01 Importance Rating       3.1 (K&A Statement) Loss of RHR System - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of RHR System: Shift to alternate flowpath RO Question #6 Given the following plant conditions:
* Plant is in Mode 4
* Bus 11 B is de-energized for bus maintenance
* RCP 'A' is tagged out for maintenance
* Both Steam Generators are at 52% narrow range level
* Both RHR Pumps have tripped, and neither RHR Pump can be restarted
* The crew is performing AP-RHR.1, LOSS OF RHR
* RCS pressure is 320 PSIG and stable
* RCS temperatures are 220°F and slowly rising Which of the following will be the action taken in AP-RHR.1 for these conditions?
A. Continue efforts to restore RHR by venting the RHR system B. Start 'B' RCP and stabilize RCS temperatures by dumping steam C. Dump steam to establish natural circulation to stabilize RCS temperature D. Establish conditions to use the RCDT pump per ER-RHR.1, RCDT PUMP OPERATION FOR CORE COOLING
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                           Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           C Explanation:
A. Plausible because this is an action called for in the abnormal procedure, but is not performed if RCS temperature is > 200°F.
B. Plausible because the first priority action is to start a RCP in accordance with AIT. 15 and then maintain or lower RCS temperature, but with Bus 11 B out of service the 'B' RCP is not available.
C. CORRECT. With no RCPs available, dumping steam and establishing natural circulation is the alternate method for establishing cooling D. Plausible because the ER-RHR.1, RCDT PUMP OPERATION is correct if cooling cannot be establish using the S/Gs, however only used if RCS press is less than 100 psig.
Technical Reference(s):     AP-RHR.1, Steps 15 -17                                           (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                         None
                                                                                                            ----~----------
Learning Objective:             .--'-.RA-=---c:c:. .P---'-1-=-8C-=--=2c:. . :.0'--"1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:       Bank#
Modified Bank #                                                        (Note changes or attach parent)
New                                              x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                   x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                                              10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge that establishing heat removal flowpath and diagnosing that adequate heat removal has resulted is the reason for the LO RHR procedural actions. Higher order determination is based on prioritizing the procedure path when the initial conditions are met for performing either path.
 
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination       Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:               Level                RO               SRO Tier #              1 Group #              1 KIA #                026AA1.06 Importance Rating   2.9 (K&A Statement) Loss of Component Cooling Water - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water: Control of flow rates to components cooled by the CCWS RO Question #7 Plant conditions:
* 100% power
* Component Cooling Water (CCW) Surge Tank level began to lower
* The operating crew entered AP-CCW.2, LOSS OF CCW DURING POWER OPERATION
* CCW Surge Tank Level has stabilized using the normal makeup supply from RMW
* An AO dispatched has reported that Seal Water Return Heat Exchanger flows and temperatures are outside of normal readings
* The Seal Water Return Heat Exchanger has been bypassed and isolated
* All other isolation valves are in normal alignment Which of the following describes the expected response of:
(1) Volume Control Tank (VCT) temperature; and (2) Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) level A. (1) Rises;                       (2) Rises B. (1) Rises;                       (2) Remains the same C. (1) Remains the same;             (2) Rises D. (1) Remains the same;           (2) Remains the same
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination              Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          B Explanation:
A. Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the seal water heat exchanger was not bypassed and the return flow path was through relief V 314 while the leak location diagnosis is in progress.
B. CORRECT. Seal Water return flow is going directly to the VCT (without cooling) but, since MOV-313 remains open, the relief in the return line will not be opening to the PRT.
C. Plausible because this would be correct if the seal water heat exchanger was not bypassed and the return flow path was through reliefV-314.
D. Plausible if candidate thinks that seal water return flow will discharge to another tank (e.g., RCDT) thru relief V-314 Technical Reference(s):     AP-CCW.2, Steps 6 & 7                  (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       __N_o_ne_ _______
Learning Objective:             _RA_P_0_2_C_2_._01_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:      Bank #
Modified Bank #                         (Note changes or attach parent)
New                         x Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:         Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                       x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41              7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by monitoring condition of related parameters while CCW flow is secured to a component that it serves. Higher order because there is a procedural option to isolate rather than bypass the Seal Water HX and the answer is different for each option.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                     RO               SRO Tier#                     1 Group #                   1 KIA #                     029 EK2.06 Importance Rating         2.9 (K&A Statement) ATWS - Knowledge of the interrelations between the ATWS and the following: Breakers, relays and disconnects RO Question #8 Plant conditions:
* Reactor Trip Breaker testing is in progress on Train "A".
    *   "A" Reactor Trip Breaker is open.
    *   "A" Reactor Trip Bypass Breaker is closed.
* A transient occurs initiating an AUTOMATIC Reactor Trip signal.
* A transient occurs initiating an AUTOMATIC Reactor Trip signal.
* The Reactor does NOT trip from the AUTOMATIC signal. Which of the following describes the condition that has contributed to the failure of Automatic Reactor Reactor Trip ... A. Breaker "B" Undervoltage Trip coil failed to energize.
* The Reactor does NOT trip from the AUTOMATIC signal.
Which of the following describes the condition that has contributed to the failure of the Automatic Reactor Trip?
Reactor Trip ...
A. Breaker "B" Undervoltage Trip coil failed to energize.
B. Bypass Breaker "A" Undervoltage Trip coil failed to deenergize.
B. Bypass Breaker "A" Undervoltage Trip coil failed to deenergize.
C. Bypass Breaker "A" Shunt Trip coil failed to energize.
C. Bypass Breaker "A" Shunt Trip coil failed to energize.
D. Breaker "B" Shunt Trip coil failed to deenergize.
D. Breaker "B" Shunt Trip coil failed to deenergize.
-----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because Breaker "B" is equipped with an undervoltage trip coil, however, trip coils are normally energized and deenergize on a trip signal. CORRECT. Given the conditions listed, the Bypass Breaker Undervoltage Trip coil failed to deenergize. Plausible because the Shunt Trip coil is designed to energize and trip open the breaker, however, Bypass Breaker Shunt Trip only energizes on a Manual reactor trip. Plausible because Breaker "B" is equipped with a Shunt Trip coil, however, it energizes to trip. Technical Reference(s):
 
FR-S.1, Step (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         B Explanation:
FSAR 7.2.2.1.5 , FIG 7.2-20 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
A. Plausible because Breaker "B" is equipped with an undervoltage trip coil, however, trip coils are normally energized and deenergize on a trip signal.
None Learning Objective:
B. CORRECT. Given the conditions listed, the Bypass Breaker Undervoltage Trip coil failed to deenergize.
RFRS1C 2.01, R3501C 1.02 (As available)
C. Plausible because the Shunt Trip coil is designed to energize and trip open the breaker, however, Bypass Breaker Shunt Trip only energizes on a Manual reactor trip.
Question Source: Bank# Comanche Peak 2011 NRC Modified Bank # New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge
D. Plausible because Breaker "B" is equipped with a Shunt Trip coil, however, it energizes to trip.
______ Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 6 55.43 Comments:
Technical Reference(s):     FR-S.1, Step 7                  (Attach if not previously provided)
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 038 G2.4.1 Importance Rating 4.6 (K&A Statement)
FSAR 7.2.2.1.5 , FIG 7.2-20 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:             RFRS1C 2.01, R3501C 1.02         (As available)
Steam Generator Tube Rupture: Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps RO Question #9: Plant conditions:
Question Source:     Bank#               x                  Comanche Peak 2011 NRC Modified Bank #
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge ______
Comprehension or Analysis                   x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:         55.41              6 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                 1 Group #                 1 KIA #                   038 G2.4.1 Importance Rating       4.6 (K&A Statement) Steam Generator Tube Rupture: Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps RO Question #9:
Plant conditions:
* A small-break LOCA has occurred
* A small-break LOCA has occurred
* The crew is performing ES-1.2, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION
* The crew is performing ES-1.2, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION
Line 124: Line 193:
* The CO reports 'A' SIG level is rising in an uncontrolled manner
* The CO reports 'A' SIG level is rising in an uncontrolled manner
* RCS Pressure is 1800 PSIG and lowering
* RCS Pressure is 1800 PSIG and lowering
* Pressurizer Level is 7% and lowering Per the ES-1.2 FOLDOUT page, which response describes:  
* Pressurizer Level is 7% and lowering Per the ES-1.2 FOLDOUT page, which response describes: (1) operator action required, and (2) the required procedure transition?
(1) operator action required, and (2) the required procedure transition?
A. (1) Manually start SI Pumps; (2) go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY IN..IECTION, Step 1, then go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1 B. (1) Manually start SI Pumps; (2) go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1 C. (1) Manually actuate SI and CI (2) go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, Step 1, then go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1 D. (1) Manually actuate SI and CI (2) go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1
A. (1) Manually start SI Pumps; (2) go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY IN ..IECTION, Step 1, go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step B. (1) Manually start SI Pumps; (2) go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1 C. (1) Manually actuate SI and CI (2) go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, Step 1, go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step D. (1) Manually actuate SI and CI (2) go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1
 
-----------------------
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                     Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           B Explanation:
-----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct for the foldout page actions if ES-0.1 was being performed.
A. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct for the foldout page actions if ES-0.1 was being performed. Other EOP series procedures direct the crew to stay in the procedure (E-1, ES-1.1), but E-3 has its own transition on the ES-1.2.FOLDOUT page.
Other EOP series procedures direct the crew to stay in the procedure (E-1, ES-1.1), but E-3 has its own transition on the ES-1.2.FOLDOUT page. CORRECT. The foldout page for ES-1.2 directs the operator to start SI Pumps as necessary then go to E-3 , Step 1 on symptoms of S/G level rising uncontrollably or develops abnormal radiation. Plausible because this would be the expected operator action (in most procedures) when an SI setpoint (PRZR Pressure) is rapidly approaching.
B. CORRECT. The foldout page for ES-1.2 directs the operator to start SI Pumps as necessary then go to E-3 , Step 1 on symptoms of S/G level rising uncontrollably or develops abnormal radiation.
However, ES-1.2 specifically directs deliberate manual action to start SI pumps as necessary and a transition to E-3. Plausible because this would be the expected operator action (in most procedures) when an SI setpoint (PRZR Pressure) is rapidly approaching.
C. Plausible because this would be the expected operator action (in most procedures) when an SI setpoint (PRZR Pressure) is rapidly approaching. However, ES-1.2 specifically directs deliberate manual action to start SI pumps as necessary and a transition to E-3.
The second part is correct. Technical Reference(s):
D. Plausible because this would be the expected operator action (in most procedures) when an SI setpoint (PRZR Pressure) is rapidly approaching. The second part is correct.
ES-1.2, FOLDOUT (Attach if not previously provided)
Technical Reference(s):       ES-1.2, FOLDOUT PAGE                                            (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                   None Learning Objective:               -=-R=E:...::S-=.1=2C.:::.-;;.1..:..:.0..:..:4_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
None Learning Objective:  
Question Source:       Bank#
-=-R=E:...::S-=.1=2C.:::.-;;.1..:..:.0..:..:4(As available)
Modified Bank #                                                  (Note changes or attach parent)
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 1 0 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
New                                  X Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                             x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                                          10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the correct use of the EOP's for a S/G Tube Rupture while another EOP is in progress. There are no specific immediate actions for a S/G Tube Rupture. Higher order because the candidate must evaluate the initial conditions and apply the specific requirements of ES
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the correct use of the EOP's for a S/G Tube Rupture while another EOP is in progress.
 
There are no specific immediate actions for a S/G Tube Rupture. Higher order because the candidate must evaluate the initial conditions and apply the specific requirements of ES
ES-401                 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:           Level                   RO               SRO Tier#                   1 Group #                 1 KIA #                   027 AK2.03 Importance Rating       2.6 (K&A Statement) Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Malfunction - Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:
----ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 027 AK2.03 Importance Rating 2.6 (K&A Statement)
Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Malfunction  
-Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:
Controllers and positioners.
Controllers and positioners.
RO Question #10 Plant conditions:
RO Question #10 Plant conditions:
Line 148: Line 213:
* PRZR Backup Heaters are ON
* PRZR Backup Heaters are ON
* Normal controlling channel input selected for 431 K, PRZR PRESS CONTROLLER
* Normal controlling channel input selected for 431 K, PRZR PRESS CONTROLLER
* RCS Pressure Channels (PT-420 & PT-420A) are 2260 psig and rising Assuming no operator action is taken, which ONE of the following identifies the failed channel, AND includes the system response to this failure? A. PT-429 failed; the PRZR spray valves will modulate open B. PT-429 failed; one PRZR PORV will open C. PT-449 failed; the PRZR spray valves will modulate open D. PT-449 failed; one PRZR PORV will open.
* RCS Pressure Channels (PT-420 & PT-420A) are 2260 psig and rising Assuming no operator action is taken, which ONE of the following identifies the failed channel, AND includes the system response to this failure?
-----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible since there are two control channels and the candidate who lacks detailed knowledge may confuse the purpose of PT-429. PT-429 is a control channel but is not the normally selected controlling channel. Spray valves will not open due to the controlling channel failure LOW. As noted above,the candidate who lacks detailed systems knowledge may confuse their functions; PT-429 is not the normally selected controlling channel. Plausible because PT-449 has failed low to turn on heaters, and sprays would operate due to low pressure signal from 431 CORRECT. Due to the malfunction, spray valves will not respond to the pressure increase, due to the controlling channel failing low. However, PT-429 and PT-430 will open PORV-430 when pressure rises to 2335 psig. Technical Reference(s):
A. PT-429 failed; the PRZR spray valves will modulate open B. PT-429 failed; one PRZR PORV will open C. PT-449 failed; the PRZR spray valves will modulate open D. PT-449 failed; one PRZR PORV will open.
P-10, STEP 5.2.C.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
 
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES401-5 Proposed Answer:         D Explanation:
None Learning Objective:
A. Plausible since there are two control channels and the candidate who lacks detailed knowledge may confuse the purpose of PT-429. PT-429 is a control channel but is not the normally selected controlling channel. Spray valves will not open due to the controlling channel failure LOW.
RIC02C (As available)
B. As noted above,the candidate who lacks detailed systems knowledge may confuse their functions; PT-429 is not the normally selected controlling channel.
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # 2010 NA NRC (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
C. Plausible because PT-449 has failed low to turn on heaters, and sprays would not operate due to low pressure signal from 431 K D. CORRECT. Due to the malfunction, spray valves will not respond to the pressure increase, due to the controlling channel failing low. However, PT-429 and PT-430 will open PORV-430 when pressure rises to 2335 psig.
Meets KIA by requiring evaluation of various Pressurizer Pressure sensors to determine the input/output of Master Pressure controller.
Technical Reference(s):     P-10, STEP 5.2.C.3               (Attach if not previously provided)
Higher order because analysis and comparison of conditions is required to answer correctly.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         None Learning Objective:               RIC02C 1.06                      (As available)
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-S Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 1 Group 1 KIA OS4 AK1.02 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement)
Question Source:     Bank #
Loss of Main Feedwater  
Modified Bank #     2010 NA NRC           (Note changes or attach parent)
-Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW): Effects of feedwater introduction on dry S/G RO Question #11 Plant conditions: The crew is performing FR-H.S, RESPONSE TO STEAM GENERATOR LOW LEVEL, for 'A' SIG * 'A' SIG wide range level is 130 inches and lowering slowly Containment Pressure is 6 psig (1) At what level will 'A' SIG be considered "dry"? (2) Feed flow is NOT established to a "dry" SIG because ______' (1) LESS THAN 100 inches; (2) significant thermal stresses could be caused on SIG components when the relatively cold feedwater flow is reinitiated (1) LESS THAN 100 inches; (2) feedwater introduction could result in an uncontrolled RCS cooldown and reduction in shutdown margin (1) LESS THAN SO inches; (2) significant thermal stresses could be caused on SIG components when the relatively cold feedwater flow is reinitiated (1) LESS THAN SO inches; (2) feedwater introduction could result in an uncontrolled ReS cooldown and reduction in shutdown margin
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring evaluation of various Pressurizer Pressure sensors to determine the input/output of Master Pressure controller. Higher order because analysis and comparison of conditions is required to answer correctly.
-----------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Setpoint as indicated in FR-H.5. Affected SG is not fed because the thermal stresses caused by cold water introduction could cause internal failures.
 
YELLOW Path procedure because one SG is available for heat removal. If both SG's were "dry" then FR-H.1 would be in effect. Plausible because the setpoint is correct. The basis statement is one of the reasons for isolating feed to a faulted SG but is not correct for a dry SG. Plausible because the setpoint is correct for NON-adverse CNMT pressure The basis statement is correct. Plausible because the setpoint is correct for NON-adverse CNMT pressure.
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-S Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                  RO             SRO Tier #                  1 Group #                1 KIA #                  OS4 AK1.02 Importance Rating       3.6 (K&A Statement) Loss of Main Feedwater - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW): Effects of feedwater introduction on dry S/G RO Question #11 Plant conditions:
The basis statement is one of the reasons for isolating feed to a faulted SG but is not correct for a dry SG. Technical Reference(s):
* The crew is performing FR-H.S, RESPONSE TO STEAM GENERATOR LOW LEVEL, for 'A' SIG
FR-H.5, Step (Attach if not previously provided)
    *   'A' SIG wide range level is 130 inches and lowering slowly
RFRH5C, C.8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
* Containment Pressure is 6 psig (1) At what level will 'A' SIG be considered "dry"?
----'--=N-=-o:c-=-ne=--
(2) Feed flow is NOT established to a "dry" SIG because _ _ _ _ _ _'
______ Learning Objective: (As available)
A. (1) LESS THAN 100 inches; (2) significant thermal stresses could be caused on SIG components when the relatively cold feedwater flow is reinitiated B. (1) LESS THAN 100 inches; (2) feedwater introduction could result in an uncontrolled RCS cooldown and reduction in shutdown margin C. (1) LESS THAN SO inches; (2) significant thermal stresses could be caused on SIG components when the relatively cold feedwater flow is reinitiated D. (1) LESS THAN SO inches; (2) feedwater introduction could result in an uncontrolled ReS cooldown and reduction in shutdown margin
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
 
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the facility definition for a "dry SG" and the basis for requiring an engineering evaluation prior to feeding.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           A Explanation:
----ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
A. CORRECT. Setpoint as indicated in FR-H.5. Affected SG is not fed because the thermal stresses caused by cold water introduction could cause internal failures. YELLOW Path procedure because one SG is available for heat removal. If both SG's were "dry" then FR-H.1 would be in effect.
Level Tier # Group # KIA # Importance Rating RO SRO 1 1 008AK2.02 2.7 (K&A Statement)
B. Plausible because the setpoint is correct. The basis statement is one of the reasons for isolating feed to a faulted SG but is not correct for a dry SG.
Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident (Relief Valve Stuck Open) -Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident and the following:
C. Plausible because the setpoint is correct for NON-adverse CNMT pressure The basis statement is correct.
Sensors and Detectors RO Question #12 Plant conditions:
D. Plausible because the setpoint is correct for NON-adverse CNMT pressure. The basis statement is one of the reasons for isolating feed to a faulted SG but is not correct for a dry SG.
Technical Reference(s):       FR-H.5, Step 4                                  (Attach if not previously provided)
RFRH5C, C.8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                       ----'--=N-=-o:c-=-ne=--_ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective:               '---'R-'---F'--'R~H-=-5C_=___=_1_=_:::.0_=2______ (As available)
Question Source:        Bank #
Modified Bank #                                       (Note changes or attach parent)
New                         x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                               x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                        10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the facility definition for a "dry SG" and the basis for requiring an engineering evaluation prior to feeding.
 
ES-401                   Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                 RO              SRO Tier #                 1 Group #               1 KIA #                 008AK2.02 Importance Rating      2.7 (K&A Statement) Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident (Relief Valve Stuck Open) - Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident and the following: Sensors and Detectors RO Question #12 Plant conditions:
* 100% power
* 100% power
* Alarm F-19, PRZR PORV OUTLET HI TEMP 145'F, actuated
* Alarm F-19, PRZR PORV OUTLET HI TEMP 145'F, actuated
Line 179: Line 252:
* RCS pressure is 2035 psig and lowering
* RCS pressure is 2035 psig and lowering
* PRT pressure is 5 psig and rising The HCO is monitoring TI-438 (PZR PORV Outlet Temperature)
* PRT pressure is 5 psig and rising The HCO is monitoring TI-438 (PZR PORV Outlet Temperature)
Based on current plant conditions the indicated reading on TI-438 will be (1) and (2) until the PRT rupture disc ruptures.
Based on current plant conditions the indicated reading on TI-438 will be   (1) and (2)     until the PRT rupture disc ruptures.
A. (1) 230 OF (2) rises as PRT pressure rises B. (1) 230 of (2) lowers as RCS pressure lowers C. (1) 639 of (2) lowers as RCS pressure lowers D. (1) 639 'F (2) rises as PRT pressure rises
A.   (1) 230 OF (2) rises as PRT pressure rises B.   (1) 230 of (2) lowers as RCS pressure lowers C.   (1) 639 of (2) lowers as RCS pressure lowers D. (1) 639 'F (2) rises as PRT pressure rises
--------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Isenthalpic process and, for the stated conditions, moving up the curve on the Mollier diagram. Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the applicant believes that temperature follows pressure in saturated conditions. Plausible if applicant believes that the indicator approximates PRZR steam space temperature.
 
The second part would be correct if the applicant believes that temperature follows pressure in saturated conditions. Plausible if applicant believes that temperature remains at initial saturation temperature.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                         Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           A Explanation:
The second part is correct. Technical Reference(s):
A. CORRECT. Isenthalpic process and, for the stated conditions, moving up the curve on the Mollier diagram.
Steam (Attach if not previously provided)
B. Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the applicant believes that temperature follows pressure in saturated conditions.
AR-F-19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
C. Plausible if applicant believes that the indicator approximates PRZR steam space temperature. The second part would be correct if the applicant believes that temperature follows pressure in saturated conditions.
Steam Tables Learning Objective:  
D. Plausible if applicant believes that temperature remains at initial saturation temperature.
---'R'--"E=P---'0:.....;1'-"C'-1c..;;.
The second part is correct.
..:::.-03"--
Technical Reference(s):     Steam Tables                                                    (Attach if not previously provided)
_____ (As available)
AR-F-19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                     Steam Tables Learning Objective:             ---'R'--"E=P---'0:.....;1'-"C'-1c..;;...:::.-03"--_ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # C330.0245 ( attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Question Source:         Bank #
Meets KIA by requiring prediction of the response of a related sensor/detector during the specified accident.
Modified Bank #                                         C330.0245             ( attach parent)
Higher order because it requires analysis of the conditions and proper application of the stated reference.
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                   x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                                            7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring prediction of the response of a related sensor/detector during the specified accident. Higher order because it requires analysis of the conditions and proper application of the stated reference.
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 056 G2.1.28 Importance Rating 4.1 (K&A Statement)
 
Loss of Off-site Power -Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components RO Question #13 Plant conditions:
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:              Level                     RO             SRO Tier #                   1 Group #                   1 KIA #                     056 G2.1.28 Importance Rating         4.1 (K&A Statement) Loss of Off-site Power - Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components RO Question #13 Plant conditions:
* 100% power
* 100% power
* A loss of offsite circuits 767 and 7T has occurred * 'A' DIG is running and loaded at 1700 KW * 'B' DIG did not start
* A loss of offsite circuits 767 and 7T has occurred
    *   'A' DIG is running and loaded at 1700 KW
    *   'B' DIG did not start
* Pressurizer pressure is 2200 psig and slowly lowering
* Pressurizer pressure is 2200 psig and slowly lowering
* The crew is preparing to energize PRZR heaters Which choice accurately completes the following statements?
* The crew is preparing to energize PRZR heaters Which choice accurately completes the following statements?
In this alignment, power is available to the (1) Group of pressurizer heaters. When the pressurizer heaters are energized, then DIG "A" loading would initially be within the (2) load rating. A. (1) Backup; (2) continuous B. (1) Backup; (2) two-hour C. (1) Proportional; (2) continuous D. (1) Proportional; (2) two-hour
In this alignment, power is available to the     (1)   Group of pressurizer heaters. When the pressurizer heaters are energized, then DIG "A" loading would initially be within the   (2) load rating.
--------------------------
A. (1) Backup;               (2) continuous B. (1) Backup;               (2) two-hour C. (1) Proportional;         (2) continuous D. (1) Proportional;         (2) two-hour
------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the backup heaters are powered from a vital bus but they would be fed from DIG B. The backup and proportional group heaters are both rated at about 400 KW and, for the stated conditions, would exceed the 1950 continuous rating. Plausible because the backup heaters are powered from a vital bus but they would be fed from DIG B. The second part is correct with load exceeding 1950 KW but less than the 2 hours rating of 2250 KW. Plausible because the first part is correct in that the proportional heaters can be energized from Bus 14 via DIG A. The backup and proportional group heaters are both rated at about 400 KW and, for the stated conditions, would exceed the 1950 continuous rating. CORRECT. The proportional heaters can be energized from Bus 14 via DIG A. The second part is correct with load exceeding the 1950 KW continuous rating but less than the 2 hours rating of 2250 KW. Technical Reference(s):
 
AP-ELEC.1, Step (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                     Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           D Explanation:
A. Plausible because the backup heaters are powered from a vital bus but they would be fed from DIG B. The backup and proportional group heaters are both rated at about 400 KW and, for the stated conditions, would exceed the 1950 continuous rating.
B. Plausible because the backup heaters are powered from a vital bus but they would be fed from DIG B. The second part is correct with load exceeding 1950 KW but less than the 2 hours rating of 2250 KW.
C. Plausible because the first part is correct in that the proportional heaters can be energized from Bus 14 via DIG A. The backup and proportional group heaters are both rated at about 400 KW and, for the stated conditions, would exceed the 1950 continuous rating.
D. CORRECT. The proportional heaters can be energized from Bus 14 via DIG A. The second part is correct with load exceeding the 1950 KW continuous rating but less than the 2 hours rating of 2250 KW.
Technical Reference(s):       AP-ELEC.1, Step 16                            (Attach if not previously provided)
P-12,4.4.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
P-12,4.4.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Learning Objective: (As available)
Learning Objective:               .-,-RA~P-=-0-,-7C~1.:..::.0-=-6_ _ _ _ _ _  (As available)
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Question Source:        Bank #
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of the DIG during a loss of off-site power. Higher order because the candidate must determine which heaters have power available, their load rating, and apply that to the current loading.
Modified Bank #                                   (Note changes or attach parent)
----E5-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form E5-401-S Examination Outline Cross-reference:
New                               x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                             x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                            7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of the DIG during a loss of off-site power. Higher order because the candidate must determine which heaters have power available, their load rating, and apply that to the current loading.
Level RO 5RO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # OS8 AA2.03 Importance Rating 3.S (K&A Statement)
 
Loss of DC Power -Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of DC Power: DC loads lost; impact on ability to operate and monitor plant systems RO Question #14 Plant conditions:
E5-401                   Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form E5-401-S Examination Outline Cross-reference:           Level                     RO               5RO Tier #                     1 Group #                   1 KIA #                     OS8 AA2.03 Importance Rating         3.S (K&A Statement) Loss of DC Power - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of DC Power: DC loads lost; impact on ability to operate and monitor plant systems RO Question #14 Plant conditions:
* 100% power * 'A' 12SV DC Bus is de-energized due to a ground
* 100% power
    *   'A' 12SV DC Bus is de-energized due to a ground
* The Rx tripped when the "A" 12SV DC bus de-energized
* The Rx tripped when the "A" 12SV DC bus de-energized
* A small break LOCA occurs after the reactor trip
* A small break LOCA occurs after the reactor trip
* RCP trip criteria is met Which of the following describes:  
* RCP trip criteria is met Which of the following describes:
(1) 51 equipment response; AND (2) The necessary action(s) regarding RCP operation to mitigate the event? A. (1) All 51 equipment starts automatically (2) 'A' RCP cannot be tripped until DC control power is transferred B. (1) All 51 equipment starts automatically (2) Both RCPs can be tripped from the Control Room C. (1) 'B' 51 Train equipment starts automatically; manually start 'A' Train 51 equipment (2) 'A' RCP cannot be tripped until DC control power is transferred D. (1) 'B' 51 Train equipment starts automatically; manually start 'A' Train 51 equipment (2) Both RCPs can be tripped from the Control Room
(1) 51 equipment response; AND (2) The necessary action(s) regarding RCP operation to mitigate the event?
-----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C. Explanation  
A.     (1) All 51 equipment starts automatically (2) 'A' RCP cannot be tripped until DC control power is transferred B.   (1) All 51 equipment starts automatically (2) Both RCPs can be tripped from the Control Room C.   (1) 'B' 51 Train equipment starts automatically; manually start 'A' Train 51 equipment (2) 'A' RCP cannot be tripped until DC control power is transferred D.   (1) 'B' 51 Train equipment starts automatically; manually start 'A' Train 51 equipment (2) Both RCPs can be tripped from the Control Room
: Plausible because some DC control power will automatically shift (480 volt buses) but the automatic equipment start of "A" train loads will not occur due to loss of power to their Safeguards relays. Manual start of those "A" train motors is required.
 
Part 2 is correct. Plausible because some DC control power will automatically shift (480 volt buses) but the automatic equipment start of "A" train loads will not occur due to loss of power to their Safeguards relays. Manual start of those "A" train motors is required.
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           C.
Second response is plausible due to 480v bus DC control power automatically shifting.
Explanation :
4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred. CORRECT. "A" train loads must be manually started, 4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred. First response is correct "A" train loads must be manually started. Second response is plausible due to 480v bus DC control power automatically shifting.
A. Plausible because some DC control power will automatically shift (480 volt buses) but the automatic equipment start of "A" train loads will not occur due to loss of power to their Safeguards relays. Manual start of those "A" train motors is required. Part 2 is correct.
4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred.
B. Plausible because some DC control power will automatically shift (480 volt buses) but the automatic equipment start of "A" train loads will not occur due to loss of power to their Safeguards relays. Manual start of those "A" train motors is required. Second response is plausible due to 480v bus DC control power automatically shifting. 4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred.
Technical ER-ELEC.2, step 6.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
C. CORRECT. "A" train loads must be manually started, 4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred.
AR-L4 & L31 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
D. First response is correct "A" train loads must be manually started. Second response is plausible due to 480v bus DC control power automatically shifting. 4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred.
None Learning Objective:  
Technical Reference(s):      ER-ELEC.2, step 6.1             (Attach if not previously provided)
._R_E_R_0_7_C_2_._0
AR-L4 & L31 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:             ._R_E_R_0_7_C_2_._0_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
______ (As available)
Question Source:      Bank#                     COOO.1290 Modified Bank #                           (Note changes or attach parent)
Question Bank# COOO.1290 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by considering the implications of a DC-related alarm on operator response if an accident were to occur. Higher order because the conditions must be properly evaluated.
Meets KIA by considering the implications of a DC-related alarm on operator response if an accident were to occur. Higher order because the conditions must be properly evaluated.
 
ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
ES-401                     Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination       Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                   RO               SRO Tier#                   1 Group #                 1 KIA #                   062 AA1.07 Importance Rating       2.9 (K&A Statement) Loss of Nuclear Service Water - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water (SWS): Flow rates to the components and systems that are serviced by SWS; interactions among components RO Question #15 Initial plant conditions:
Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 062 AA1.07 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement)
* The plant is at 100% power
Loss of Nuclear Service Water -Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water (SWS): Flow rates to the components and systems that are serviced by SWS; interactions among components RO Question #15 Initial plant conditions:
    *   'B', 'C' and 'D' Service Water Pumps are in service
* The plant is at 100% power * 'B', 'C' and 'D' Service Water Pumps are in service
* SW Loop 'A' Header Pressure is 72 psig
* SW Loop 'A' Header Pressure is 72 psig
* SW Loop 'B' Header Pressure is 77 psig
* SW Loop 'B' Header Pressure is 77 psig
* Crew is swapping 'A' and 'B' SW pumps After starting 'A' SW pump and stopping 'B' SW pump:
* Crew is swapping 'A' and 'B' SW pumps After starting 'A' SW pump and stopping 'B' SW pump:
* PPCS-P2160, SERVICE WATER PUMPS A &B HEADER, actuates
* PPCS-P2160, SERVICE WATER PUMPS A & B HEADER, actuates
* SW Loop 'A' Header Pressure is 45 psig
* SW Loop 'A' Header Pressure is 45 psig
* SW Loop 'B' Header Pressure is 78 psig
* SW Loop 'B' Header Pressure is 78 psig
* After being directed, the AO reports the following pump discharge pressures:
* After being directed, the AO reports the following pump discharge pressures:
o SW Pump 'N, PI-2098 =42 psig o SW Pump 'B', PI-2099 =40 psig o SW Pump 'C', PI-2100 =78 psig o SW Pump 'D', PI-2101 = 77 psig Based upon these indications, which of the following would explain the low pressure conditions onthe'A'SWloop?
o   SW Pump 'N,   PI-2098 =42 psig o   SW Pump 'B',         =
A. SW Leak has developed on the 'A' train B. 'A' SW pump develops less head than 'B' SW pump C. 'A' SW pump discharge check valve 4601 is failed closed D. 'B' SW pump discharge check valve 4602 is failed open
PI-2099 40 psig o   SW Pump 'C',         =
------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may believe that a leak has developed contributing to the lower SW loop 'A header pressure and the PPCS alarm P2160. Because the SW loop discharges are cross-connected, there are no separate A and B "trains" which would display different pressures if a leak developed on the 'A' or 'B' headers. Plausible because for a three SW pump configuration the, loop header pressures are normally slightly skewed with a single pump in operation in a header, thus the candidate may not recognize that the pressures and indications given are based on a Discharge check valve sticking open and believe that a lower header pressure is due to pump operating characteristics and the one pump operating in Loop 'A. . Plausible because the candidate may recognize that a stuck closed discharge check valve condition exists by the indications given, believing that this may be due to the problem being associated with the SW Pump A which has just been started. CORRECT. These indications are consistent with a stuck open Discharge check valve. AP-SW.1 addresses situation with a note, ahead of step 3, discusses an abnormally low pressure in either SW Loop may indicate that the idle pump check valve is open. The AO's report of pressure indicated on PI-2099 (idle pump), is a sign that the check valve is sticking open. The pressure instrument taps off between the pump and the discharge check valve and would indicate approximately zero if the check valve were closed. Technical Reference(s):
PI-2100 78 psig o   SW Pump 'D', PI-2101 = 77 psig Based upon these indications, which of the following would explain the low pressure conditions onthe'A'SWloop?
AP-SW.1, Step 3 Note and Step 6 AR-PPCS-P2160 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
A. SW Leak has developed on the 'A' train B. 'A' SW pump develops less head than 'B' SW pump C. 'A' SW pump discharge check valve 4601 is failed closed D. 'B' SW pump discharge check valve 4602 is failed open
_N:....:.=..on
 
:..:..e=--
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         D Explanation:
______ Learning Objective:  
A. Plausible because the candidate may believe that a leak has developed contributing to the lower SW loop 'A header pressure and the PPCS alarm P2160. Because the SW loop discharges are cross-connected, there are no separate A and B "trains" which would display different pressures if a leak developed on the 'A' or 'B' headers.
:......:RA'--=--"P:......:3::...:3:c..::C:......;2=.""-01"--
B. Plausible because for a three SW pump configuration the, loop header pressures are normally slightly skewed with a single pump in operation in a header, thus the candidate may not recognize that the pressures and indications given are based on a Discharge check valve sticking open and believe that a lower header pressure is due to pump operating characteristics and the one pump operating in Loop 'A. .
_____ (As available)
C. Plausible because the candidate may recognize that a stuck closed discharge check valve condition exists by the indications given, believing that this may be due to the problem being associated with the SW Pump A which has just been started.
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # C076.0032 (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 1 55.43 Comments:
D. CORRECT. These indications are consistent with a stuck open Discharge check valve.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # W/E04 EK1.2 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement) lOCA Outside Containment  
AP-SW.1 addresses situation with a note, ahead of step 3, discusses an abnormally low pressure in either SW Loop may indicate that the idle pump check valve is open. The AO's report of pressure indicated on PI-2099 (idle pump), is a sign that the check valve is sticking open. The pressure instrument taps off between the pump and the discharge check valve and would indicate approximately zero if the check valve were closed.
-Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the lOCA Outside Containment:
Technical Reference(s):     AP-SW.1, Step 3 Note and Step 6 AR-PPCS-P2160 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                         _N:....:.=..on:..:..e=--_ _ _ _ __
Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with lOCA Outside Containment RO Question #16 Plant Conditions:
Learning Objective:             :......:RA'--=--"P:......:3::...:3:c..::C:......;2=.""-01"--_ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:         Bank #
Modified Bank #                                         C076.0032         (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:             Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                            x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:               55.41                                                  1 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                   1 Group #                 1 KIA #                   W/E04 EK1.2 Importance Rating       3.5 (K&A Statement) lOCA Outside Containment - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the lOCA Outside Containment: Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with lOCA Outside Containment RO Question #16 Plant Conditions:
* A LOCA has been identified outside Containment
* A LOCA has been identified outside Containment
* The crew transitioned from E-O to ECA-1.2, LOCA OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT
* The crew transitioned from E-O to ECA-1.2, LOCA OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT
* The crew isolated the LOCA and has reached the exit point of ECA-1.2 From the above information, what procedure would be entered NEXT upon exiting ECA-1.2? A. E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY IN ..IECTION, at the step in effect B. ES-1.2, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION C. E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT D. ECA-1.1, LOSS OF EMERGENCY COOLANT RECIRCULATION
* The crew isolated the LOCA and has reached the exit point of ECA-1.2 From the above information, what procedure would be entered NEXT upon exiting ECA-1.2?
-----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because this is a frequent direction in the EOP network. Plausible because the candidate may believe that having been in a LOCA procedure, the subsequent plant cooldown should be performed using the guidance in ES-1.2, the POST-LOCA cooldown procedure. CORRECT. E-1 is the only transition directed in ECA-1.2, after RCS pressure rises. This ensures that nothing else is in progress before terminating SI. Plausible because ECA-1.1 is the procedure that is transitioned to IF the LOCA outside CNMT cannot be isolated in ECA-1.2. Technical Reference(s):
A. E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY IN..IECTION, at the step in effect B. ES-1.2, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION C. E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT D. ECA-1.1, LOSS OF EMERGENCY COOLANT RECIRCULATION
ECA-1.2, Step B.b (Attach if not previously provided)
 
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
ES-401              Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         C Explanation:
None Learning Objective:
A. Plausible because this is a frequent direction in the EOP network.
_R_E_C_1_2C_2_.0_1
B. Plausible because the candidate may believe that having been in a LOCA procedure, the subsequent plant cooldown should be performed using the guidance in ES-1.2, the POST-LOCA cooldown procedure.
______ (As available)
C. CORRECT. E-1 is the only transition directed in ECA-1.2, after RCS pressure rises.
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
This ensures that nothing else is in progress before terminating SI.
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of next procedure to be implemented after successful completion of ECA-1.2.
D. Plausible because ECA-1.1 is the procedure that is transitioned to IF the LOCA outside CNMT cannot be isolated in ECA-1.2.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Technical Reference(s):   ECA-1.2, Step B.b                 (Attach if not previously provided)
Level Tier# Group # KIA # Importance Rating RO SRO 1 1 W/E05 EK1.1 3.8 (K&A Statement)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:             _R_E_C_1_2C_2_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Loss of Secondary Heat Sink -Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the Loss of Secondary Heat Sink: Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems. RO Question #17 Plant Conditions: Unit tripped from 100% power Crew is implementing FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, due to a loss of the TDAFW pump and both MDAFW pumps Both S/G WR levels are 200 inches RCS Loop Temperatures are stable at 490 OF CNMT pressure is 0.3 psig and stable Given the above conditions:  
Question Source:        Bank #
(1) What is the next option for restoring feedwater, as directed by FR-H.1? (2) What is the feed flow requirement per ATT-22.0, RESTORING FEEDWATER FLOW? A. (1 ) SAFW (2) Fill as necessary to restore level B. (1 ) SAFW (2) 100 gpm C. (1 ) MFW (2) Fill as necessary to restore level D. (1 ) MFW (2) 100 gpm
Modified Bank #                       (Note changes or attach parent)
----------------
New                   X Question History:      Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge               X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:         55.41                10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of next procedure to be implemented after successful completion of ECA-1.2.
------------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. As per FR-H.1 Steps 5-10, lists the order as SAFW, MFW, Condensate.
 
A restriction on feedwater flow is not needed because RCS Loop Temperatures are less than 550 of, when restrictions do apply. Plausible, SAFW is correct, feed restriction is not correct. Plausible, MFW is not correct, feed restriction is correct. Plausible because prior to the uprate the desired order was MFW, SAFW, Condensate on flow restoration.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:           Level                   RO            SRO Tier#                   1 Group #                 1 KIA #                   W/E05 EK1.1 Importance Rating      3.8 (K&A Statement) Loss of Secondary Heat Sink - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the Loss of Secondary Heat Sink: Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems.
The Feed break loss of feedwater assumes SAFW is restored within 14.5 min. 100 gpm is the restriction if S/G level is <50" [100"]. Technical FR-H.1, Step 6-8 & Background (Attach if not previously provided)
RO Question #17 Plant Conditions:
ATT-22.0 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
* Unit tripped from 100% power
None Learning Objective:
* Crew is implementing FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, due to a loss of the TDAFW pump and both MDAFW pumps
RFRH1 (As available)
* Both S/G WR levels are 200 inches
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # COOO.1261 Feed and Bleed option removed, Flow restriction added New Question History: Last NRC Exam Ginna 2008 #18 Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
* RCS Loop Temperatures are stable at 490 OF
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # W/E11 EK3.2 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement)
* CNMT pressure is 0.3 psig and stable Given the above conditions:
Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation  
(1) What is the next option for restoring feedwater, as directed by FR-H.1?
-Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation:
(2) What is the feed flow requirement per ATT-22.0, RESTORING FEEDWATER FLOW?
Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation RO Question #18 Plant Conditions: The plant was initially at 100% power when a LOCA occurred. When attempting to swap over to cold leg recirculation, the crew was unable to provide a flow path from the CNMT sump to the RCS. The crew entered ECA-1 1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, and is preparing to cool down the RCS. Technical Support Center reports that emergency coolant recirculation capability has been restored via the "8" RHR pump. The crew has verified emergency coolant recirculation capability using the "8" RHR pump What action should the crew take? A Transition to ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation  
A.   (1 ) SAFW (2) Fill as necessary to restore level B. (1 ) SAFW (2) 100 gpm C. (1 ) MFW (2) Fill as necessary to restore level D. (1 ) MFW (2) 100 gpm
: 8. Transition to ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization C. Complete ECA-1.1 and then transition to ES-1.3 D. Commence the cooldown of the RCS per ECA-1.1
 
--------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Prior to step1 is a CAUTION to return to ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Recirculation, when recirculation capability is Plausible because ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, could be used for LOCA cooldown when the break is not large enough. If the break is large enough, remain in E-1, wait for RWST level to lower 28%, and do NOT transition to ES-1.2. Plausible because ECA-1.1 is continued if the recirculation path is not regained, one of the major action categories  
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination              Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          A Explanation:
.. Plausible because this action would be correct if recirculation capability had not been restored.
A. CORRECT. As per FR-H.1 Steps 5- 10, lists the order as SAFW, MFW, Condensate. A restriction on feedwater flow is not needed because RCS Loop Temperatures are less than 550 of, when restrictions do apply.
Technical ECA-1.1, Step 1and CAUTION (Attach if not previously prior to Step 1 provided)
B. Plausible, SAFW is correct, feed restriction is not correct.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
C. Plausible, MFW is not correct, feed restriction is correct.
None Learning Objective:
D. Plausible because prior to the uprate the desired order was MFW, SAFW, Condensate on flow restoration. The Feed break loss of feedwater assumes SAFW is restored within 14.5 min. 100 gpm is the restriction if S/G level is <50" [100"].
REC11C 2.01 _____ (As available)
Technical Reference(s):    FR-H.1, Step 6-8 & Background       (Attach if not previously provided)
Question Bank# BOOO.1032 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
ATT-22.0 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:           None Learning Objective:               RFRH1 1.05                        (As available)
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of TRANSITIONS monitored in the procedure and the reason.
Question Source:       Bank #
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 051 AA2.02 Importance Rating 3.9 (K&A Statement)
Modified Bank #     COOO.1261             Feed and Bleed option removed, Flow restriction added New Question History:       Last NRC Exam             Ginna 2008 #18 Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                10 55.43 Comments:
Loss of Condenser Vacuum -Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to Loss of Condenser Vacuum: Conditions requiring Reactor and/or turbine trip Question #19 Given the following: Plant is operating at 45% power Condenser vacuum is starting to lower The Control Room team has entered AP-TURB.4, LOSS OF CONDENSER VACUUM The Control Operator is monitoring condenser indications on PPCS and reports that it has been 6 minutes since Condenser Back Pressure has been in the "DO NOT OPERATE IN THIS REGION" Based on the current conditions, the expected response of the Control Room team will be to: Reduce turbine load to less than 15 MW and trip the turbine Reduce turbine load to return to the "SATISFACTORY OPERATING REGION" Immediately trip the reactor and go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP or SAFETY INJECTION Immediately trip the turbine an go to AP-TURB.1, TURBINE TRIP WITHOUT REACTOR TRIP REQUIRED
 
--------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may recognize that there are steps in AP-TURBA that direct lowering turbine load to less than 15 MW, tripping the turbine, and going to TURB.1. Exceeding 5 minutes in the DO NOT OPERATE region will always require a trip of either the turbine or the reactor, depending on power level and P-9 (reactor trip on turbine trip if >50%). Plausible because the candidate may recognize that there are steps in AP-TURBA that would reduce load in an attempt to stabilize vacuum but only when operating in other regions of FIG-13.0, BACKPRESSURE.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                     RO             SRO Tier #                   1 Group #                   1 KIA #                     W/E11 EK3.2 Importance Rating         3.5 (K&A Statement) Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation: Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation RO Question #18 Plant Conditions:
Exceeding 5 minutes in the DO NOT OPERATE region will always require a trip of either the turbine or the reactor, depending on power level and P-9 (reactor trip on turbine trip if >50%). Plausible because the candidate may assume that a reactor trip is always required IF backpressure is in the DO NOT OPERATE region of FIG-13.0.
* The plant was initially at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
BACKPRESSURE, for greater than 5 minutes while in AP-TURBA and does not recall that this requirement is tied to the P-9 setpoint and power level. CORRECT. AP-TURBA requires that at 45% power and below the P-9 setpoint, only a turbine trip is required, followed by transition to AP-TURB.1. Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided)  
* When attempting to swap over to cold leg recirculation, the crew was unable to provide a flow path from the CNMT sump to the RCS.
-------...Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
* The crew entered ECA-1 1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, and is preparing to cool down the RCS.
__N_on_e____________
* Technical Support Center reports that emergency coolant recirculation capability has been restored via the "8" RHR pump.
_ Learning Objective:
* The crew has verified emergency coolant recirculation capability using the "8" RHR pump What action should the crew take?
_RA_P_2_3'-C'-'-2.
A   Transition to ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
___ 1______(As available) 0__ Question Bank # Modified Bank # x (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55A1 7 55A3 Comments:
: 8. Transition to ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization C. Complete ECA-1.1 and then transition to ES-1.3 D. Commence the cooldown of the RCS per ECA-1.1
ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
 
Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 060 AK3.02 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination            Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         A Explanation:
Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release -Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release: Isolation of the auxiliary building ventilation RO Question #20 Plant conditions:
A. CORRECT. Prior to step1 is a CAUTION to return to ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, when recirculation capability is restored.
B. Plausible because ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, could be used for LOCA cooldown when the break is not large enough. If the break is large enough, remain in E-1, wait for RWST level to lower 28%, and do NOT transition to ES-1.2.
C. Plausible because ECA-1.1 is continued if the recirculation path is not regained, one of the major action categories ..
D. Plausible because this action would be correct if recirculation capability had not been restored.
Technical Reference(s):    ECA-1.1, Step 1and CAUTION             (Attach if not previously prior to Step 1                       provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         None Learning Objective:               REC11C 2.01 _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:      Bank#                 BOOO.1032 Modified Bank #                           (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of TRANSITIONS monitored in the procedure and the reason.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                 1 Group #                 2 KIA #                   051 AA2.02 Importance Rating       3.9 (K&A Statement) Loss of Condenser Vacuum - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to Loss of Condenser Vacuum: Conditions requiring Reactor and/or turbine trip Question #19 Given the following:
* Plant is operating at 45% power
* Condenser vacuum is starting to lower
* The Control Room team has entered AP-TURB.4, LOSS OF CONDENSER VACUUM
* The Control Operator is monitoring condenser indications on PPCS and reports that it has been 6 minutes since Condenser Back Pressure has been in the "DO NOT OPERATE IN THIS REGION" Based on the current conditions, the expected response of the Control Room team will be to:
A Reduce turbine load to less than 15 MW and trip the turbine B. Reduce turbine load to return to the "SATISFACTORY OPERATING REGION" C. Immediately trip the reactor and go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP or SAFETY INJECTION D. Immediately trip the turbine an go to AP-TURB.1, TURBINE TRIP WITHOUT REACTOR TRIP REQUIRED
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           0 Explanation:
A. Plausible because the candidate may recognize that there are steps in AP-TURBA that direct lowering turbine load to less than 15 MW, tripping the turbine, and going to AP TURB.1. Exceeding 5 minutes in the DO NOT OPERATE region will always require a trip of either the turbine or the reactor, depending on power level and P-9 (reactor trip on turbine trip if >50%).
B. Plausible because the candidate may recognize that there are steps in AP-TURBA that would reduce load in an attempt to stabilize vacuum but only when operating in other regions of FIG-13.0, BACKPRESSURE. Exceeding 5 minutes in the DO NOT OPERATE region will always require a trip of either the turbine or the reactor, depending on power level and P-9 (reactor trip on turbine trip if >50%).
C. Plausible because the candidate may assume that a reactor trip is always required IF backpressure is in the DO NOT OPERATE region of FIG-13.0. BACKPRESSURE, for greater than 5 minutes while in AP-TURBA and does not recall that this requirement is tied to the P-9 setpoint and power level.
D. CORRECT. AP-TURBA requires that at 45% power and below the P-9 setpoint, only a turbine trip is required, followed by transition to AP-TURB.1.
Technical Reference(s):       AP-TURBA                      (Attach if not previously provided)
                              -------     ...~-----------
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         __N_on_e_ ____________
Learning Objective:               _RA_P_2_3'-C'-'-2.___
0__1______~ (As available)
Question Source:        Bank #
Modified Bank #             x (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:       Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55A1                   7 55A3 Comments:
 
ES-401                 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination          Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                    RO              SRO Tier #                  1 Group #                  2 KIA #                    060 AK3.02 Importance Rating        3.3 (K&A Statement) Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release:
Isolation of the auxiliary building ventilation RO Question #20 Plant conditions:
* 90 days following completion of a refueling outage
* 90 days following completion of a refueling outage
* Fuel movement in the Aux Building is in progress
* Fuel movement in the Aux Building is in progress
* A fuel assembly is dropped in the Spent Fuel Pool
* A fuel assembly is dropped in the Spent Fuel Pool
* Visible gas bubbles are rising from the dropped assembly Which of the following design features and/or actions are required to minimize the release of radioactive Iodine to the environment?  
* Visible gas bubbles are rising from the dropped assembly Which of the following design features and/or actions are required to minimize the release of radioactive Iodine to the environment?
: 1. Continuous operation of the Spent Fuel Pool demineralizer  
: 1. Continuous operation of the Spent Fuel Pool demineralizer
: 2. Aligning the SFP charcoal filters during the fuel movement 3. Automatic trip of Aux Building exhaust fans without charcoal filters 4. Maintenance of minimum water level above upper SFP suction line A. 1 &2 B. 3&4 C. 1,2, & 3 D. 2,3, &4
: 2. Aligning the SFP charcoal filters during the fuel movement
---------------------
: 3. Automatic trip of Aux Building exhaust fans without charcoal filters
-------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because while the SFP demineralizer is normally aligned, its purpose is corrosion and fission product filtration and it provides no protection against gaseous/Iodine releases, Aligning the SFP charcoal filters is plausible because that is the correct action for fuel which has decayed less than 60 days. CORRECT. With the charcoal filters not aligned (>60 days irradiated), an Alarm condition on RMS channels R-13. Plant Vent Particulate, or R-14, Plant Vent Gas, will automatically trip all AB Exhaust fans without HEPA or charcoal filters to stop the release of any radioactive gases. Maintenance of water level above the upper SFP suction line ensures the minimum water level of 23' above the fuel assemblies are met. Plausible part 3 is correct (per the above explanation), but parts 1 and 2 are incorrect but plausible for the reasons given above. Plausible part 3 and 4 is correct (per the above explanation), but part 2 is incorrect but plausible for the reason given above. Technical Reference(s):
: 4. Maintenance of minimum water level above upper SFP suction line A. 1 & 2 B. 3&4 C. 1,2, & 3 D. 2,3, &4
RF-8.4, ATT. 1 and 2 (Attach if not previously provided)
 
AR-RMS-14, RMS-13 ITS 3.7.11 Basis (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         B Explanation:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
A. Plausible because while the SFP demineralizer is normally aligned, its purpose is corrosion and fission product filtration and it provides no protection against gaseous/Iodine releases, Aligning the SFP charcoal filters is plausible because that is the correct action for fuel which has decayed less than 60 days.
None Learning R2201 C, 6.03 (As available) Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # B034.0016 (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
B. CORRECT. With the charcoal filters not aligned (>60 days irradiated), an Alarm condition on RMS channels R-13. Plant Vent Particulate, or R-14, Plant Vent Gas, will automatically trip all AB Exhaust fans without HEPA or charcoal filters to stop the release of any radioactive gases. Maintenance of water level above the upper SFP suction line ensures the minimum water level of 23' above the fuel assemblies are met.
C. Plausible part 3 is correct (per the above explanation), but parts 1 and 2 are incorrect but plausible for the reasons given above.
D. Plausible part 3 and 4 is correct (per the above explanation), but part 2 is incorrect but plausible for the reason given above.
Technical Reference(s):       RF-8.4, ATT. 1 and 2           (Attach if not previously provided)
AR-RMS-14, RMS-13 ITS 3.7.11 Basis               (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:             - None Learning Objective:                R2201 C, 6.03                     (As available)
                                  ------~--------------
Question Source:       Bank #
Modified Bank #         B034.0016           (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:          Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:            55.41                10 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination          Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                    RO              SRO Tier #                  1 Group #                  2 KIA #                    061 AK3.02 Importance Rating        3.4              3.6 (K&A Statement) Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System alarms - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the ARM System alarms: Guidance contained in alarm response for ARM system RO Question # 21 Plant conditions:
* Reactor at 98% power
* NIS Channel N-44 is out of service
* Reactor Engineering has briefed the control room and is performing a flux map to determine QPTR
* CNMT pressure is 0.2 psig and stable
* Annunciator E-24, RMS AREA MONITOR HIGH ACTIVITY, activates
* R-2, CONTAINMENT AREA MONITOR, reads 7 mr/hr
* R-7, INCORE DETECTION AREA MONITOR, is in ALARM Which one of the following describes the correct response to these conditions?
A This is an expected alarm, no operator actions required B. Request a Containment air sample C. Implement AP-RCS.1, Reactor Coolant Leak D. Make preparations for a Containment entry
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination              Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:        A Explanation:
A. CORRECT. Expected alarm during flux map due to location of R-7 B. Plausible. If leak in Containment is expected RP, is directed to sample Containment. If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated C. Plausible. If R-7 alarms due to a leak at the seal table, AR would direct further actions using AP-RCS.1. If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated.
D. Plausible. If leak in Containment is expected the SM may direct CNMT entry. If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated.
Technical Reference(s}:    AR-RMS-R7                          (Attach if not previously provided)
RE-10.1, FLUX MAPPING Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:      --'--'N..:..o.ne.:...-..________
Learning Objective:              R3901C 1.09                      (As available)
Question Source:        Bank #                  C072.0024 Modified Bank #
New Question History:      Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                        X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:        55.41               10 55.43 Comments:


===3.6 Ginna===
ES-401                   Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination       Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                 RO               SRO Tier #                 1 Group #               2 KIA #                 074 EK2.03 Importance Rating     4.0 (K&A Statement) Inadequate Core Cooling - Knowledge of the interrelations between the AFW Pump and Inadequate Core Cooling RO Question #22 Plant conditions:
2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 061 AK3.02 Importance Rating 3.4 (K&A Statement)
Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System alarms -Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the ARM System alarms: Guidance contained in alarm response for ARM system RO Question # 21 Plant conditions: Reactor at 98% power NIS Channel N-44 is out of service Reactor Engineering has briefed the control room and is performing a flux map to determine QPTR CNMT pressure is 0.2 psig and stable Annunciator E-24, RMS AREA MONITOR HIGH ACTIVITY, activates R-2, CONTAINMENT AREA MONITOR, reads 7 mr/hr R-7, INCORE DETECTION AREA MONITOR, is in ALARM Which one of the following describes the correct response to these conditions? This is an expected alarm, no operator actions required Request a Containment air sample Implement AP-RCS.1, Reactor Coolant Leak Make preparations for a Containment entry 
--------------------
-----------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed A Explanation: CORRECT. Expected alarm during flux map due to location of R-7 Plausible.
If leak in Containment is expected RP, is directed to sample Containment.
If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated Plausible.
If R-7 alarms due to a leak at the seal table, AR would direct further actions using AP-RCS.1.
If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated. Plausible.
If leak in Containment is expected the SM may direct CNMT entry. If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated.
Technical AR-RMS-R7 (Attach if not previously provided)
RE-10.1, FLUX MAPPING Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
--'--'N..:..one.:...-..
________ Learning R3901C 1.09 (As available)
Question Bank # C072.0024 Modified Bank # New Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 074 EK2.03 Importance Rating 4.0 (K&A Statement)
Inadequate Core Cooling -Knowledge of the interrelations between the AFW Pump and Inadequate Core Cooling RO Question #22 Plant conditions:
* A reactor trip from 100% power was accompanied by a loss of offsite power
* A reactor trip from 100% power was accompanied by a loss of offsite power
* A Pressurizer Safety Valve failed open during the subsequent transient
* A Pressurizer Safety Valve failed open during the subsequent transient
Line 342: Line 469:
* lA' S/G narrow range (NR) level is 15%
* lA' S/G narrow range (NR) level is 15%
* IB' S/G level is below the NR indication range Which choice accurately completes the following statements?
* IB' S/G level is below the NR indication range Which choice accurately completes the following statements?
At this time, the means of core heat removal is flow through the pressurizer safety valve and (1) . The secondary heat sink is (2) A. (1) reflux boiling; (2) adequate B. (1) reflux boiling; (2) NOT adequate C. (1) two-phase natural circulation; (2) adequate D. (1) two-phase natural circulation; (2) NOT adequate Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct if it was NOT adverse containment conditions. CORRECT. Steam flow from the core is condensing in the U tubes and flowing back to the core. The heat sink is inadequate because "AI! SG level is below the adverse containment value of 25%. Plausible because this is a possible method of heat removal during a loss of offsite power. However, being in FR-C.1 (CETs =121 O*F) indicates that the RCS is highly voided. The second part would be correct if it was NOT adverse containment conditions. Plausible because this is a possible method of heat removal during a loss of offsite power. However, being in FR-C.1 (CETs =1210*F) indicates that the RCS is highly voided. The second part is correct. Technical Reference(s):
At this time, the means of core heat removal is flow through the pressurizer safety valve and (1) . The secondary heat sink is (2)
FR-C.1, Step (Attach if not previously provided)
A. (1) reflux boiling;                     (2) adequate B. (1) reflux boiling;                     (2) NOT adequate C. (1) two-phase natural circulation;       (2) adequate D. (1) two-phase natural circulation;       (2) NOT adequate
FR-C.1 BKGD, Pg. 3 and 30 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
 
_N:...;;..;;;..on
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         B Explanation:
:..;..e"'--
A. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct if it was NOT adverse containment conditions.
______ Learning Objective:  
B. CORRECT. Steam flow from the core is condensing in the U tubes and flowing back to the core. The heat sink is inadequate because "AI! SG level is below the adverse containment value of 25%.
-'R:....:.;F:.....::R--=-C=-1-'-'C=-='-=-'-______ (As available)
C. Plausible because this is a possible method of heat removal during a loss of offsite
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
                                                          =
There is no direct tie between the AFW pumps and FR-C.1. All steps are based on AFW flow and/or SG level. Meets KIA by requiring analysis of the adequacy of the secondary heat sink with one AFW Pump running and level in one SG in the NR. Added means of core heat removal to the question to make 4 plausible choices. Higher order because the conditions must be evaluated properly.
power. However, being in FR-C.1 (CETs 121 O*F) indicates that the RCS is highly voided. The second part would be correct if it was NOT adverse containment conditions.
ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
D. Plausible because this is a possible method of heat removal during a loss of offsite
Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 076 G2.4.45 Importance Rating 4.1 (K&A Statement)
                                                            =
High Reactor Coolant Activity -Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator and alarm RO Question #23 Plant conditions:
power. However, being in FR-C.1 (CETs 1210*F) indicates that the RCS is highly voided. The second part is correct.
Technical Reference(s):     FR-C.1, Step *13                                  (Attach if not previously provided)
FR-C.1 BKGD, Pg. 3 and 30 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                       _N:...;;..;;;..on:..;..e"'--_ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective:             -'R:....:.;F:.....::R--=-C=-1-'-'C=-='-=-'-______ (As available)
Question Source:     Bank #
Modified Bank #                                          (Note changes or attach parent)
New                            X Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                      X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                          10 55.43 Comments: There is no direct tie between the AFW pumps and FR-C.1. All steps are based on AFW flow and/or SG level. Meets KIA by requiring analysis of the adequacy of the secondary heat sink with one AFW Pump running and level in one SG in the NR. Added means of core heat removal to the question to make 4 plausible choices. Higher order because the conditions must be evaluated properly.
 
ES-401               Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:         Level                         RO               SRO Tier #                       1 Group #                       2 KIA #                         076 G2.4.45 Importance Rating             4.1 (K&A Statement) High Reactor Coolant Activity - Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator and alarm RO Question #23 Plant conditions:
* 100% power
* 100% power
* Alarm E-24, RMS AREA MONITOR HIGH ACTIVITY, has actuated
* Alarm E-24, RMS AREA MONITOR HIGH ACTIVITY, has actuated
* R-9, LETDOWN LINE MONITOR, is alarming Which choice identifies (1) the FIRST abnormal procedure to be implemented following the alarm response procedure, AND (2) how the R-9 alarm is validated?
* R-9, LETDOWN LINE MONITOR, is alarming Which choice identifies (1) the FIRST abnormal procedure to be implemented following the alarm response procedure, AND (2) how the R-9 alarm is validated?
A (1) AP-RCS-1, Reactor Coolant Leak; (2) RCS sample indicates greater than normal activity B. (1) AP-RCS-1, Reactor Coolant Leak; (2) Comparison with other Aux Building radiation monitors C. (1) AP-RCS-3, High Reactor Coolant Activity; (2) RCS sample indicates greater than normal activity D. (1) AP-RCS-3, High Reactor Coolant Activity; (2) Comparison with other Aux Building radiation monitors
A   (1) AP-RCS-1, Reactor Coolant Leak; (2) RCS sample indicates greater than normal activity B.   (1) AP-RCS-1, Reactor Coolant Leak; (2) Comparison with other Aux Building radiation monitors C.   (1) AP-RCS-3, High Reactor Coolant Activity; (2) RCS sample indicates greater than normal activity D.   (1) AP-RCS-3, High Reactor Coolant Activity; (2) Comparison with other Aux Building radiation monitors
---------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because many Aux. Bldg. RMS channel alarms are entry conditions for RCS-1. However, R-9 is mounted on the letdown line and is therefore less likely to respond to leakage in the Auxiliary Building. Plausible because many Aux. Bldg. RMS channel alarms are entry conditions for RCS-1. R-4 would likely respond to higher activity in the RCS. It is checked in AP-RCS.3 (along with other Aux. Bldg. alarms) but it could also be indicative of an RCS leak. CORRECT. AR-RMS-9 specifies direct entry into AP-RCS.3.
 
The first action in RCS.3 is to direct an RCS activity sample; unlike others where a channel comparison is considered when validating an alarm. Plausible because the first part is correct. R-4 would likely respond to higher activity in the RCS. Aux. Bldg radiation is checked in AP-RCS.3 but it could also be indicative of an RCS leak. Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided) AP-RCS.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                       Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         C Explanation:
--'N:..:.o.::..cn""e=---
A. Plausible because many Aux. Bldg. RMS channel alarms are entry conditions for AP RCS-1. However, R-9 is mounted on the letdown line and is therefore less likely to respond to leakage in the Auxiliary Building.
_____ Learning Objective:  
B. Plausible because many Aux. Bldg. RMS channel alarms are entry conditions for AP RCS-1. R-4 would likely respond to higher activity in the RCS. It is checked in AP-RCS.3 (along with other Aux. Bldg. alarms) but it could also be indicative of an RCS leak.
._RA_P_1_7---=C_1.--=-0_2
C. CORRECT. AR-RMS-9 specifies direct entry into AP-RCS.3. The first action in AP RCS.3 is to direct an RCS activity sample; unlike others where a channel comparison is considered when validating an alarm.
______ (As available)
D. Plausible because the first part is correct. R-4 would likely respond to higher activity in the RCS. Aux. Bldg radiation is checked in AP-RCS.3 but it could also be indicative of an RCS leak.
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10, 11 55.43 Comments:
Technical Reference(s):     AR-RMS-9                            (Attach if not previously provided)
Meets KIA by identifying the procedure to be entered and the validating action when the possibility that RCS activity is rising becomes evident to the control room crew.
AP-RCS.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                   --'N:..:.o.::..cn""e=---_ _ _ __
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # W/E02 EK3.1 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement)
Learning Objective:               ._RA_P_1_7---=C_1.--=-0_2_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
SI Termination  
Question Source:         Bank#
-Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the SI Termination::
Modified Bank #                                              (Note changes or attach parent)
Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics RO Question #24 Plant conditions:
New                                x Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:           Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                       x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                      10, 11 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by identifying the procedure to be entered and the validating action when the possibility that RCS activity is rising becomes evident to the control room crew.
 
ES-401              Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                 1 Group #                 2 KIA #                   W/E02 EK3.1 Importance Rating       3.3 (K&A Statement) SI Termination - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the SI Termination:: Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics RO Question #24 Plant conditions:
* SI actuated due to a faulted Steam Generator outside containment
* SI actuated due to a faulted Steam Generator outside containment
* Both Main Steam Isolation Valves are closed
* Both Main Steam Isolation Valves are closed
Line 377: Line 514:
* The SI and RHR Pumps have been stopped
* The SI and RHR Pumps have been stopped
* MRPI indicates Shutdown Bank Rod C-5 indicates fully withdrawn Which choice completes the following statement?
* MRPI indicates Shutdown Bank Rod C-5 indicates fully withdrawn Which choice completes the following statement?
Before any compensatory action is taken for the stuck rod, Shutdown Margin (SDM) is ___ A. ADEQUATE and STABLE because the Pumps are stopped B. ADEQUATE and RISING because at least one Charging Pump is running C. INADEQUATE and STABLE because boration for the stuck rod has not started D. INADEQUATE and RISING because only one Charging Pump is running
Before any compensatory action is taken for the stuck rod, Shutdown Margin (SDM) is _ __
-----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because the first part is correct. RCS Pressure is above the shutoff head of the SI Pumps and they've been stopped. However, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST so negative reactivity continues to be added. CORRECT. Per TS Basis, the minimum TS SOM requirement is met when rods are maintained above the RIL during power operation; even if the most reactive rod is stuck out on a reactor trip. Early in ES-1.1, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST before any ECCS pumps are stopped. Later in ES-1.1, when the Charging Pump suction is realigned to the VCT, the controls are set for a high boron concentration. Plausible if candidate believes that minimum SOM requirements are compromised by a stuck rod. However, accident analyses and TS Bases assume one rod stuck out. The second part, by itself, is correct but RCS boron concentration is rising due to the Charging Pump alignment. Plausible if candidate believes that minimum SOM requirements are compromised by a stuck rod. However, accident analyses and TS Bases assume one rod stuck out. The second part, by itself is correct because early in ES-1.1, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST adding negative reactivity.
A. ADEQUATE and STABLE because the SI Pumps are stopped B. ADEQUATE and RISING because at least one Charging Pump is running C. INADEQUATE and STABLE because boration for the stuck rod has not started D. INADEQUATE and RISING because only one Charging Pump is running
Technical Reference(s):
 
ES-1.1, Step (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           B Explanation:
TSB 3.1.1-1 (Pg. 31/604) Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
A. Plausible because the first part is correct. RCS Pressure is above the shutoff head of the SI Pumps and they've been stopped. However, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST so negative reactivity continues to be added.
None Learning Objective:  
B. CORRECT. Per TS Basis, the minimum TS SOM requirement is met when rods are maintained above the RIL during power operation; even if the most reactive rod is stuck out on a reactor trip. Early in ES-1.1, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST before any ECCS pumps are stopped. Later in ES-1.1, when the Charging Pump suction is realigned to the VCT, the controls are set for a high boron concentration.
._R_E_S_1_1_C_2_.0_1
C. Plausible if candidate believes that minimum SOM requirements are compromised by a stuck rod. However, accident analyses and TS Bases assume one rod stuck out. The second part, by itself, is correct but RCS boron concentration is rising due to the Charging Pump alignment.
______ (As available)
O. Plausible if candidate believes that minimum SOM requirements are compromised by a stuck rod. However, accident analyses and TS Bases assume one rod stuck out. The second part, by itself is correct because early in ES-1.1, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST adding negative reactivity.
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 5 55.43 Comments:
Technical Reference(s):         ES-1.1, Step 5                (Attach if not previously provided)
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the reactivity status of the core and the reason for it with ES Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 2 KIA # W/E03 EA2.2 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement)
TSB 3.1.1-1 (Pg. 31/604)
LOCA Cooldown-Depressurization  
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:             None Learning Objective:                 ._R_E_S_1_1_C_2_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
-Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the LOCA Cooldown-Depressurization:
Question Source:           Bank#
Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments RO Question #25 Plant conditions: The plant was at 100% power when RCS Pressure began to lower Containment Pressure and radiation levels were rising The crew initiated a MANUAL Reactor Trip and SI at 0200 hours ES-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION, was entered at 0300 hours An RCS cooldown is in progress Which choice fills in the blanks regarding the ES-1.2 cooldown rate and the latest time that meets the GINNA commitment for establishing RHR injection flow? The cooldown rate in ES-1.2 is (1) , and RHR injection flow must be established by no later than ----,(.:2.L..)
Modified Bank #                          (Note changes or attach parent)
__ (1) between 80-100 &deg;F/hr (2) 0830 (1) between 80-100 &deg;F/hr (2) 0930 (1) unlimited, but not at a rate which would cause an Orange or Red path challenge to vessel integrity (PTS) (2) 0830 (1) unlimited, but not at a rate which would cause an Orange or Red path challenge to vessel integrity (PTS) (2) 0930 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. ES-1.2 rate is between 80-100'F/hour.
New                        x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:         Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                 x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:               55.41                5 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the reactivity status of the core and the reason for it with ES
The committed time limit to establish RHR injection is 6.5 hours from the event initiation because the concern is boron precipitation over that time period. Plausible because the first part is correct but the second part would be 6.5 hours after ES-1.2 is entered but 7.5 hours after the event started. Plausible because (typically) the TS do not apply when performing actions in the EOP network. However, ES-1.2 specifies the cooldown rate. The second part is correct. The clock starts with the event because the concern is boron precipitation over time. Plausible because (typically) the TS do not apply when performing actions in the EOP network. The second part would be 6.5 hours after ES-1.2 is entered but 7.5 hours after the event started. Technical Reference(s):
 
ES-1.2, Steps 20.b, (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                      Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination       Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:              Level                   RO               SRO Tier#                     1 Group #                 2 KIA #                   W/E03 EA2.2 Importance Rating       3.5 (K&A Statement) LOCA Cooldown-Depressurization - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the LOCA Cooldown-Depressurization: Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments RO Question #25 Plant conditions:
ES-1.2 BKGD, Pages 6,7,59 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
* The plant was at 100% power when RCS Pressure began to lower
-::..:.N..::...o:..;;..ne=--
* Containment Pressure and radiation levels were rising
______ Learning Objective:  
* The crew initiated a MANUAL Reactor Trip and SI at 0200 hours
._R_E_S_1_2C_1_.0_2(As available)
* ES-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION, was entered at 0300 hours
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 1 55.43 Comments:
* An RCS cooldown is in progress Which choice fills in the blanks regarding the ES-1.2 cooldown rate and the latest time that meets the GINNA commitment for establishing RHR injection flow?
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the cooldown rate limits from ES-1.2 and the facility time commitment to RHR injection following a SBLOCA. Higher order because the time commitment must be properly applied or the accident assumptions will be invalid.
The cooldown rate in ES-1.2 is         (1)   , and RHR injection flow must be established by no later than ----,(.:2.L..)_ _
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA W/E08 EA2.1 (K&A Statement)
A. (1) between 80-100 &deg;F/hr (2) 0830 B. (1) between 80-100 &deg;F/hr (2) 0930 C. (1) unlimited, but not at a rate which would cause an Orange or Red path challenge to vessel integrity (PTS)
RCS Overcooling-PTS  
(2) 0830 D. (1) unlimited, but not at a rate which would cause an Orange or Red path challenge to vessel integrity (PTS)
-Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the RCS Overcooling-PTS:
(2) 0930
Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations RO Question #26 Plant conditions: 25 minutes ago, the Reactor was at 100% power when a faulted 'A' S/G caused an automatic reactor trip and safety injection on lowering RCS pressure There was a delay in isolating AFW flow to 'A' S/G 'A' S/G is completely isolated 'A' S/G WR level has just reached 0 inches CNMT Pressure peaked at 30 PSIG but is now 26 PSIG Pressurizer Level is reading 0% RCPs were lost due to loss of off-site power at reactor trip Loop "A" Hot Leg Temperature is 365 OF Loop "A" Cold Leg Temperature is 280 of Loop "B" Hot Leg Temperature is 385 of Loop "B" Cold Leg Temperature is 305 of The crew has entered E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT What procedure should be implemented under these conditions? E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT. FR-I.2, RESPONSE TO LOW PRESSURIZER LEVEL. FR-P.1, RESPONSE TO IMMINENT PRESSURIZED THERMAL FR-Z.1, RESPONSE TO HIGH CONTAINMENT PRESSURE
 
----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because E-1 would be used once faulted S/G were isolated and conditions all are improving and not higher than YELLOW Plausible because the CSFST condition (less than 13%) for Pressurizer Level is met but it is a YELLOW Path. YELLOW Path implementation is parallel action not "GO to" and is at CRS discretion and would not take precedence over implementation of FR-P-1. CORRECT. The RED Path conditions for F-O.4. INTEGRITY, were met by the greater than 100"F T cold cooldown in both loops and Loop "A" dropping below 284*F. FR-P.1 would be entered. Plausible because it was an ORANGE Path and cleared, but incorrect CONTAINMENT is a lower priority than Technical F-O.4 (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:             A Explanation:
FR-P.1, Step 28 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
A. CORRECT. ES-1.2 rate is between 80-100'F/hour. The committed time limit to establish RHR injection is 6.5 hours from the event initiation because the concern is boron precipitation over that time period.
None Learning Objective:
B. Plausible because the first part is correct but the second part would be 6.5 hours after ES-1.2 is entered but 7.5 hours after the event started.
_R_F_R_P_1_C'--R_1_.0_2
C. Plausible because (typically) the TS do not apply when performing actions in the EOP network. However, ES-1.2 specifies the cooldown rate. The second part is correct. The clock starts with the event because the concern is boron precipitation over time.
_________ (As available)
D. Plausible because (typically) the TS do not apply when performing actions in the EOP network. The second part would be 6.5 hours after ES-1.2 is entered but 7.5 hours after the event started.
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:
Technical Reference(s):         ES-1.2, Steps 20.b, 20.c              (Attach if not previously provided)
Meets KIA by requiring evaluation of a set of conditions and determining that performance of an FR Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 2 KIA # W/E10 EK1.1 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement)
ES-1.2 BKGD, Pages 6,7,59 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         -::..:.N..::...o:..;;..ne=--_ _ _ _ __
Natural Circulation With Steam Void in Vessel withlwithout Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Natural Circulation With Steam Void in Vessel withlwithout RVLlS: Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems RO Question #27 Plant conditions: A loss of off-site power resulted in a reactor trip The crew has elected to enter ES-0.3, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN WITH STEAM VOID IN VESSEL, from ES-0.2, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN, in order to perform a more rapid cooldown to COLD SHUTDOWN (CSD) conditions Which choice completes the following statement?
Learning Objective:                 ._R_E_S_1_2C_1_.0_2_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
The Safety Injection pumps must remain aligned in accordance with ES-0.3 and Technical Specifications until ____ both Tcolds are less than 350"F RCS Pressure is less than 1500 PSIG all MANUAL SI block actions have been completed the RCS is verified borated to the CSD, Xenon-free condition
Question Source:            Bank #
-----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Per ES-0.3 -Step 12, SI cannot be placed in the normal shutdown alignment until both Tcolds are less than 350'F. This coincides with the TS requirement for SI operability in Modes 1, 2, 3. Plausible because this coincides with the point at which the SI Accumulators can be isolated.
Modified Bank #                         (Note changes or attach parent)
However, the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered. Plausible because manual blocks of certain SI signals occur during the procedure.
New                       x Question History:          Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:          Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                       x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:               55.41                1 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the cooldown rate limits from ES-1.2 and the facility time commitment to RHR injection following a SBLOCA. Higher order because the time commitment must be properly applied or the accident assumptions will be invalid.
However, the AUTO SI on Containment Pressure is NOT blocked so the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered. Plausible as a benchmark point in ES-0.2 where the cooldown can commence and the SDM is such that the reactor will remain shutdown (without SI) under accident conditions.
 
However, the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered. Technical Reference(s):
ES-401              Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                 1 Group #                 2 KIA #                  W/E08 EA2.1 (K&A Statement) RCS Overcooling-PTS - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the RCS Overcooling-PTS: Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations RO Question #26 Plant conditions:
ES-0.3, Step 12 (Attach if not previously provided)
* 25 minutes ago, the Reactor was at 100% power when a faulted 'A' S/G caused an automatic reactor trip and safety injection on lowering RCS pressure
ES-0.3 BKGD, page 33 TS 3.5.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
* There was a delay in isolating AFW flow to 'A' S/G
None Learning Objective:
    *  'A' S/G is completely isolated
_R_E_S_0_2_C_1_._02
    *  'A' S/G WR level has just reached 0 inches
______ (As available)
* CNMT Pressure peaked at 30 PSIG but is now 26 PSIG
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
* Pressurizer Level is reading 0%
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the status of the ECCS with ES-0.3, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN WITH STEAM VOID IN VESSEL, in progress.
* RCPs were lost due to loss of off-site power at reactor trip
While the step is performed somewhat late in the procedure, the associated knowledge is based on the TS Mode operability requirement and therefore should be recall knowledge.
* Loop "A" Hot Leg Temperature is 365 OF
GINNA does not have a natural circulation EOP that differentiates between with/without RVLlS. Comments:
* Loop "A" Cold Leg Temperature is 280 of
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the status of the ECCS with ES-0.3
* Loop "B" Hot Leg Temperature is 385 of
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 009 EA2.36 Importance Rating 4.2 (K&A Statement)
* Loop "B" Cold Leg Temperature is 305 of
Small Break LOCA -Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA= Difference between overcooling and LOCA indications RO Question #28 Plant conditions: With the unit at 100% power, the operating crew initiated a reactor trip when pressurizer level could not be maintained An automatic SI actuated with E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, in progress The operating crew is presently performing the subsequent actions of E-O By procedure, what two parameters will be assessed to determine whether the crew transitions to: E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY E-2, FAULTED STEAM GENERATOR ISOLATION RCS Pressure and SIG Level RCS Pressure and S/G Pressure CNMT Area Radiation Monitors and S/G Level CNMT Area Radiation Monitors and SIG Pressure
* The crew has entered E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT What procedure should be implemented under these conditions?
--------------------------
A. E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT.
---------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:
B. FR-I.2, RESPONSE TO LOW PRESSURIZER LEVEL.
A Plausible because S/G Level would lower on a faulted S/G, but S/G pressure response is a more reliable indicator of faulted conditions.
C. FR-P.1, RESPONSE TO IMMINENT PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK CONDITION.
RCS Pressure would not be used to differentiate because it would lower in both cases until the faulted S/G dried out. Plausible because the second part is correct but RCS Pressure would not be used to differentiate because it would lower in both cases until the faulted S/G dried out. Plausible because part 1 is correct: CNMT area monitors are used in E-O for the E-1 transition.
D. FR-Z.1, RESPONSE TO HIGH CONTAINMENT PRESSURE
S/G Level would lower on a faulted S/G but it would not lower if a SBLOCA was in progress. CORRECT. Each of those parameters would respond specifically for the stated accident.
 
Technical Reference(s):
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         C Explanation:
E-O, Steps 15 and (Attach if not previously provided)
A. Plausible because E-1 would be used once faulted S/G were isolated and CSFST conditions all are improving and not higher than YELLOW Path B. Plausible because the CSFST condition (less than 13%) for Pressurizer Level is met but it is a YELLOW Path. YELLOW Path implementation is parallel action not "GO to" and is at CRS discretion and would not take precedence over implementation of FR-P-1.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
C. CORRECT. The RED Path conditions for F-O.4. INTEGRITY, were met by the greater than 100"F T cold cooldown in both loops and Loop "A" dropping below 284*F. FR-P.1 would be entered.
None Learning Objective:  
D. Plausible because it was an ORANGE Path and cleared, but incorrect because CONTAINMENT is a lower priority than INTEGRITY.
.....;R:....;.E=P'--O;;;..:;0'-"C:.....;2=
Technical Reference(s}:    F-O.4                           (Attach if not previously provided)
..c;;..01-'--(As available)
FR-P.1, Step 28 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:             None Learning Objective:             _R_F_R_P_1_C'--R_1_.0_2_________ (As available)
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
Question Source:    Bank #
Meets KIA by requiring recall of parameters used by the E-O to differentiate between an overcooling event and a SBLOCA Developed as a memory item to avoid providing a set of conditions with CNMT radiation rising; a "dead giveaway" for any size LOCA Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group # 1 KIA # 003A3.05 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement)
Modified Bank #                             (Note changes or attach parent)
Reactor Coolant Pump System -Ability to monitor automatic operation of the RCPS, including:
New                   x Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:          55.41                 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring evaluation of a set of conditions and determining that performance of an FR
RCP lube oil and bearing lift pumps RO Question #29 Plant conditions: The crew is performing S-2.1, REACTOR COOLANT PUMP OPERATION, to start 'A' RCP Which choice accurately completes the following statements?
 
The purpose for running the RCP Oil Lift Pump prior to an RCP start is to ensure that the (1) . An illuminated WHITE light above the RCP Lift Oil Pump control switch means that the (2) interlock in the rA' RCP starting circuit is satisfied. (1) lower RCP motor radial bearing is provided proper lubrication (2) 500 PSIG oil pressure (1) lower RCP motor radial bearing is provided proper lubrication two minute oil lift pump run timer (1) thrust bearing shoes are lifted off of the thrust runner (2) 500 PSIG oil pressure (1) thrust bearing shoes are lifted off of the thrust runner (2) two minute oil lift pump run timer
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination     Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level               RO             SRO Tier#               1 Group #             2 KIA #               W/E10 EK1.1 Importance Rating   3.3 (K&A Statement) Natural Circulation With Steam Void in Vessel withlwithout RVLIS Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Natural Circulation With Steam Void in Vessel withlwithout RVLlS: Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems RO Question #27 Plant conditions:
--------------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because the oil lift pump supplies bearing oil to the thrust bearing, but is not supplied to other motor bearings.
* A loss of off-site power resulted in a reactor trip
The second part is correct. Plausible because the oil lift pump supplies bearing oil to the thrust bearing, but is not supplied to other motor bearings.
* The crew has elected to enter ES-0.3, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN WITH STEAM VOID IN VESSEL, from ES-0.2, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN, in order to perform a more rapid cooldown to COLD SHUTDOWN (CSD) conditions Which choice completes the following statement?
The second part is an administrative requirement in the procedure, not an interlock. CORRECT. The oil pressure physically moves the shoes off of the thrust runner to prevent metal-to-metal contact while oil pressure is building up in the system during the pump start. There is a 500 PSIG oil pressure interlock in the starting circuit that must be satisfied in order to start an RCP. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part is an requirement in the procedure not an Technical Reference(s):
The Safety Injection pumps must remain aligned in accordance with ES-0.3 and Technical Specifications until _ _ __
S-2.1, Step Technical Reference(s):
A. both Tcolds are less than 350"F B. RCS Pressure is less than 1500 PSIG C. all MANUAL SI block actions have been completed D. the RCS is verified borated to the CSD, Xenon-free condition
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           A Explanation:
A. CORRECT. Per ES-0.3 - Step 12, SI cannot be placed in the normal shutdown alignment until both Tcolds are less than 350'F. This coincides with the TS requirement for SI operability in Modes 1, 2, 3.
B. Plausible because this coincides with the point at which the SI Accumulators can be isolated. However, the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered.
C. Plausible because manual blocks of certain SI signals occur during the procedure.
However, the AUTO SI on Containment Pressure is NOT blocked so the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered.
D. Plausible as a benchmark point in ES-0.2 where the cooldown can commence and the SDM is such that the reactor will remain shutdown (without SI) under accident conditions. However, the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered.
Technical Reference(s):       ES-0.3, Step 12               (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-0.3 BKGD, page 33 TS 3.5.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       None Learning Objective:             _R_E_S_0_2_C_1_._02_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:         Bank #
Modified Bank #                    (Note changes or attach parent)
New                      X Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge               X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the status of the ECCS with ES-0.3, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN WITH STEAM VOID IN VESSEL, in progress. While the step is performed somewhat late in the procedure, the associated knowledge is based on the TS Mode operability requirement and therefore should be recall knowledge. GINNA does not have a natural circulation EOP that differentiates between with/without RVLlS. Comments:
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the status of the ECCS with ES-0.3
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                     RO             SRO Tier #                     1 Group #                   1 KIA #                     009 EA2.36 Importance Rating         4.2 (K&A Statement) Small Break LOCA - Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA= Difference between overcooling and LOCA indications RO Question #28 Plant conditions:
* With the unit at 100% power, the operating crew initiated a reactor trip when pressurizer level could not be maintained
* An automatic SI actuated with E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, in progress
* The operating crew is presently performing the subsequent actions of E-O By procedure, what two parameters will be assessed to determine whether the crew transitions to:
* E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT 2r
* E-2, FAULTED STEAM GENERATOR ISOLATION A. RCS Pressure and SIG Level B. RCS Pressure and S/G Pressure C. CNMT Area Radiation Monitors and S/G Level D. CNMT Area Radiation Monitors and SIG Pressure
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                          Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          D Explanation:
A Plausible because S/G Level would lower on a faulted S/G, but S/G pressure response is a more reliable indicator of faulted conditions. RCS Pressure would not be used to differentiate because it would lower in both cases until the faulted S/G dried out.
B. Plausible because the second part is correct but RCS Pressure would not be used to differentiate because it would lower in both cases until the faulted S/G dried out.
C. Plausible because part 1 is correct: CNMT area monitors are used in E-O for the E-1 transition. S/G Level would lower on a faulted S/G but it would not lower if a SBLOCA was in progress.
D. CORRECT. Each of those parameters would respond specifically for the stated accident.
Technical Reference(s):       E-O, Steps 15 and 17                                                (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                                 None Learning Objective:             .....;R:....;.E=P'--O;;;..:;0'-"C:.....;2=..c;;..01-'--_ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:      Bank #
Modified Bank #                                                           (Note changes or attach parent)
New                                             x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                                             X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:               55.41                                              10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring recall of parameters used by the E-O to differentiate between an overcooling event and a SBLOCA Developed as a memory item to avoid providing a set of conditions with CNMT radiation rising; a "dead giveaway" for any size LOCA
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                  RO               SRO Tier #                  2 Group #                 1 KIA #                   003A3.05 Importance Rating       2.7 (K&A Statement) Reactor Coolant Pump System - Ability to monitor automatic operation of the RCPS, including: RCP lube oil and bearing lift pumps RO Question #29 Plant conditions:
* The crew is performing S-2.1, REACTOR COOLANT PUMP OPERATION, to start 'A' RCP Which choice accurately completes the following statements?
The purpose for running the RCP Oil Lift Pump prior to an RCP start is to ensure that the (1) . An illuminated WHITE light above the RCP Lift Oil Pump control switch means that the (2) interlock in the rA' RCP starting circuit is satisfied.
A. (1) lower RCP motor radial bearing is provided proper lubrication (2) 500 PSIG oil pressure B. (1) lower RCP motor radial bearing is provided proper lubrication (2) two minute oil lift pump run timer C. (1) thrust bearing shoes are lifted off of the thrust runner (2) 500 PSIG oil pressure D. (1) thrust bearing shoes are lifted off of the thrust runner (2) two minute oil lift pump run timer
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           C Explanation:
A. Plausible because the oil lift pump supplies bearing oil to the thrust bearing, but is not supplied to other motor bearings. The second part is correct.
B. Plausible because the oil lift pump supplies bearing oil to the thrust bearing, but is not supplied to other motor bearings. The second part is an administrative requirement in the procedure, not an interlock.
C. CORRECT. The oil pressure physically moves the shoes off of the thrust runner to prevent metal-to-metal contact while oil pressure is building up in the system during the pump start. There is a 500 PSIG oil pressure interlock in the starting circuit that must be satisfied in order to start an RCP.
D. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part is an administrative requirement in the procedure not an interlock Technical Reference(s):       S-2.1, Step 6.2.3                    Technical Reference(s):
R1301C, B.5.b(1)(3)
R1301C, B.5.b(1)(3)
SYS13 SO, Pgs. 18-19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
SYS13 SO, Pgs. 18-19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         _N_o
_N_o__n_e'--________ Learning Objective:
__n_e'--________
_R_13_0_1_C_1_.0_7
Learning Objective:               _R_13_0_1_C_1_.0_7_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
______ (As available)
Question Source:       Bank#
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Modified Bank #                      (Note changes or attach parent)
The lift pump must be started by the operator and then the oil system operates per internal design after the RCP is started. Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the only RCP oil system-related interlock in the RCP control circuit. Added the purpose of the Lift Oil Pump to make 4 relevant choices.
New                    x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge             x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41              7 55.43 Comments: The lift pump must be started by the operator and then the oil system operates per internal design after the RCP is started. Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the only RCP oil system-related interlock in the RCP control circuit. Added the purpose of the Lift Oil Pump to make 4 relevant choices.
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KJA# 004K2.05 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement)
 
Chemical and Volume Control System -Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following:
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                 1 KJA#                     004K2.05 Importance Rating       2.7 (K&A Statement) Chemical and Volume Control System - Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: MOVs RO Question #30 Plant conditions:
MOVs RO Question  
* An AUTO SI actuated on lowering steam line pressure
#30 Plant conditions: An AUTO SI actuated on lowering steam line pressure Offsite power was lost in coincidence with the SI Emergency Diesel Generator "AI! failed to start Emergency Diesel Generator "B" is running and all equipment on the respective busses has operated per design Based on the conditions above, which choice describes the actual position and the status of the power supply for MOV-313, Seal/Excess Letdown Return Isolation Valve? OPEN but NO power available OPEN and power available CLOSED but NO power available CLOSED and power available Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Under these conditions, MCC "C" would be fed via ED/G "An (Bus 14) and therefore has no power. MCC "C" is the power supply for MOV-313; a CIV. MOV-313 is open during normal operation and MOVs fail AS-IS. Plausible since the first part regarding the position is correct and if the candidate did not know the correct power supply to MOV-313 (MCC-C is not available). Plausible if candidate believes that MOV-313 failed closed in response to the CI signal prior to the loss of power. The second part is correct, Plausible if candidate has the power supplies reversed.
* Offsite power was lost in coincidence with the SI
MOV-313 would have closed on CI Technical P-12, ATT. 24, Pg. 3/3 (Attach if not previously provided)
* Emergency Diesel Generator "AI! failed to start
P-12, ATT, 2 ATT-3.0, CI/CVI, page 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
* Emergency Diesel Generator "B" is running and all equipment on the respective busses has operated per design Based on the conditions above, which choice describes the actual position and the status of the power supply for MOV-313, Seal/Excess Letdown Return Isolation Valve?
_N::...:-=-on:...:..e=-
A. OPEN but NO power available B. OPEN and power available C. CLOSED but NO power available D. CLOSED and power available
____ Learning Objective:  
 
:...:..R-=2::..:..7..:;cO:...:..1 C-=--..:1-'-',O=-=5______ (As available)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                       Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           A Explanation:
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
A. CORRECT. Under these conditions, MCC "C" would be fed via ED/G "An (Bus 14) and therefore has no power. MCC "C" is the power supply for MOV-313; a CIV. MOV-313 is open during normal operation and MOVs fail AS-IS.
----ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
B. Plausible since the first part regarding the position is correct and if the candidate did not know the correct power supply to MOV-313 (MCC-C is not available).
Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 005 K1.09 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement)
C. Plausible if candidate believes that MOV-313 failed closed in response to the CI signal prior to the loss of power. The second part is correct, D. Plausible if candidate has the power supplies reversed. MOV-313 would have closed on CI Technical Reference(s):      P-12, ATT. 24, Pg. 3/3                                   (Attach if not previously provided)
Residual Heat Removal System -Knowleclge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the RHRS and the following systems: ReS RO Question #31 Plant conditions:
P-12, ATT, 2 ATT-3.0, CI/CVI, page 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                       _N::...:-=-on:...:..e=-_ _ __
Learning Objective:               :. .:. R-=2::. :. 7. :;cO:. .:. 1C-=--..:1-'-',O=-=5______ (As available)
Question Source:          Bank #
Modified Bank #                                                 (Note changes or attach parent)
New                                           X Question History:        Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                               x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:               55.41                                      7 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401               Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:         Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                   1 KIA #                   005 K1.09 Importance Rating       3.6 (K&A Statement) Residual Heat Removal System - Knowleclge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the RHRS and the following systems: ReS RO Question #31 Plant conditions:
* The RCS is solid with RHR Loop "B" in service for heat removal
* The RCS is solid with RHR Loop "B" in service for heat removal
* Low Pressure Letdown Control Valve PCV-135 has failed and RCS Pressure is rising
* Low Pressure Letdown Control Valve PCV-135 has failed and RCS Pressure is rising
* F-22, RCS LO PRESS 410 PSI, has just cleared Which choice describes (1) the RHR flowpath, AND (2) the automatic action(s) that will occur? A (1) From Loop 'A' Hot Leg to Loop 'B' Cold Leg (2) L TOP Actuation B. (1) From Loop 'B' Hot Leg to Loop 'A' Cold Leg (2) L TOP Actuation C. (1) From Loop 'A' Hot Leg to Loop 'B' Cold Leg (2) L TOP Actuation and closure of MOV-700 and MOV-721 (RCS-RHR Suction and Return valves) D. (1) From Loop 'B' Hot Leg to Loop 'A' Cold Leg (2) L TOP Actuation and closure of MOV-700 and MOV-721 (RCS-RHR Suction and Return valves)
* F-22, RCS LO PRESS 410 PSI, has just cleared Which choice describes (1) the RHR flowpath, AND (2) the automatic action(s) that will occur?
--------------------
A (1) From Loop 'A' Hot Leg to Loop 'B' Cold Leg (2) LTOP Actuation B. (1) From Loop 'B' Hot Leg to Loop 'A' Cold Leg (2) LTOP Actuation C. (1) From Loop 'A' Hot Leg to Loop 'B' Cold Leg (2) LTOP Actuation and closure of MOV-700 and MOV-721 (RCS-RHR Suction and Return valves)
---------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Suction valves MOV-700 and MOV-701 are "hard-piped" to Loop "A" Hot Leg and MOV-720 and MOV-721 are "hard-piped" to Loop "8" Cold Leg. LTOP will actuate at410 PSIG but MOV-700 and MOV-721 will not close. The <410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive. Plausible as the opposite or as an RHR-RCS Loop "8" alignment.
D. (1) From Loop 'B' Hot Leg to Loop 'A' Cold Leg (2) LTOP Actuation and closure of MOV-700 and MOV-721 (RCS-RHR Suction and Return valves)
However, the RCS suction and discharge is "hard-piped" with flow from Loop "A" Thot to Loop "8" Tcold. The second part is correct. Plausible because the first part and L TOP actuation is correct. However, the <410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive. Plausible as the opposite or as an RHR-RCS Loop "8" alignment.
 
However, the RCS suction and discharge is "hard-piped" with flow from Loop "A" Thot to Loop "8" Tcold. The 410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                        Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          A Explanation:
Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided)
A. CORRECT. Suction valves MOV-700 and MOV-701 are "hard-piped" to Loop "A" Hot Leg and MOV-720 and MOV-721 are "hard-piped" to Loop "8" Cold Leg. LTOP will actuate at410 PSIG but MOV-700 and MOV-721 will not close. The <410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive.
AR-F-22 TRM 8asis 3.3.5-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
: 8. Plausible as the opposite or as an RHR-RCS Loop "8" alignment. However, the RHR RCS suction and discharge is "hard-piped" with flow from Loop "A" Thot to Loop "8" Tcold. The second part is correct.
--C--:N...:;,.on
C. Plausible because the first part and LTOP actuation is correct. However, the <410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive.
...:..e=--
D. Plausible as the opposite or as an RHR-RCS Loop "8" alignment. However, the RHR RCS suction and discharge is "hard-piped" with flow from Loop "A" Thot to Loop "8" Tcold. The 410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive.
__________ Learning Objective:
Technical Reference(s):      33013-1247                              (Attach if not previously provided)
_R_2_5'-'0_1-'-C_1-'-'-'-'--'-1.:....:..0_7____ (As available)
AR-F-22 TRM 8asis 3.3.5-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                      --C--:N...:;,.on...:..e=--__________
Question 8ank # Modified 8ank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Learning Objective:              _R_2_5'-'0_1-'-C_1-'-'-'-'--'-1.:....:..0_7____ (As available)
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of RHR to RCS flowpath and the consequences of rising RCS pressure with an RHR alignment Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 006 K4.10 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement)
Question Source:       8ank #
Emergency Core Cooling -Knowledge of design feature{s) and/or interlock{s) which provide for the following:
Modified 8ank #                                        (Note changes or attach parent)
Redundant pressure meters RO Question Given the following A small break LOCA has occurred, concurrent with a loss of off-site power All equipment functioned as designed The crew is performing the actions of ES-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION CET's are lowering RCS pressure is 1350 psig and stable Pressurizer level indicates 38% and rising Which of the following Pressure channel combinations should be used to determine RCS subcooling during SI flow reduction? PRZR Pressure PT -429 or PT -449 PRZR Pressure PT-430 or PT-431 RCS pressure PT -450 or PT -451 RCS Pressure PT -420 or PT -420A 
New                      x Question History:        Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                              X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:          55.41                        7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of RHR to RCS flowpath and the consequences of rising RCS pressure with an RHR alignment
-----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because PRZR PRESSURE PT-429 or PT-449 are the normal instruments used for controlling pressure channels, however they only range limited to > 1700 psig, and PI-449 is Plausible because PRZR PRESSURE PT-430 and PT -431 are the normal pressure instruments used for interlock channels for the PRZR PORVs, however they only narrow range limited to > 1700 psig. Plausible because RCS loop pressure instruments PT -450 and PT-451 are the normal pressure instruments used during shutdown conditions for low temperature overpressure protection and the candidate may recall that these instruments are also part of the PAMS instrumentation and incorrectly link them to subcooling calculations. CORRECT. RCS PRESSURE PT -420 or PT -420A,are wide range from 0-3000 psig and, per ITS Post-Accident Monitoring (PAM), are used for the subcooling determination.
 
Technical ITS basis 3.3.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination        Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:           Level                  RO                SRO Tier #                  2 Group #                1 KIA #                  006 K4.10 Importance Rating      3.3 (K&A Statement) Emergency Core Cooling - Knowledge of design feature{s) and/or interlock{s) which provide for the following: Redundant pressure meters RO Question #32 Given the following conditions:
Pg 3, 3.3-5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
* A small break LOCA has occurred, concurrent with a loss of off-site power
None Learning Objective:
* All equipment functioned as designed
___R_19_0_1_C_1_.0_2....:...'
* The crew is performing the actions of ES-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION
_1_.0_7__ (As available)
* CET's are lowering
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
* RCS pressure is 1350 psig and stable
Meets KIA by considering design and redundancy of WR pressure instrumentation that is widely used for making both direct (pressure) and indirect (Subcooling)
* Pressurizer level indicates 38% and rising Which of the following Pressure channel combinations should be used to determine RCS subcooling during SI flow reduction?
ECCS operational decisions while in the EOP network.
A. PRZR Pressure PT-429 or PT-449 B. PRZR Pressure PT-430 or PT-431 C. RCS pressure PT-450 or PT-451 D. RCS Pressure PT-420 or PT-420A
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 007 K3.10 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement)
 
Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank -Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank will have on the following:
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                          Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:            D Explanation:
Containment RO Question #33 Which of the following describes the adverse effects of NOT maintaining the Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) within its design level band? If the level is too HIGH, a water hammer event could instantly rupture the PRT when the PORVs or PRZR safeties discharge to the tank If the level is too HIGH, the available Nitrogen volume will result in an initial pressure which, on a design discharge of PRZR safeties, would exceed the PRT design pressure If the level is too LOW, the radioactive gases that leak from the top of the PRZR would not be adequately scrubbed, causing elevated gaseous activity inside CNMT If the level is too LOW, there would be insufficient water volume to absorb and condense a design discharge of PRZR safeties, resulting in exceeding the PRT design pressure
A. Plausible because PRZR PRESSURE PT-429 or PT-449 are the normal pressure instruments used for controlling pressure channels, however they only narrow range limited to > 1700 psig, and PI-449 is de-energized B. Plausible because PRZR PRESSURE PT-430 and PT-431 are the normal pressure instruments used for interlock channels for the PRZR PORVs, however they only narrow range limited to > 1700 psig.
-------------------
C. Plausible because RCS loop pressure instruments PT-450 and PT-451 are the normal pressure instruments used during shutdown conditions for low temperature overpressure protection and the candidate may recall that these instruments are also part of the PAMS instrumentation and incorrectly link them to subcooling calculations.
--------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may belief that a water hammer pressure surge would rupture the tank, but the rupture disc setpoint of 100 psig is to protect the tank from deformationlfailure. Plausible because excessive water level would reduce the available N2 volume and raise the initial tank pressure.
D. CORRECT. RCS PRESSURE PT-420 or PT-420A,are wide range from 0-3000 psig and, per ITS Post-Accident Monitoring (PAM), are used for the subcooling determination.
Normal water level and operating pressure of 3 psig ensures the resulting pressure from the discharge of both PRZR safeties into the PRT will not exceed 50 psig, so there is a conservative margin (100%) before exceeding the design limit of 100 psig. Plausible because while this is a likely concern, the contents of the tank are periodically analyzed and the release of radioactive isotopes during PRZR safety valve actuation is not one of the PRT design concerns.
Technical Reference{s):      ITS basis 3.3.3                               (Attach if not previously provided)
Any gaseous activity released into the CNMT are considered in the design of the CNMT Ventilation system. CORRECT. Per FSAR, the design level and pressure of the PRT ensures that the energy of both PRZR safety valves can be absorbed without exceeding the design pressure (100 psig) of the PRT. Technical Reference(s}:
Pg 3, 3.3-5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                       None Learning Objective:               ___    R_19_0_1_C_1_.0_2....:...'_1_.0_7_ _ (As available)
FSAR Section 5.4.8.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
Question Source:          Bank #
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
Modified Bank #                                     (Note changes or attach parent)
--'-.:N..::..o::.;:.ne-=--
New                   X Question History:          Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                 X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                        7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by considering design and redundancy of WR pressure instrumentation that is widely used for making both direct (pressure) and indirect (Subcooling) ECCS operational decisions while in the EOP network.
__________
 
_ Learning Objective:
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                       RO               SRO Tier #                     2 Group #                     1 KIA #                       007 K3.10 Importance Rating           3.3 (K&A Statement) Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank will have on the following:
__R_1_4_0_1----'---'-
Containment RO Question #33 Which of the following describes the adverse effects of NOT maintaining the Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) within its design level band?
______ (As available)
A. If the level is too HIGH, a water hammer event could instantly rupture the PRT when the PORVs or PRZR safeties discharge to the tank B. If the level is too HIGH, the available Nitrogen volume will result in an initial pressure which, on a design discharge of PRZR safeties, would exceed the PRT design pressure C. If the level is too LOW, the radioactive gases that leak from the top of the PRZR would not be adequately scrubbed, causing elevated gaseous activity inside CNMT D. If the level is too LOW, there would be insufficient water volume to absorb and condense a design discharge of PRZR safeties, resulting in exceeding the PRT design pressure
Question Bank # COOO.1265 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 3 55.43 Comments:
 
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA# 008 G2.4.34 Importance Rating 4.2 (K&A Statement)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES401-5 Proposed Answer:           D Explanation:
Component Cooling Water: Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects. RO Question #34 Plant conditions: A control complex fire has resulted in a control room evacuation The crew is performing ER-FIRE.1, ALTERNATE SHUTDOWN FOR COMPLEX The Control Operator has completed the steps of ER-FIRE.1, Attachment 4 -CONTROL OPERATOR (CO), to isolate Bus 14 The Shift Manager has directed cooling down to MODE 5 in accordance with ER-FIRE.1 Which choice accurately completes the following statement regarding the status of the breaker for Component Cooling Water Pump 'A'? The breaker for Component Cooling Water Pump 'A' is _.....l(....:.1.L..)
A. Plausible because the candidate may belief that a water hammer pressure surge would rupture the tank, but the rupture disc setpoint of 100 psig is to protect the tank from deformationlfailure.
_ and will remain in that condition until steps are in progress to establish (2) (1) tripped ONLY; (2) letdown flow (1) tripped ONLY; (2) RHR cooling (1) tripped with control power fuses removed; (2) letdown flow (1) tripped with control power fuses removed; (2) RHR cooling
B. Plausible because excessive water level would reduce the available N2 volume and raise the initial tank pressure. Normal water level and operating pressure of 3 psig ensures the resulting pressure from the discharge of both PRZR safeties into the PRT will not exceed 50 psig, so there is a conservative margin (100%) before exceeding the design limit of 100 psig.
--------------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the first part is partially correct and the second part would be correct but there are no actions for restoring letdown in ER-FIRE.1.
C. Plausible because while this is a likely concern, the contents of the tank are periodically analyzed and the release of radioactive isotopes during PRZR safety valve actuation is not one of the PRT design concerns. Any gaseous activity released into the CNMT are considered in the design of the CNMT Ventilation system.
Charging is restored by Attachment 4 and manually controlled to control PZR level. Letdown would be restored by a normal operating procedure to provide a means of RCS pressure control during solid plant operations. Plausible because the first part is partially correct and the second part is correct. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct but there are no actions for restoring letdown in ER-FIRE.1 Charging is restored by Attachment 4 and manually controlled to control PZR level. Letdown would be restored by a normal operating procedure to provide a means of RCS pressure control during solid plant operations. CORRECT. Control power fuses are removed to ensure that fire damage in the control circuit will not result in an uncontrolled component response.
D. CORRECT. Per FSAR, the design level and pressure of the PRT ensures that the energy of both PRZR safety valves can be absorbed without exceeding the design pressure (100 psig) of the PRT.
All of the breakers on Bus 14 are tripped and then individually operated to control EDG loading. ER-FIRE.1 starts CCW Pump 'A' just prior to initiating RHR cooling on Train "An. Technical Reference(s):
Technical Reference(s}:       FSAR Section 5.4.8.1               (Attach if not previously provided)
ER-FIRE.1, Step 6.7.1.3.a (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:           --'-.:N..::..o::.;:.ne-=--___________
ER-FIRE.1, Att 4, Step 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Learning Objective:               __R_1_4_0_1----'---'-_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
_N_o_ne'----
Question Source:          Bank #                     COOO.1265 Modified Bank #                         (Note changes or attach parent)
______ Learning Objective:  
New Question History:          Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                     x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                    3 55.43 Comments:
...:.-R=E:.:..R=2=2C..:::........:1..:...::.0=----:4(As Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
 
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of a CCW Pump breaker status following the RO action(s) with the alternate shutdown procedure in effect. Added when the status would change to make 4 relevant choices.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                 Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                         RO                 SRO Tier #                       2 Group #                       1 KIA #                         008 G2.4.34 Importance Rating             4.2 (K&A Statement) Component Cooling Water: Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA# 008 A2.05 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement)
RO Question #34 Plant conditions:
Component Cooling Water -Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
* A control complex fire has resulted in a control room evacuation
Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the position of the CCW valves that are air operated RO Question #35 Given the following initial plant conditions: Plant is operating at 100% power Earlier in the shift the crew closed AOV-754A, RCP A THERMAL BARRIER RETURN, to isolate a leak in the CCW system Subsequently, an automatic SI actuation occurs: R-2, Containment area monitor, is in alarm R-7, Incore Detector area monitor, is in alarm Which of the following accurately completes the following statements?
* The crew is performing ER-FIRE.1, ALTERNATE SHUTDOWN FOR CONTROL COMPLEX FIRE
While in this aHgnment, CCW Surge Tank level will (1) . WHEN Instrument Air pressure to CNMT is restored in (2) (1) remain stable; (2) E-1, CCW surge tank level remains stable. (1) remain stable; (2) E-O, CCW surge tank level remains stable. (1) start to rise; (2) E-1, CCW surge tank level stabilizes at a higher value (1) start to rise; (2) E-O, CCW surge tank level stabilizes at a higher value
* The Control Operator has completed the steps of ER-FIRE.1, Attachment 4 - CONTROL OPERATOR (CO), to isolate Bus 14
----------------------
* The Shift Manager has directed cooling down to MODE 5 in accordance with ER-FIRE.1 Which choice accurately completes the following statement regarding the status of the breaker for Component Cooling Water Pump 'A'?
----------------
The breaker for Component Cooling Water Pump 'A' is _.....l(....:.1.L..)_ and will remain in that condition until steps are in progress to establish   (2)
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible if applicant believes that AOV-754A fails closed or the line is isolated on CI and, like CIY's, remains in that position when IA is restored.
A. (1) tripped ONLY; (2) letdown flow B. (1) tripped ONLY; (2) RHR cooling C. (1) tripped with control power fuses removed; (2) letdown flow D. (1) tripped with control power fuses removed; (2) RHR cooling
Part 2 is plausible because IA is restored in E-1, and if the candidate believes that the valve fails closed and does not change position on IA restoration.
 
Incorrect because the valve fails OPEN. Plausible if if applicant believes that AOV-754A fails closed or the line is isolated on CI and, like CIY's, remains in that position when IA is restored.
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                          Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:            D Explanation:
Part 2 is plausible if the candidate believes that E-O restores IA to CNMT. Incorrect because the valve fails OPEN. CORRECT. AOV-754A valves fail open on a loss of IA. IA is lost whenever there is an SI but then is restored early in the E-1 procedure implemented after E-O. AOV-754 will remain-as such untillA is restored.
A. Plausible because the first part is partially correct and the second part would be correct but there are no actions for restoring letdown in ER-FIRE.1. Charging is restored by Attachment 4 and manually controlled to control PZR level. Letdown would be restored by a normal operating procedure to provide a means of RCS pressure control during solid plant operations.
Restoration of IA will result in the ability to re-isolate 754A, but until that isolation takes place, the leak is re-established and CCW surge tank level will rise, then stabilize after reclosure of the valve. Plausible because both parts of the answer are correct, but the restoration of IA does not occur in E-O in this particular LOCA condition
B. Plausible because the first part is partially correct and the second part is correct.
-it occurs in E-1. Technical E-1, Step 9d, e, & f (Attach if not previously provided)
C. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct but there are no actions for restoring letdown in ER-FIRE.1 Charging is restored by Attachment 4 and manually controlled to control PZR level. Letdown would be restored by a normal operating procedure to provide a means of RCS pressure control during solid plant operations.
ATT-11.0, page 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
D. CORRECT. Control power fuses are removed to ensure that fire damage in the control circuit will not result in an uncontrolled component response. All of the breakers on Bus 14 are tripped and then individually operated to control EDG loading. ER-FIRE.1 starts CCW Pump 'A' just prior to initiating RHR cooling on Train "An.
None Learning Objective:
Technical Reference(s):         ER-FIRE.1, Step 6.7.1.3.a (6)                                      (Attach if not previously provided)
_____ (As available)
ER-FIRE.1, Att 4, Step 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                       _N_o_ne'----_ _ _ _ __
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Learning Objective:                 ..:.-R=E:.:. R=2=2C..: :. . . . :1. :. .: .0=----:4_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Meets KIA by requiring specific knowledge of the effects of loss of IA on CCW valves ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:
Question Source:            Bank #
Level Tier # Group # KIA # Importance Rating RO SRO 2 1 010 K3.03 4.0 (K&A Statement)
Modified Bank #                                                     (Note changes or attach parent)
Pressurizer Pressure Control -Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Pressurizer Pressure Control system will have on the following:
New                                                 X Question History:          Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:          Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                                           X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:               55.41                                                10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of a CCW Pump breaker status following the RO action(s) with the alternate shutdown procedure in effect. Added when the status would change to make 4 relevant choices.
ESFAS RO Question #36 Given the following conditions:
 
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:              Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                 1 KIA #                   008 A2.05 Importance Rating       3.3 (K&A Statement) Component Cooling Water - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the position of the CCW valves that are air operated RO Question #35 Given the following initial plant conditions:
* Plant is operating at 100% power
* Earlier in the shift the crew closed AOV-754A, RCP A THERMAL BARRIER RETURN, to isolate a leak in the CCW system Subsequently, an automatic SI actuation occurs:
* R-2, Containment area monitor, is in alarm
* R-7, Incore Detector area monitor, is in alarm Which of the following accurately completes the following statements?
While in this aHgnment, CCW Surge Tank level will         (1) . WHEN Instrument Air pressure to CNMT is restored in         (2)
A. (1) remain stable;               (2) E-1, CCW surge tank level remains stable.
B. (1) remain stable;               (2) E-O, CCW surge tank level remains stable.
C. (1) start to rise;               (2) E-1, CCW surge tank level stabilizes at a higher value D. (1) start to rise;               (2) E-O, CCW surge tank level stabilizes at a higher value
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                          Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:            C Explanation:
A. Plausible if applicant believes that AOV-754A fails closed or the line is isolated on CI and, like CIY's, remains in that position when IA is restored. Part 2 is plausible because IA is restored in E-1, and if the candidate believes that the valve fails closed and does not change position on IA restoration. Incorrect because the valve fails OPEN.
B. Plausible if if applicant believes that AOV-754A fails closed or the line is isolated on CI and, like CIY's, remains in that position when IA is restored. Part 2 is plausible if the candidate believes that E-O restores IA to CNMT. Incorrect because the valve fails OPEN.
C. CORRECT. AOV-754A valves fail open on a loss of IA. IA is lost whenever there is an SI but then is restored early in the E-1 procedure implemented after E-O. AOV-754 will remain-as such untillA is restored. Restoration of IA will result in the ability to re-isolate 754A, but until that isolation takes place, the leak is re-established and CCW surge tank level will rise, then stabilize after reclosure of the valve.
D. Plausible because both parts of the answer are correct, but the restoration of IA does not occur in E-O in this particular LOCA condition - it occurs in E-1.
Technical Reference(s):        E-1, Step 9d, e, & f                                        (Attach if not previously provided)
ATT-11.0, page 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                          None Learning Objective:                _..;R:...:.4..:...;7~0:....::1-=-1:...:..0.=..;6=--_ _ _ _ _    (As available)
Question Source:        Bank #
Modified Bank #                                                          (Note changes or attach parent)
New                                          x Question History:          Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                    x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:                55.41                                            7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring specific knowledge of the effects of loss of IA on CCW valves
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination          Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                    RO              SRO Tier #                  2 Group #                  1 KIA #                   010 K3.03 Importance Rating       4.0 (K&A Statement) Pressurizer Pressure Control - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Pressurizer Pressure Control system will have on the following: ESFAS RO Question #36 Given the following conditions:
* Plant startup is in progress with the plant at 5% power
* Plant startup is in progress with the plant at 5% power
* A pressurizer spray valve has failed open
* A pressurizer spray valve has failed open
* RCS pressure is lowering Which of the following will occur? A. Pressurizer low pressure reactor trip B. Pressurizer low pressure SI C. OTAT runback D. OPAT runback Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Highly plausible if the candidate believes the low pressure reactor trip at 1873 psig would be the first to occur AND he/she forgot that the LOW PRESS REACTOR TRIP is blocked until power is> P-7 (8%). CORRECT. With the low pressure reactor trip blocked below P-7, the continued depressurization will result in low pressure SI actuation at 1750 psig and a reactor trip signal. Plausible because the OTb.T setpoint is affected by lowering RCS pressure, however the turbine runback will not occur since the turbine is not yet on line. Plausible if the candidate believes the OPb. T reactor trip setpoint calculation compensates for lowering RCS pressure.
* RCS pressure is lowering Which of the following will occur?
Since that trip provides excessive KWIft protection, it is not adjusted for lowering RCS pressure, as is the OTb.T circuit. Also incorrect since a run back cannot occur with the turbine not yet on line. Technical ITS, Section 3.3.1 (Attach if not previously provided)
A. Pressurizer low pressure reactor trip B. Pressurizer low pressure SI C. OTAT runback D. OPAT runback
P-1, Reactor Control & Protection Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
_____ Learning Objective:
-=..R..:...;1c.;:.9,.;:..0..:...;1 C-=-.,'-1.:....:...0-=-.6=--_____ (As available)
Question Bank# Modified Bank # C012.0053 (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
OT b.T was NOT included as a distractor because of the uncertainty associated with "which will occur first" -OT b.T setpoint reduction at 0.0009 "/pound (at with very low b.T setpoint at 5% power) or the Low Pressure SI setpoint.
Not reasonable to expect RO to know setpoint calculation from memory. 


===2.9 Ginna===
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:            B Explanation:
2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 012 K6.11 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement)
A. Highly plausible if the candidate believes the low pressure reactor trip at 1873 psig would be the first to occur AND he/she forgot that the LOW PRESS REACTOR TRIP is blocked until power is> P-7 (8%).
Reactor Protection System -Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RPS: Trip setpoint calculators RO Question #37 Which one of the following failures would cause the LOOP 1A-1 OP Oelta-T reactor trip SETPOINT to LOWER? A. Tavg failing LOW B. Tavg failing HIGH C. Oelta-I failing LOW O. Oelta-I failing HIGH
B. CORRECT. With the low pressure reactor trip blocked below P-7, the continued depressurization will result in low pressure SI actuation at 1750 psig and a reactor trip signal.
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may not understand the correct OPI1T calculation and not realize the K5 penalty coefficient is OfF for any temperature less than full power resulting in no change of the setpoint. CORRECT. Tavg failing high will lower the trip setpoint. Plausible because the OTI1T setpoint calculation has a large penalty for 111 outside the normal band and failing low would lower the setpoint.
C. Plausible because the OTb.T setpoint is affected by lowering RCS pressure, however the turbine runback will not occur since the turbine is not yet on line.
For this core load the 111 penality is o for OPI1T. Plausible because the OTI1T setpoint calculation has a large penalty for 111 outside the normal band and failing high would lower the setpoint.
D. Plausible if the candidate believes the OPb.T reactor trip setpoint calculation compensates for lowering RCS pressure. Since that trip provides excessive KWIft protection, it is not adjusted for lowering RCS pressure, as is the OTb.T circuit. Also incorrect since a run back cannot occur with the turbine not yet on line.
For this core load the 111 penality is 0 for OPI1T. Technical P-1, ATT. 1 (Attach if not previously provided)
Technical Reference(s):        ITS, Section 3.3.1                                            (Attach if not previously provided)
ITS, LCO 3.3.1 Basis Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
P-1, Reactor Control &
--=--=N-=..oc:....:.ne-=---
Protection Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                              _N'-Co-=-:n~e=--_ _ _ __
______ Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:                -=..R. :. .;1c.;:.9,.;:. 0. :. .;1C-=-.,'-1.:....:...0-=-.6=--_____ (As available)
R3501C, (As available) 1.02 Question Bank # EOOO.0010 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Question Source:          Bank#
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 013 K6.01 Importance Rating 2.7 3.1 (K&A Statement)
Modified Bank #                                  C012.0053              (Note changes or attach parent)
Engineered Safety Features -Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ESFAS: Actuation Sensors and detectors RO Question #38 Plant conditions: 100% power Steam Flow indication on FT-464 began slowly drifting low and was FT-464 has been defeated in accordance with ER-INST.1, REACTOR PROTECTION BISTABLE DEFEAT AFTER INSTRUMENTATION LOOP FAILURE After the failed channel defeat, what signal(s) are the minimum required to receive an automatic closure of the "AI! MSIV? Safety Injection ONLY HI-HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 ONLY HI-HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 + Safety Injection HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 + 1/2 Tavg <545&deg;F + Safety Injection
New Question History:          Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                        x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:                55.41                                              7 55.43 Comments: OTb.T was NOT included as a distractor because of the uncertainty associated with "which will occur first" - OTb.T setpoint reduction at 0.0009 "/pound (at with very low b.T setpoint at 5% power) or the Low Pressure SI setpoint. Not reasonable to expect RO to know setpoint calculation from memory.
-------------------------------------
 
----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. With the HI-HI steam flow signal, the1l2 logic is already satisfied.
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination       Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:        Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                 2 Group #                 1 KIA #                   012 K6.11 Importance Rating       2.9            2.9 (K&A Statement) Reactor Protection System - Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RPS: Trip setpoint calculators RO Question #37 Which one of the following failures would cause the LOOP 1A-1 OP Oelta-T reactor trip SETPOINT to LOWER?
An SI signal in conjunction with this existing HI-HI steam flow signal will isolate the 'A' MSIV . Plausible if the candidate believes that a HI-HI steam flow with 2/2 logic will result in affected S/G isolation. Plausible if the candidate believes that the HI-HI + SI steam flow isolation requires 2/2 HI-HI flows in addition to the Safety Injection signal. Plausible if the candidate believes that the HI steam flow + Low Tavg + SI signal requires 2/2 steam flow signals (it does not). The HI steam flow component for this MSIV isolation is made up when FT -464 is tripped as part of the instrument defeat. Technical Reference(s):
A. Tavg failing LOW B. Tavg failing HIGH C. Oelta-I failing LOW O. Oelta-I failing HIGH
P-1, AIT. (Attach if not previously provided)
 
ER-INST.1, A IT. 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         B Explanation:
None Learning Objective:  
A. Plausible because the candidate may not understand the correct OPI1T calculation and not realize the K5 penalty coefficient is OfF for any temperature less than full power resulting in no change of the setpoint.
-,-R,,-,-I C-'-0"-4c....;C-'-1_.-'-06-=---_____ (As available)
B. CORRECT. Tavg failing high will lower the trip setpoint.
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
C. Plausible because the OTI1T setpoint calculation has a large penalty for 111 outside the normal band and failing low would lower the setpoint. For this core load the 111 penality is o for OPI1T.
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the ESFAS signals affected by the failure of a Steam Flow channel and the subsequent actions taken to defeat the channel.
D. Plausible because the OTI1T setpoint calculation has a large penalty for 111 outside the normal band and failing high would lower the setpoint. For this core load the 111 penality is 0 for OPI1T.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 022 A2.01 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement)
Technical Reference(s):      P-1, ATT. 1                   (Attach if not previously provided)
Containment Cooling -Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Containment Cooling system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
ITS, LCO 3.3.1 Basis Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         --=--=N-=..oc:. . :.ne-=---_ _ _ _ __
Fan motor over-current RO Question #39 Plant conditions:
Learning Objective:               R3501C, 4.16                      (As available) 1.02 Question Source:      Bank #               EOOO.0010 Modified Bank #                         (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                         x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                7 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                 1 KIA #                   013 K6.01 Importance Rating       2.7             3.1 (K&A Statement) Engineered Safety Features - Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ESFAS: Actuation Sensors and detectors RO Question #38 Plant conditions:
* 100% power
* Steam Flow indication on FT-464 began slowly drifting low and was declared INOPERABLE
* FT-464 has been defeated in accordance with ER-INST.1, REACTOR PROTECTION BISTABLE DEFEAT AFTER INSTRUMENTATION LOOP FAILURE After the failed channel defeat, what signal(s) are the minimum required to receive an automatic closure of the "AI! MSIV?
A. Safety Injection ONLY B. HI-HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 ONLY C. HI-HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 + Safety Injection D. HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 + 1/2 Tavg <545&deg;F + Safety Injection
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                           Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         A Explanation:
A. CORRECT. With the HI-HI steam flow signal, the1l2 logic is already satisfied. An SI signal in conjunction with this existing HI-HI steam flow signal will isolate the 'A' MSIV .
B. Plausible if the candidate believes that a HI-HI steam flow with 2/2 logic will result in affected S/G isolation.
C. Plausible if the candidate believes that the HI-HI + SI steam flow isolation requires 2/2 HI-HI flows in addition to the Safety Injection signal.
D. Plausible if the candidate believes that the HI steam flow + Low Tavg + SI signal requires 2/2 steam flow signals (it does not). The HI steam flow component for this MSIV isolation is made up when FT-464 is tripped as part of the instrument defeat.
Technical Reference(s):       P-1, AIT. 5                                  (Attach if not previously provided)
ER-INST.1, AIT. 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                         None Learning Objective:               -,-R,,-,-IC-'-0"-4c....;C-'-1_.-'-06-=---_____ (As available)
Question Source:         Bank#
Modified Bank #                                      (Note changes or attach parent)
New                            X Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                   x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                          7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the ESFAS signals affected by the failure of a Steam Flow channel and the subsequent actions taken to defeat the channel.
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                     RO               SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                   1 KIA #                     022 A2.01 Importance Rating       2.5 (K&A Statement) Containment Cooling - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Containment Cooling system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Fan motor over-current RO Question #39 Plant conditions:
* A LOCA is in progress
* A LOCA is in progress
* SI has actuated
* SI has actuated
Line 581: Line 802:
* DIG 'A' tripped during startup
* DIG 'A' tripped during startup
* DIG 'B' is running and loaded onto its respective Safeguards Busses
* DIG 'B' is running and loaded onto its respective Safeguards Busses
* CRFC 'B' has tripped (green and white light indications lit) Which choice accurately completes the following statements?
* CRFC 'B' has tripped (green and white light indications lit)
When performing Attachment 27, Automatic Action Verification, the Operator (1) to attempt a restart of CRFC 'B', With CRFC 'B' tripped, accident analysis assumptions for the number of running CRFCs (2) met. A. (1) is permitted; (2) are B. (1) is permitted; (2) are NOT C. (1) is not permitted; (2) are D. (1) is not permitted; (2) are NOT Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because part 1 is correct, and if the candidate does not consider that both a CS pump AND 'A' and 'D' CRFC's are OOS with the failure of 'A" EDG to start, he might believe that the minimum CNMT heat removal requirements are met with a single CS pump and single CRFC on the 'B' EDG. CORRECT, one restart allowed. In conjunction with the single CS pump powered from 'B' EDG, only 1 of the two CRFC's also required are met. This does NOT meet the minimum heat removal requirements of the accident analysis. Plausible because the candidate may believe that a restart of a tripped component is not allowed procedurally.
Which choice accurately completes the following statements?
Part 2 is plausible if the candidate does not consider that both a CS pump AND 'A' and 'D' CRFC's are OOS with the failure of 'A" EDG to start, he might believe that the minimum CNMT heat removal requirements are met with a single CS pump and single CRFC on the 'B' EDG. Plausible because the candidate may believe that a restart of a tripped component is not allowed procedurally.
When performing Attachment 27, Automatic Action Verification, the Operator           (1) to attempt a restart of CRFC 'B', With CRFC 'B' tripped, accident analysis assumptions for the number of running CRFCs         (2)     met.
Part 2 is correct. Technical ITS Bases 3.6.6-5 & 6 (Attach if not previously provided)
A. (1) is permitted;               (2) are B. (1) is permitted;               (2) are NOT C. (1) is not permitted;           (2) are D. (1) is not permitted;           (2) are NOT
A-503.1 sect 5.3.R.3, AR-J-9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
 
______ Learning R2401C 1.05 (As available)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           B Explanation:
R2201C 1.06 Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:
A. Plausible because part 1 is correct, and if the candidate does not consider that both a CS pump AND 'A' and 'D' CRFC's are OOS with the failure of 'A" EDG to start, he might believe that the minimum CNMT heat removal requirements are met with a single CS pump and single CRFC on the 'B' EDG.
Meets KIA by predicting impact of fan motor trip over-current on the number of running CRFC's. Since the governing procedure verifies all 4 CRFC's running.,under the stated conditions, the interpretation would be to start all that are available.
B. CORRECT, one restart allowed. In conjunction with the single CS pump powered from
No more will become available until Bus 14 is recovered but, by answering the question correctly, the candidate demonstrates the knowledge that there is a problem.
        'B' EDG, only 1 of the two CRFC's also required are met. This does NOT meet the minimum heat removal requirements of the accident analysis.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 026 K1.02 Importance Rating 4.1 4.1 (K&A Statement)
C. Plausible because the candidate may believe that a restart of a tripped component is not allowed procedurally. Part 2 is plausible if the candidate does not consider that both a CS pump AND 'A' and 'D' CRFC's are OOS with the failure of 'A" EDG to start, he might believe that the minimum CNMT heat removal requirements are met with a single CS pump and single CRFC on the 'B' EDG.
Containment Spray -Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CSS and the following systems: Cooling water RO Question #40 Given the following conditions: A loss of coolant accident (LOCA) has occurred Auto SI was accompanied by a loss of offsite power Containment pressure is 32 PSIG Which of the following accurately completes the following statements? The system that provides cooling to the Containment Spray (CS) Pump Seal Heat Exchanger is (1), AND
D. Plausible because the candidate may believe that a restart of a tripped component is not allowed procedurally. Part 2 is correct.
* During the RECI RCULA TION phase of the accident, this cooling would be (2) A. (1) CCW; (2) Available B. (1) CCW; (2) NOT available C. (1) SW; (2) Available D. (1) SW; (2) NOT available Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. CCW cooling is provided to the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger.
Technical Reference(s):      ITS Bases 3.6.6-5 & 6             (Attach if not previously provided)
CCW cooling is required during the Recirculation Phase of an accident. Plausible because the 1 st part is correct for which system provides cooling. Candidate may believe that CCW is not available due to the SI+UV signal which locks out the CCW pumps. However, SI would be reset and CCW started for sump recirculation. Plausible because Service Water is provided for bearing cooling to ECCS pumps (SI), and the candidate may incorrectly assume that SW cools the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger also and not consider CCW. 2 nd part is partially correct as Spray pump cooling is supplied from CCW when required during the Recirculation Phase of an accident. Plausible because Service Water is provided for bearing cooling to ECCS pumps (SI) and the candidate may incorrectly assume that SW cools the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger also and not consider CCW. 2 nd part is incorrect but plausible as the candidate may believe that SW is not available due to a SW isolation signal (SI+UV). However, SI would be reset and SW isolation valves opened for sump recirculation.
A-503.1 sect 5.3.R.3, AR-J-9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         ~N-,=-on,-"e=--_ _ _ _ __
Technical Reference(s):
Learning Objective:                R2401C 1.05                         (As available)
S-8A, ATT. 9, ES-1.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
R2201C 1.06 Question Source:         Bank #
FSAR 5.4.5.3.3 33013-1246,1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Modified Bank #                          (Note changes or attach parent)
_N_o_ne______ Learning Objective:
New               X Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                   X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:            55.41                 5 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by predicting impact of fan motor trip over-current on the number of running CRFC's. Since the governing procedure verifies all 4 CRFC's running.,under the stated conditions, the interpretation would be to start all that are available. No more will become available until Bus 14 is recovered but, by answering the question correctly, the candidate demonstrates the knowledge that there is a problem.
__R_2_4_0_1C_1_'---
 
_____ (As available)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                 2 Group #                 1 KIA #                   026 K1.02 Importance Rating       4.1           4.1 (K&A Statement) Containment Spray - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CSS and the following systems: Cooling water RO Question #40 Given the following conditions:
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 8 55.43 Comments:
* A loss of coolant accident (LOCA) has occurred
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the physical connection between the CS Pump and cooling water for the seal HX. Added second part of question to provide four plausible choices.
* Auto SI was accompanied by a loss of offsite power
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 039 K5.08 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement)
* Containment pressure is 32 PSIG Which of the following accurately completes the following statements?
Main and Reheat Steam -Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the MRSS: Effect of steam removal on reactivity RO Question #41 Plant conditions:
* The system that provides cooling to the Containment Spray (CS) Pump Seal Heat Exchanger is     (1), AND
* During the RECI RCULATION phase of the accident, this cooling would be   (2)
A.     (1) CCW;           (2) Available B.     (1) CCW;           (2) NOT available C.     (1) SW;             (2) Available D.     (1) SW;             (2) NOT available
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         A Explanation:
A. CORRECT. CCW cooling is provided to the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger. CCW cooling is required during the Recirculation Phase of an accident.
B. Plausible because the 1st part is correct for which system provides cooling. Candidate may believe that CCW is not available due to the SI+UV signal which locks out the CCW pumps. However, SI would be reset and CCW started for sump recirculation.
C. Plausible because Service Water is provided for bearing cooling to ECCS pumps (SI),
and the candidate may incorrectly assume that SW cools the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger also and not consider CCW. 2 nd part is partially correct as Spray pump cooling is supplied from CCW when required during the Recirculation Phase of an accident.
D. Plausible because Service Water is provided for bearing cooling to ECCS pumps (SI) and the candidate may incorrectly assume that SW cools the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger also and not consider CCW. 2 nd part is incorrect but plausible as the candidate may believe that SW is not available due to a SW isolation signal (SI+UV).
However, SI would be reset and SW isolation valves opened for sump recirculation.
Technical Reference(s):     S-8A, ATT. 9, ES-1.3           (Attach if not previously provided)
FSAR 5.4.5.3.3 33013-1246,1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         _N_o_ne_ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective:             __R_2_4_0_1C_1_'---_ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:         Bank #
Modified Bank #                      (Note changes or attach parent)
New                 X Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge               X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                8 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the physical connection between the CS Pump and cooling water for the seal HX. Added second part of question to provide four plausible choices.
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:              level                     RO             SRO Tier #                     2 Group #                     1 KIA #                     039 K5.08 Importance Rating         3.6 (K&A Statement) Main and Reheat Steam - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the MRSS: Effect of steam removal on reactivity RO Question #41 Plant conditions:
* A large steam line break outside of containment has occurred
* A large steam line break outside of containment has occurred
* The Main Steam Isolation Valve on the faulted line will not close Which set of initial conditions would result in the largest net reactivity addition?
* The Main Steam Isolation Valve on the faulted line will not close Which set of initial conditions would result in the largest net reactivity addition?
A. Beginning of Ufe (BOl) and 1 % power B. Beginning of Ufe (BOl) and 100% power C. End of Life (EOl) and 1 % power D. End of Ufe (EOl) and 100% power
A. Beginning of Ufe (BOl) and 1% power B. Beginning of Ufe (BOl) and 100% power C. End of Life (EOl) and 1% power D. End of Ufe (EOl) and 100% power
----------------
 
----------
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination            Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:            C Explanation:
----------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because the second part is correct as there is more mass in the SG to flash to steam. However, at BOL, MTC is at the lowest value therefore the reactivity addition will be less. Plausible because most accident analyses are most severe when starting from higher power levels. However, at BOL, MTC is at the lowest value therefore the reactivity addition will be less. CORRECT. MTC is at a higher value and therefore the reactivity addition will be greater than "A" or "B". At 1% power there is more mass in the SG to flash to steam as compared to 100% power. Plausible because the first part is correct and most accident analyses are most severe when starting from higher power levels. Technical Reference(s):
A. Plausible because the second part is correct as there is more mass in the SG to flash to steam. However, at BOL, MTC is at the lowest value therefore the reactivity addition will be less.
UFSAR (Attach if not previously provided)
B. Plausible because most accident analyses are most severe when starting from higher power levels. However, at BOL, MTC is at the lowest value therefore the reactivity addition will be less.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
C. CORRECT. MTC is at a higher value and therefore the reactivity addition will be greater than "A" or "B". At 1% power there is more mass in the SG to flash to steam as compared to 100% power.
None Learning Objective:
D. Plausible because the first part is correct and most accident analyses are most severe when starting from higher power levels.
RTA02C (As available)
Technical Reference(s):       UFSAR 15.1.5                (Attach if not previously provided)
Question Source: Bank X Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 5 55.43 Comments:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         None Learning Objective:               RTA02C 1.03                    (As available)
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the initial conditions that will have the greatest effect on reactivity during a break in the MSS. Higher order because the candidate must determine which case has the greatest value for MTC and the most secondary coolant that will be converted to steam.
Question Source:           Bank #              X Modified Bank #                    (Note changes or attach parent)
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KIA # 059A1.03 Importance Rating 2.7 2.9 (K&A Statement)
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                   X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41              5 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the initial conditions that will have the greatest effect on reactivity during a break in the MSS. Higher order because the candidate must determine which case has the greatest value for MTC and the most secondary coolant that will be converted to steam.
Main Feedwater*
 
Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW system controls including:
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                 RO             SRO Tier#                 2 Group #               1 KIA #                 059A1.03 Importance Rating     2.7           2.9 (K&A Statement) Main Feedwater* Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW system controls including: Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves RO Question #42 Plant conditions:
Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves RO Question #42 Plant conditions: A plant startup is in progress in accordance with 0-1.2, PLANT STARTUP FROM HOT SHUTDOWN TO FULL LOAD Power is 2%, with both motor-driven AFW Pumps in service The crew will be raising power to roll the turbine Which of the following accurately completes the statement below regarding power escalation?
* A plant startup is in progress in accordance with 0-1.2, PLANT STARTUP FROM HOT SHUTDOWN TO FULL LOAD
Before power exceeds (1) ,one Main Feed Water Pump must be in service and feeding the steam generators.
* Power is 2%, with both motor-driven AFW Pumps in service
The operator verifies that AMSAC automatically unblocks when (2) Turbine First Stage Pressures reach approximately 225 psig (-40% reactor power). (1) 3% (2) 1/2 (1) 3% (2) 2/2 (1) 8% (2) 1/2 (1) 8% (2) 2/2 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because part 1 is correct and a candidate unfamiliar with the knowledge of how AMSAC operates might believe that the AMSAC trips are unblocked when 1 of 2 Turbine First Stage Pressures logic is satisfied. CORRECT. AM SAC will automatically UNBLOCK (reinstating the turbine trip on low feed flow) when 2/2 turbine first stage pressures indicate approximately 225 psig (-40% reactor power) as indicated by the AMSAC AUTO BLOCK status light extinguishing.
* The crew will be raising power to roll the turbine Which of the following accurately completes the statement below regarding power escalation?
If first stage pressure should rise to the AMSAC unblock setpoint PRIOR to MFW flows indicating  
Before power exceeds (1) ,one Main Feed Water Pump must be in service and feeding the steam generators. The operator verifies that AMSAC automatically unblocks when (2)
>25% offull power, then a turbine trip will result. 0-1.2 requires MFP prior to going greater than 3% Plausible because 8% is the maximum power from which recovery from a loss of both MFW Pumps is attempted in AP-FW.1 but, even then, power is immediately reduced to 2%. The second part is plausible as in "An above. Plausible because 8% is the maximum power from which recovery from a loss of both MFW Pumps is attempted in AP-FW.1 but, even then, power is immediately reduced to 2%. Part 2 is correct. Technical Reference(s):
Turbine First Stage Pressures reach approximately 225 psig (-40% reactor power).
0-1.2, Step 6.6.5,6.6.21, and (Attach if not previously provided)
A. (1) 3%         (2) 1/2 B. (1) 3%         (2) 2/2 C. (1) 8%         (2) 1/2 D. (1) 8%         (2) 2/2
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
 
______ Learning Objective:
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                       Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         B Explanation:
_R_0'-P-'0
A. Plausible because part 1 is correct and a candidate unfamiliar with the knowledge of how AMSAC operates might believe that the AMSAC trips are unblocked when 1 of 2 Turbine First Stage Pressures logic is satisfied.
__1_C_1_.0c......;5(As available)
B. CORRECT. AM SAC will automatically UNBLOCK (reinstating the turbine trip on low feed flow) when 2/2 turbine first stage pressures indicate approximately 225 psig (-40%
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 5 55.43 Comments:
reactor power) as indicated by the AMSAC AUTO BLOCK status light extinguishing. If first stage pressure should rise to the AMSAC unblock setpoint PRIOR to MFW flows indicating >25% offull power, then a turbine trip will result. 0-1.2 requires MFP prior to going greater than 3%
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of when MFW must be in service before power reaches the AMSAC arming point.
C. Plausible because 8% is the maximum power from which recovery from a loss of both MFW Pumps is attempted in AP-FW.1 but, even then, power is immediately reduced to 2%. The second part is plausible as in "An above.
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 059 G2.2.22 Importance Rating 4.0 (K&A Statement)
D. Plausible because 8% is the maximum power from which recovery from a loss of both MFW Pumps is attempted in AP-FW.1 but, even then, power is immediately reduced to 2%. Part 2 is correct.
Main Feedwater:
Technical Reference(s):     0-1.2, Step 6.6.5,6.6.21, and 6.20            (Attach if not previously provided)
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits. Question #43 Plant conditions: A plant startup is in progress Power is 2% with both MDAFW pumps in service 'A' MFW pump has just been started Alarm PPCS-P3995, A MFW ISOLATION VALVE ACCUM LOW PRESSURE, just actuated Which choice identifies the following for AOV-3995, "A" MFW ISOLATION VALVE: (1) the current operability requirement AND (2) the signal(s) that will automatically close AOV-3995 (1) must be OPERABLE at this time, (2) SI signal ONLY (1) must be OPERABLE at this time, (2) Either an SI or a HIGH S/G Level signal (1) is NOT required to be OPERABLE at this time, (2) SI signal ONLY (1) is NOT required to be OPERABLE at this time, (2) Either an SI or a HIGH SG Level signal
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:             ---C....;N..:..o:..;;..ne~_ _ _ _ __
-----------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. With the plant in Mode 2, AOV-3995 must be OPERABLE.
Learning Objective:             _R_0'-P-'0__1_C_1_.0c......;5_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
The FWIV's close only on an SI signal. Plausible because the first part is correct. If the candidate is unsure then it would make sense that the FWIV would close on a HIGH SG LEVEL since the FWRV and associated bypass must be malfunctioning. Plausible because it would meet the LCO conditions for Mode 3 (both steam generators are isolated from both main feedwater pumps). The second part is correct. Plausible because it would meet the LCO conditions for Mode 3 (both steam generators are isolated from both main feedwater pumps). If the candidate is unsure then it would make sense that the FWIV would close on a HIGH SG LEVEL since the FWRV and associated bypass must be malfunctioning.
Question Source:         Bank #
Technical TS 3.7.3 (Attach if not previously provided)
Modified Bank #                              (Note changes or attach parent)
New                          X Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                           X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                          5 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of when MFW must be in service before power reaches the AMSAC arming point.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination     Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level            RO             SRO Tier #            2 Group #          1 KlA#              059 G2.2.22 Importance Rating 4.0 (K&A Statement) Main Feedwater: Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Question #43 Plant conditions:
* A plant startup is in progress
* Power is 2% with both MDAFW pumps in service
  *  'A' MFW pump has just been started
* Alarm PPCS-P3995, A MFW ISOLATION VALVE ACCUM LOW PRESSURE, just actuated Which choice identifies the following for AOV-3995, "A" MFW ISOLATION VALVE:
(1) the current operability requirement AND (2) the signal(s) that will automatically close AOV-3995 A. (1) must be OPERABLE at this time, (2) SI signal ONLY B. (1) must be OPERABLE at this time, (2) Either an SI or a HIGH S/G Level signal C. (1) is NOT required to be OPERABLE at this time, (2) SI signal ONLY D. (1) is NOT required to be OPERABLE at this time, (2) Either an SI or a HIGH SG Level signal
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                                     Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           A Explanation:
A. CORRECT. With the plant in Mode 2, AOV-3995 must be OPERABLE. The FWIV's close only on an SI signal.
B. Plausible because the first part is correct. If the candidate is unsure then it would make sense that the FWIV would close on a HIGH SG LEVEL since the FWRV and associated bypass must be malfunctioning.
C. Plausible because it would meet the LCO conditions for Mode 3 (both steam generators are isolated from both main feedwater pumps). The second part is correct.
D. Plausible because it would meet the LCO conditions for Mode 3 (both steam generators are isolated from both main feedwater pumps). If the candidate is unsure then it would make sense that the FWIV would close on a HIGH SG LEVEL since the FWRV and associated bypass must be malfunctioning.
Technical Reference(s}:      TS 3.7.3                                                                                 (Attach if not previously provided)
TS Basis 3.7.3-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
TS Basis 3.7.3-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Learning Objective:  
Learning Objective:             -:;"R.: . ; ,3;"":,4,.:-01.: . ; ,C'---'-'1.-"-07::. . *.!. : . ; ,1.: -.1;, , :,3_ _ _ _ (As available)
-:;"R.::..;;,3;"":,4,.:-01.::..;;,C'---'-'1.-"-07::....!.
Question Source:         Bank #
*.::..;;,1.::-.1;,,,,:,3
Modified Bank #                                                                                (Note changes or attach parent)
____ (As available)
New                                                 X Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                                                                   _X_ __
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the operability requirements for the only MFW related components with a TS LCO. Written at RO level by requiring knowledge that a component might be inoperable because of an alarm. Added the isolation inputs to make 4 relevant choices. Higher order because the mode must be recognized and those requirements applied.
_X___ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments:
 
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the operability requirements for the only related components with a TS LCO. Written at RO level by requiring knowledge that a component might be inoperable because of an alarm. Added the isolation inputs to make 4 relevant choices. Higher order because the mode must be recognized and those requirements applied.
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                       RO               SRO Tier #                     2 Group #                     1 KIA #                     061 K5.05 Importance Rating         2.7 (K&A Statement) Auxiliary Feedwater System - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the AFW: Feed line voiding and water hammer RO Question #44 Which of the following is a design feature that limits the operational implications of feed line water hammer?
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 061 K5.05 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement)
A. FRV closure on Low Tavg + Reactor Trip B. Steam Generator feed ring J-tubes C. Main Feed Pump trip on Safety Injection D. Main Feedwater Isolation Valves (MFIVs)
Auxiliary Feedwater System -Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the AFW: Feed line voiding and water hammer RO Question #44 Which of the following is a design feature that limits the operational implications of feed line water hammer? A. FRV closure on Low Tavg + Reactor Trip B. Steam Generator feed ring J-tubes C. Main Feed Pump trip on Safety Injection D. Main Feedwater Isolation Valves (MFIVs)
 
----------------------
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           B Explanation:
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that the auto closure of the FRVs is designed to prevent water hammer when in fact its purpose is to prevent an uncontrolled cooldown of the RCS. CORRECT. From UFSAR 3.9.1.1.6:
A. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that the auto closure of the FRVs is designed to prevent water hammer when in fact its purpose is to prevent an uncontrolled cooldown of the RCS.
Design of the feed ring piping, installation of J-tubes in the feed ring, and operating procedures minimize the possibility of water hammer. UFSAR 10.3.3.3: "Design Guidelines for Avoiding Water Hammers in Steam Generators," to minimize the potential and consequence of water hammer in the feedwater system, specifically, the BWI replacement S/Gs are designed to minimize the steam pocket formation in the feed header by using top-discharge J-tubes in the feed ring to.eliminate the possibility of steam leakage into the feed ring through sleeve/header mechanical joints. Plausible because the MFW pumps trip on an SI signal, and a candidate may incorrectly assume that the reason for the trip is to avoid/mitigate water hammer. Plausible because the candidate not having a complete understanding of the design features associated with preventing water hammer may incorrectly assume that the feedwater isolation valves (which were installed after the EPU to limit mass/energy and maximum CNMT pressure following a SLB or FWLB inside CNMT) were added to prevent water hammer. Technical Reference(s):
B. CORRECT. From UFSAR 3.9.1.1.6: Design of the feed ring piping, installation of J-tubes in the feed ring, and operating procedures minimize the possibility of water hammer.
USFAR, 3.9.1.1.6,10.3.3.2 (Attach if not previously provided)
UFSAR 10.3.3.3: "Design Guidelines for Avoiding Water Hammers in Steam Generators," to minimize the potential and consequence of water hammer in the feedwater system, specifically, the BWI replacement S/Gs are designed to minimize the steam pocket formation in the feed header by using top-discharge J-tubes in the feed ring to.eliminate the possibility of steam leakage into the feed ring through sleeve/header mechanical joints.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
C. Plausible because the MFW pumps trip on an SI signal, and a candidate may incorrectly assume that the reason for the trip is to avoid/mitigate water hammer.
_N_o_n_e________ Learning Objective:
D. Plausible because the candidate not having a complete understanding of the design features associated with preventing water hammer may incorrectly assume that the feedwater isolation valves (which were installed after the EPU to limit mass/energy and maximum CNMT pressure following a SLB or FWLB inside CNMT) were added to prevent water hammer.
_R_4_0_0_1_C_1_'-1_._07
Technical Reference(s):       USFAR, 3.9.1.1.6,10.3.3.2       (Attach if not previously provided)
____ (As available)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         _N_o_n_e_ _______
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments:
Learning Objective:             _R_4_0_0_1_C_1_'-1_._07_ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:       Bank #
Modified Bank #                        (Note changes or attach parent)
New                    x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge               X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:          55.41 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                        RO              SRO Tier#                        2 Group #                      1 KIA #                        062 K4.05 Importance Rating            2.7              3.2 (K&A Statement) AC Electrical Distribution - Knowledge of the AC distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Paralleling of AC sources (synchroscope)
Question #45 Plant conditions:
* 18% power
* The crew is performing 0-1.2, PLANT STARTUP FROM HOT SHUTDOWN TO FULL LOAD
* The main generator is ready to be synchronized to the grid
* The synchroscope is ON and rotating at approximately 8 RPM in the SLOW direction Which choice identifies (1) the preferred breaker to be paralleled first that would be selected on the synchroscope selector switch, AND (2) what must be done to turbine speed to have the synchroscope rotating in accordance with the steps of 0-1.2?
A. (1) Breaker 9X13A72 (115kV);          (2) lower turbine speed B. (1) Breaker9X13A72 (115kV);          (2) raise turbine speed C. (1) Breaker 1G13A72 (115kV);          (2) lower turbine speed D. (1) Breaker 1G13A72 (115kV);          (2) raise turbine speed
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination            Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          D Explanation:
A. Plausible because the breakers are in parallel but, to close 9X13A72 before 1G13A72, Electricians at, Station 13A, bypass 1G13A72 Reclosure Block Relay permissive in Circuit Breaker 9X13A72 close logic an auto reclosure must be blocked. The second part would make it run faster in the SLOW direction; the opposite of that which is desired.
B. Plausible because the breakers are in parallel but, to close 9X13A72 before 1G 13A72, Electricians at, Station 13A, bypass 1G13A72 Reclosure Block Relay permissive in Circuit Breaker 9X13A72 close logic. The second part is correct C. Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would make it run faster in the SLOW direction; the opposite of that which is desired D. CORRECT. The breakers are in parallel but 1G13A72 is preferred breaker to parallel first because it doesn't have automatic reclosure. Turbine speed must be raised to get the synchroscope moving in the correct direction (FAST) and at the proper speed. It is desirable to have the main generator (INCOMING) frequency slightly higher than the grid (RUNNING) to ensure load control when the breaker is closed.
Technical Reference(s):      0-1.2,6.13.3 NOTE            (Attach if not previously provided)
P-12, Pg. 66/84 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:        _N_on_e_ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective:              _R_0_PO_1_C_1._0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:          Bank#
Modified Bank #                    (Note changes or attach parent)
New                  X Question History:        Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                   X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41             7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of an interlock that requires the order of breaker closure and the operator actions necessary to ensure breaker closure occurs within the parameters of the frequency and voltage monitoring circuit Higher order because the operator must analyze the conditions and determine the action necessary to get the synchroscope moving slowly in the FAST direction.


===3.2 Ginna===
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                     RO                 SRO Tier                       2 Group #                     1 KJA#                       063 A2.01 Importance Rating         2.5 (K&A Statement) DC Electrical Distribution - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO 2 Group 1 KIA 062 K4.05 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement)
AC Electrical Distribution
-Knowledge of the AC distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
Paralleling of AC sources (synchroscope)
Question #45 Plant conditions: 18% power The crew is performing 0-1.2, PLANT STARTUP FROM HOT SHUTDOWN TO FULL LOAD The main generator is ready to be synchronized to the grid The synchroscope is ON and rotating at approximately 8 RPM in the SLOW direction Which choice identifies (1) the preferred breaker to be paralleled first that would be selected on the synchroscope selector switch, AND (2) what must be done to turbine speed to have the synchroscope rotating in accordance with the steps of 0-1.2? (1) Breaker 9X13A72 (115kV); (2) lower turbine speed (1) Breaker9X13A72 (115kV); (2) raise turbine speed (1) Breaker 1G13A72 (115kV); (2) lower turbine speed (1) Breaker 1G13A72 (115kV); (2) raise turbine speed Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the breakers are in parallel but, to close 9X13A72 before 1G13A72, Electricians at, Station 13A, bypass 1G13A72 Reclosure Block Relay permissive in Circuit Breaker 9X13A72 close logic an auto reclosure must be blocked. The second part would make it run faster in the SLOW direction; the opposite of that which is desired. B. Plausible because the breakers are in parallel but, to close 9X 13A 72 before 1 G 13A 72, Electricians at, Station 13A, bypass 1G13A72 Reclosure Block Relay permissive in Circuit Breaker 9X13A72 close logic. The second part is correct Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would make it run faster in the SLOW direction; the opposite of that which is desired CORRECT. The breakers are in parallel but 1G13A72 is preferred breaker to parallel first because it doesn't have automatic reclosure.
Turbine speed must be raised to get the synchroscope moving in the correct direction (FAST) and at the proper speed. It is desirable to have the main generator (INCOMING) frequency slightly higher than the grid (RUNNING) to ensure load control when the breaker is closed. Technical Reference(s):
0-1.2,6.13.3 NOTE (Attach if not previously provided)
P-12, Pg. 66/84 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
_N_on_e______ Learning Objective:
_R_0_PO_1_C_1._0_1
______ (As available)
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of an interlock that requires the order of breaker closure and the operator actions necessary to ensure breaker closure occurs within the parameters of the frequency and voltage monitoring circuit Higher order because the operator must analyze the conditions and determine the action necessary to get the synchroscope moving slowly in the FAST direction.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier 2 Group # 1 KJA# 063 A2.01 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement)
DC Electrical Distribution  
-Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Grounds RO Question #46 Plant conditions:
Grounds RO Question #46 Plant conditions:
* Plant operating at 100% power
* Plant operating at 100% power
* J-23, BATTERY BANK GROUND, actuated The AO reports the following indication on Battery Charger o + 40 Volts on the ground detector o 135 Volts DC on Battery Charger A Based upon the conditions given, which choice describes:  
* J-23, BATTERY BANK GROUND, actuated
(1) the adverse impact of the above indications and (2) what actions are required to be taken? A. (1) High battery voltage conditions will exist due to positive voltage ground (2) Operations may continue while ground isolation efforts continue B. (1) Low battery voltage conditions will exist due to ground (2) Swap to Battery charger A 1 and commence load reduction within 2 hours C. (1) DC loads could be lost due to overcurrent trips of component supply breakers (2) Operations may continue while ground isolation efforts continue D. (1) DC loads could be lost due to overcurrent trips of component supply breakers (2) Swap to Battery charger A 1 and commence load reduction within 2 hours
* The AO reports the following indication on Battery Charger A o + 40 Volts on the ground detector voltmeter o 135 Volts DC on Battery Charger A Based upon the conditions given, which choice describes: (1) the adverse impact of the above indications and (2) what actions are required to be taken?
----------------------
A. (1) High battery voltage conditions will exist due to positive voltage ground (2) Operations may continue while ground isolation efforts continue B. (1) Low battery voltage conditions will exist due to ground (2) Swap to Battery charger A 1 and commence load reduction within 2 hours C. (1) DC loads could be lost due to overcurrent trips of component supply breakers (2) Operations may continue while ground isolation efforts continue D. (1) DC loads could be lost due to overcurrent trips of component supply breakers (2) Swap to Battery charger A 1 and commence load reduction within 2 hours
__ __ ___ ---------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed C Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the positive voltage ground will lead to a potential high voltage condition, the second response is correct Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the ground will lead to a potential low voltage condition, the second response is the ITS 3.8.4 LCO time requirement to restore DC sources and not associated with ground CORRECT. Grounds faults can lead to overcurrent conditions, and the actions of AR J-23 require ground isolation efforts continue Plausible because the 1 st part is correct the second response is the ITS 3.8.4 LCO time requirement to restore DC sources and not associated with ground Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided)
 
AR-J-23 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                   Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          C Explanation:
_N:....:..=..;on:..;:.;e=---
A. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the positive voltage ground will lead to a potential high voltage condition, the second response is correct B. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the ground will lead to a potential low voltage condition, the second response is the ITS 3.8.4 LCO time requirement to restore DC sources and not associated with ground C. CORRECT. Grounds faults can lead to overcurrent conditions, and the actions of AR J-23 require ground isolation efforts continue D. Plausible because the 1st part is correct the second response is the ITS 3.8.4 LCO time requirement to restore DC sources and not associated with ground Technical Reference(s):     AR-J-15                              (Attach if not previously provided)
_____ Learning Objective:
AR-J-23 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:               _N:....:..=..;on:..;:.;e=---_ _ _ __
_R_E_R_O_7 C-,-,_1._03_an_d_1_.0 4 (As available)
Learning Objective:             _R_E_R_O_7C-,-,_1._03_an_d_1_.04
Question 8ank# 8063.0007 Modified 8ank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments: 
__                ___ _ _ (As available)
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 063 K3.02 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement)
Question Source:        8ank#                   8063.0007 Modified 8ank #                               (Note changes or attach parent)
DC Electrical Distribution
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                             x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                   7 55.43 Comments:
-Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the DC electrical system will have on the following:
Components using DC control power RO Question #47 Plant conditions:
* 'A' DC Bus develops a fault, causing the bus to de-energize
* Subsequently, a loss of offsite power occurs Which one of the following describes how the loss of the 'A' DC Bus will affect Emergency Diesel Generator operation? 'A' EDG will not start in response to an automatic signal 'A' EDG can only be started manually from the local panel Both EDGs will start in response to an automatic Signal, but 'A' EDG will NOT tie to the safeguards buses Both EDGs will start in response to an automatic signal, but 'A' EDG will require local actions to cross-tie the fuel oil system for long-term operation 
-------------------------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may believe that without DC control power, the 'A' EDG will not respond to automatic start signals. Plausible because the candidate may believe that without DC control power, remote start capability is lost but local controls are still functioning. Plausible if the candidate believed that with 'A' DC control power lost, the output breaker control power is also lost and the output breaker(s) will not close. CORRECT. Both EDG will start due to the DC starting circuits have two parallel circuits, one from each DC train, Day tank for EDG A needs to be filled by cross-tying the EDG fuel oil transfer pump and manually bypassing the DC fill solenoid.
Technical P-12 (Attach if not previously provided)
ER-ELEC.2 TSB B-3.8.1-3 TSB B-3.8.4-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
_________ Learning Objective:
R0801C, 1.10, RER07C, 2.0 (As available)
Question Bank # Modified Bank # IP 2010 NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Meets KIA by considering the effect of loss of DC control power to a relay that provides the EDG start circuits.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 1 KIA 064A1.02 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement)
Emergency Diesel Generator
-Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ED/G system controls including:
Fuel consumption rate with load RO Question #48 Assume that: Offsite power has been lost Both Emergency Diesel Generators are running loaded All equipment functioned as designed Which of the following sets of conditions will result in the greatest INITIAL rate of fuel oil consumption by the Emergency Diesel Generators? An unexplained reactor trip occurred immediately following the loss of offsite power. RCS pressure is 2000 psig and rising. CNMT pressure is 0.5 psig and stable. An automatic SI actuated on a steamline break downstream of the MSIVs. RCS Pressure is 1700 psig and rising. CNMT pressure is 0.5 psig and stable. An automatic SI actuated on a steam line break inside CNMT. ReS pressure has stabilized at 1000 psig. CNMT pressure is 50 psig and slowly lowering. A manual SI was initiated when pressurizer level could not be maintained following a reactor trip. RCS pressure is 1000 PSIG and rising. CNMT pressure is 8.0 psig and stable.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because different loads are applied in the UV Mode without SI. The candidate may assume for a straight Reactor Trip without an SI that more loads remain on EDG's due to no 'stripping of loads' and believe that this would produce the highest fuel consumption.
However, there are more rotating equipment loads in the SI + UV and thus this would be one of the lowest fuel consumption situations. Plausible because the candidate may believe due to all of the SI loads having started with a rising RCS pressure that the SI pumps would have to work harder to inject and reason that this would require a higher KW to do so and believe that this would produce the highest fuel consumption.
Actually as SI flow lowers so does KW and the candidate may not recognize that RHR Pumps were stopped prior to ES-1.1 entry. CORRECT. The largest, and variable, electrical load on the EDGs are the CRFCs. The higher the pressure in CNMT, combined with all the other SI loads, the more loading there will be on the EDG'. Therefore this will be the highest fuel consumption Plausible because the RCS pressures in Choices "C", "D" are similar, The largest, and variable, electrical load on the EDGs are the CRFCs. The higher the pressure in CNMT, and the SI and RHR Pumps are not stopped until a few steps after the RCS depressurization steps have been completed.
Technical Reference(s):
FSAR Table 8.3-2a (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
Learning Objective:
_R_0_8_0_1_C_1_.0_9
______ (As available)
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments:
Meets KIA by considering fuel consumption rate vs. the expected loading for different situations and general points in emergency procedures.
Indirectly deals with when a Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tank limit will be reached and refill needed to remain within TSB. 


===4.6 Ginna===
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination            Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                    RO              SRO Tier #                  2 Group #                  1 KIA #                    063 K3.02 Importance Rating        3.5 (K&A Statement) DC Electrical Distribution - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the DC electrical system will have on the following: Components using DC control power RO Question #47 Plant conditions:
2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 064 G2.2.37 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement)
  *  'A' DC Bus develops a fault, causing the bus to de-energize
Emergency Diesel Generator  
* Subsequently, a loss of offsite power occurs Which one of the following describes how the loss of the 'A' DC Bus will affect Emergency Diesel Generator operation?
-Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.
A.    'A' EDG will not start in response to an automatic signal B.    'A' EDG can only be started manually from the local panel C. Both EDGs will start in response to an automatic Signal, but 'A' EDG will NOT tie to the safeguards buses D. Both EDGs will start in response to an automatic signal, but 'A' EDG will require local actions to cross-tie the fuel oil system for long-term operation
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                    Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:            D Explanation:
A. Plausible because the candidate may believe that without DC control power, the 'A' EDG will not respond to automatic start signals.
B. Plausible because the candidate may believe that without DC control power, remote start capability is lost but local controls are still functioning.
C. Plausible if the candidate believed that with 'A' DC control power lost, the output breaker control power is also lost and the output breaker(s) will not close.
D. CORRECT. Both EDG will start due to the DC starting circuits have two parallel circuits, one from each DC train, Day tank for EDG A needs to be filled by cross-tying the EDG fuel oil transfer pump and manually bypassing the DC fill solenoid.
Technical Reference(s):        P-12                                (Attach if not previously provided)
ER-ELEC.2 TSB B-3.8.1-3 TSB B-3.8.4-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:              _N;...;...;:..on:...:..e~_________
Learning Objective:                  R0801C, 1.10, RER07C, 2.0            (As available)
Question Source:      Bank #
Modified Bank #          IP 2010 NRC Exam        (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:        Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                      x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:              55.41                  7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by considering the effect of loss of DC control power to a relay that provides the EDG start circuits.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination              Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                      RO                SRO Tier #                    2 Group #                    1 KIA #                      064A1.02 Importance Rating          2.5 (K&A Statement) Emergency Diesel Generator - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ED/G system controls including: Fuel consumption rate with load RO Question #48 Assume that:
* Offsite power has been lost
* Both Emergency Diesel Generators are running loaded
* All equipment functioned as designed Which of the following sets of conditions will result in the greatest INITIAL rate of fuel oil consumption by the Emergency Diesel Generators?
A. An unexplained reactor trip occurred immediately following the loss of offsite power.
RCS pressure is 2000 psig and rising. CNMT pressure is 0.5 psig and stable.
B. An automatic SI actuated on a steamline break downstream of the MSIVs. RCS Pressure is 1700 psig and rising. CNMT pressure is 0.5 psig and stable.
C. An automatic SI actuated on a steam line break inside CNMT. ReS pressure has stabilized at 1000 psig. CNMT pressure is 50 psig and slowly lowering.
D. A manual SI was initiated when pressurizer level could not be maintained following a reactor trip. RCS pressure is 1000 PSIG and rising. CNMT pressure is 8.0 psig and stable.
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination              Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:            C Explanation:
A. Plausible because different loads are applied in the UV Mode without SI. The candidate may assume for a straight Reactor Trip without an SI that more loads remain on EDG's due to no 'stripping of loads' and believe that this would produce the highest fuel consumption. However, there are more rotating equipment loads in the SI + UV and thus this would be one of the lowest fuel consumption situations.
B. Plausible because the candidate may believe due to all of the SI loads having started with a rising RCS pressure that the SI pumps would have to work harder to inject and reason that this would require a higher KW to do so and believe that this would produce the highest fuel consumption. Actually as SI flow lowers so does KW and the candidate may not recognize that RHR Pumps were stopped prior to ES-1.1 entry.
C. CORRECT. The largest, and variable, electrical load on the EDGs are the CRFCs. The higher the pressure in CNMT, combined with all the other SI loads, the more loading there will be on the EDG'. Therefore this will be the highest fuel consumption D. Plausible because the RCS pressures in Choices "C", "D" are similar, The largest, and variable, electrical load on the EDGs are the CRFCs. The higher the pressure in CNMT, and the SI and RHR Pumps are not stopped until a few steps after the RCS depressurization steps have been completed.
Technical Reference(s):        FSAR Table 8.3-2a                (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during              None examination:
Learning Objective:              _R_0_8_0_1_C_1_.0_9_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:        Bank #
Modified Bank #                        (Note changes or attach parent)
New                    X Question History:          Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                      X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:            55.41 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by considering fuel consumption rate vs. the expected loading for different situations and general points in emergency procedures. Indirectly deals with when a Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tank limit will be reached and refill needed to remain within TSB.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:        Level                     RO                 SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                   1 KIA #                     064 G2.2.37 Importance Rating         3.6                4.6 (K&A Statement) Emergency Diesel Generator - Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.
RO Question #49 Plant conditions:
RO Question #49 Plant conditions:
* 100% power
* 100% power
* STP-O-12.1, EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR A, is in progress
* STP-O-12.1, EMERGENCY DIESEL GENERATOR A, is in progress
* Emergency Diesel Generator "An is running with 2000 KW load Which choice accurately completes the following statement regarding the operability status of the Emergency Diesel Generator?
* Emergency Diesel Generator "An is running with 2000 KW load Which choice accurately completes the following statement regarding the operability status of the Emergency Diesel Generator?
Emergency Diesel Generator  
Emergency Diesel Generator 'A' is ___ while synchronized to the grid for this surveillance.
'A' is ___ while synchronized to the grid for this surveillance.
A. OPERABLE but UNAVAILABLE B. OPERABLE and AVAILABLE C. INOPERABLE and UNAVAILABLE D. INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE
A. OPERABLE but UNAVAILABLE B. OPERABLE and AVAILABLE C. INOPERABLE and UNAVAILABLE D. INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because, after the EDG is synchronized to the grid, it can still realign to supply the vital bus if a UV and/or SI occurs. However, during startup and shutdown, switches are mis-positioned and/or tests are underway where the EDG may not meet operability requirements at any given time. Plausible because, after the EDG is synchronized to the grid, it can still realign to supply the vital bus if a UV and/or SI occurs. A candidate unfamiliar with the surveillance procedure may be unaware that the EDG is declared INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE during the surveillance, since a realignment could be accomplished in short time. Plausible because the first part is correct, and a candidate not familiar with the surveillance procedure could assume that since it is declared I NOPERABLE, it must also be UNAVAILABLE. CORRECT. Per STP-O-12.1, Step 6.1.12, the EDG is declared INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE after proper system alignment is verified and before any controls manipulations.
 
During this surveillance, the UnitlTrip switch is placed in "Parallel" to allow parallel operation with the selected bus -not it's normal configuration.
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                 Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         D Explanation:
Since the EDG could be quickly realigned to Unit operation, it is still "available." Technical Reference(s):
A. Plausible because, after the EDG is synchronized to the grid, it can still realign to supply the vital bus if a UV and/or SI occurs. However, during startup and shutdown, switches are mis-positioned and/or tests are underway where the EDG may not meet operability requirements at any given time.
STP-O-12.1, 6.1.12 (Attach if not previously provided)
B. Plausible because, after the EDG is synchronized to the grid, it can still realign to supply the vital bus if a UV and/or SI occurs. A candidate unfamiliar with the surveillance procedure may be unaware that the EDG is declared INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE during the surveillance, since a realignment could be accomplished in short time.
C. Plausible because the first part is correct, and a candidate not familiar with the surveillance procedure could assume that since it is declared I NOPERABLE, it must also be UNAVAILABLE.
D. CORRECT. Per STP-O-12.1, Step 6.1.12, the EDG is declared INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE after proper system alignment is verified and before any controls manipulations. During this surveillance, the UnitlTrip switch is placed in "Parallel" to allow parallel operation with the selected bus - not it's normal configuration. Since the EDG could be quickly realigned to Unit operation, it is still "available."
Technical Reference(s):     STP-O-12.1, 6.1.12                   (Attach if not previously provided)
AR-DG-A-1 NOTE TSB Pg. 513/604 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
AR-DG-A-1 NOTE TSB Pg. 513/604 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:               _R_0-,-S-,-0_1C_1_.0___9_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
_R_0-,-S-,-0_1 C_1_.0___9______ (As available)
Question Source:        Bank #
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge __ Comprehension or Analysis 1&deg;CFR Part 55 Content: S 55.43 Comments:
Modified Bank #                               (Note changes or attach parent)
Meets KIA by conSidering the operability status of an EDG during the performance of a normal surveillance procedure.
New                         x Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge               -"X~_ _
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 073 A4.03 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement)
Comprehension or Analysis
Process Radiation Monitoring  
&deg; 1 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                      S 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by conSidering the operability status of an EDG during the performance of a normal surveillance procedure.
-Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Check source for operability demonstration RO Question #50 Plant conditions: 100% power STP-O-17.2M , PROCESS RADIATION MONITORS R-11 thru R-22, AND IODINE MONITORS R-10A and R-10B, SOURCE CHECK and ALARM SETPOINT VERIFICATION, is being performed R-14, Plant Vent Gas Monitor, will be tested next Which of the following choices accurately completes the following statements?
 
Prior to performance of the Source Check for R-14, (1) to prevent inadvertent automatic actions. To demonstrate minimum operability, the source check increase must be (2) (1) a jumper is installed; (2) greater than a predetermined, calculated value (1) a jumper is installed; (2) greater than the required high alarm setpoint (1) the high alarm setpoint is raised; (2) greater than a predetermined, calculated value (1) the high alarm setpoint is raised; (2) greater than the required high alarm setpoint Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because a candidate unfamiliar with the source check surveillance might believe jumpers are necessary to bypass any automatic interlock actuation.
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                     RO               SRO Tier #                     2 Group #                   1 KIA #                     073 A4.03 Importance Rating         3.1 (K&A Statement) Process Radiation Monitoring - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Check source for operability demonstration RO Question #50 Plant conditions:
Part 2 is correct per the CORRECT explanation below. Plausible because a candidate unfamiliar with the source check surveillance might believe jumpers are necessary to bypass any automatic interlock actuation.
* 100% power
Part 2 is plausible because a candidate might believe the source strength is sufficient to drive the meter near-offscale high, without considering the impact of actually triggering the High Alarm interlocks and resulting consequences. CORRECT. While testing RMS channels with automatic interlock functions driven by the High Alarm, it is NOT desirable to activate the high alarm during the source check. To prevent this, the alarm setpoint is temporarily raised (to a level of E6 CPM) before the check source is activated.
* STP-O-17.2M, PROCESS RADIATION MONITORS R-11 thru R-22, AND IODINE MONITORS R-10A and R-10B, SOURCE CHECK and ALARM SETPOINT VERIFICATION, is being performed
The as-found rate meter value is recorded, the source check actuated, and the final value achieved after activating the source is recorded.
* R-14, Plant Vent Gas Monitor, will be tested next Which of the following choices accurately completes the following statements?
This high value is always less than the High Alarm temporary setpoint, so no automatic actuations occur. The post-source check indication must be >50 CPM (for R 14 -it is different for each channel) greater than the as-found value to successfully pass this test. Plausible because part 1 is correct, whereas part 2 is incorrect for the same explanation as is provided in B above. Technical Reference(s):
Prior to performance of the Source Check for R-14,     (1)   to prevent inadvertent automatic actions. To demonstrate minimum operability, the source check increase must be         (2)
STP-O-17.2M Surveillance (Attach if not previously provided)
A. (1) a jumper is installed;             (2) greater than a predetermined, calculated value B. (1) a jumper is installed;             (2) greater than the required high alarm setpoint C. (1) the high alarm setpoint is raised; (2) greater than a predetermined, calculated value D. (1) the high alarm setpoint is raised; (2) greater than the required high alarm setpoint
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
 
--.:N:..;:.o.::....:n..c:..:e=--
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         C Explanation:
_____ Learning Objective:
A. Plausible because a candidate unfamiliar with the source check surveillance might believe jumpers are necessary to bypass any automatic interlock actuation. Part 2 is correct per the CORRECT explanation below.
_R_3_9_0_1_C_1_.0_9
B. Plausible because a candidate unfamiliar with the source check surveillance might believe jumpers are necessary to bypass any automatic interlock actuation. Part 2 is plausible because a candidate might believe the source strength is sufficient to drive the meter near-offscale high, without considering the impact of actually triggering the High Alarm interlocks and resulting consequences.
______ (As available)
C. CORRECT. While testing RMS channels with automatic interlock functions driven by the High Alarm, it is NOT desirable to activate the high alarm during the source check. To prevent this, the alarm setpoint is temporarily raised (to a level of E6 CPM) before the check source is activated. The as-found rate meter value is recorded, the source check actuated, and the final value achieved after activating the source is recorded. This high value is always less than the High Alarm temporary setpoint, so no automatic actuations occur. The post-source check indication must be >50 CPM (for R 14 - it is different for each channel) greater than the as-found value to successfully pass this test.
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge
D. Plausible because part 1 is correct, whereas part 2 is incorrect for the same explanation as is provided in B above.
_X____ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Technical Reference(s):     STP-O-17.2M Surveillance           (Attach if not previously provided)
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 EXamination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KIA # 076A4.01 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         --.:N:..;:.o.::....:n..c:..:e=--_ _ _ __
Service Water System -Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: SWS Pumps RO Question #51 Given the following plant conditions: 100% power Offsite power circuits 7T and 767 have been lost 80th DIGs have started and energized their respective Safeguards busses Service Water pumps 'A' and 'D' were selected on the Service Water Selector Switch Only 'D' SW pump is running Attempts to start 'A', '8', and 'C' SW pumps were unsuccessful "A" DIG local alarm for JACKET WATER TEMPERATURE is in alarm The AO reports that jacket water temperatures are as follows: 17B"F and continuing to rise on 'A' DIG 160*F and stable on '8' DIG Which of the following is the next action required by AP-SW.2, Loss of Service Water? Establish alternate cooling to 'A' DIG Pull-stop DIG 'A' and immediately depress the Voltage Shutdown pushbutton Pull-stop 80TH DIGs and immediately depress the Voltage Shutdown push buttons Trip the reactor, perform the Immediate Actions of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, then trip both RCPs
Learning Objective:             _R_3_9_0_1_C_1_.0_9_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
--------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because later steps in AP-SW.2 will align alternate cooling if adequate cooling is supplied to running DIGs, jacket water temperature are in alarm, which require shutting down the affected DIG. CORRECT. With a loss of off site power (the loss of circuits 7T and 767) the DIGs will energize all safeguard busses and the selected SW pumps should start, "B" and "C" would trip on UV but should be able to be restarted.
Question Source:         Bank #
With only one SW pump running and high temperature alarms inadequate cooling the affected DIG is shutdown Plausible if the candidate believes that a minimum of two SW pumps should be running -one to each train of SW and both DIG will need shutdown. Plausible if the candidate believes that the required minimum SW pump combination is two (2) which require a reactor trip. Per AP-SW.2, step 2 RNO, a reactor trip is required if NO SW pumps can be started. Technical Reference(s):
Modified Bank #                      (Note changes or attach parent)
AP-SW.2 (Attach if not previously provided)
New                   X Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge         _X_ _ __
AR-DG-A9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:         55.41                7 55.43 Comments:
______ Learning Objective:
 
_RA_P_3_3_C_2_._01
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 EXamination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO               SRO Tier#                   2 Group #                 1 KIA #                   076A4.01 Importance Rating       2.9 (K&A Statement) Service Water System - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: SWS Pumps RO Question #51 Given the following plant conditions:
______ (As available)
* 100% power
Question Source: Bank # COOO.1344 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
* Offsite power circuits 7T and 767 have been lost
Meets KIA by requiring that the candidate know the power supplies and SW pumpltrain aSSignments in addition to recalling that running EDGs wlo SW must be tripped.
* 80th DIGs have started and energized their respective Safeguards busses
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 076 K2.01 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement)
* Service Water pumps 'A' and 'D' were selected on the Service Water Selector Switch
Service Water System -Knowledge of bus power supplies to: Service Water RO Question #52 Plant conditions:
* Only 'D' SW pump is running
* Attempts to start 'A', '8', and 'C' SW pumps were unsuccessful
    *  "A" DIG local alarm for JACKET WATER TEMPERATURE is in alarm
* The AO reports that jacket water temperatures are as follows:
17B"F and continuing to rise on 'A' DIG 160*F and stable on '8' DIG Which of the following is the next action required by AP-SW.2, Loss of Service Water?
A. Establish alternate cooling to 'A' DIG B. Pull-stop DIG 'A' and immediately depress the Voltage Shutdown pushbutton C. Pull-stop 80TH DIGs and immediately depress the Voltage Shutdown push buttons D. Trip the reactor, perform the Immediate Actions of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, then trip both RCPs
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         B Explanation:
A. Plausible because later steps in AP-SW.2 will align alternate cooling if adequate cooling is supplied to running DIGs, jacket water temperature are in alarm, which require shutting down the affected DIG.
B. CORRECT. With a loss of off site power (the loss of circuits 7T and 767) the DIGs will energize all safeguard busses and the selected SW pumps should start, "B" and "C" would trip on UV but should be able to be restarted. With only one SW pump running and high temperature alarms inadequate cooling the affected DIG is shutdown C. Plausible if the candidate believes that a minimum of two SW pumps should be running - one to each train of SW and both DIG will need shutdown.
D. Plausible if the candidate believes that the required minimum SW pump combination is two (2) which require a reactor trip. Per AP-SW.2, step 2 RNO, a reactor trip is required if NO SW pumps can be started.
Technical Reference(s):       AP-SW.2               (Attach if not previously provided)
AR-DG-A9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:       _N,---,-on_e~_ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective:             _RA_P_3_3_C_2_._01_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:     Bank #                 COOO.1344 Modified Bank #                            (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                   x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring that the candidate know the power supplies and SW pumpltrain aSSignments in addition to recalling that running EDGs wlo SW must be tripped.
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination       Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                 2 Group #                 1 KIA #                   076 K2.01 Importance Rating       2.7 (K&A Statement) Service Water System - Knowledge of bus power supplies to: Service Water RO Question #52 Plant conditions:
* Plant is operating at 100% power
* Plant is operating at 100% power
* Service Water Pumps 'B', IC', and '0' are running * 'A' and '0' SW pumps are selected at the Service Water Selector Switch
* Service Water Pumps 'B', IC', and '0' are running
    * 'A' and '0' SW pumps are selected at the Service Water Selector Switch
* An SI actuation occurs, coincident with a loss of offsite power
* An SI actuation occurs, coincident with a loss of offsite power
* All equipment operated as expected Following the SI, (1) which Service Water Pumps are running, ANO (2) what is the status of Service Water Isolation?
* All equipment operated as expected Following the SI, (1) which Service Water Pumps are running, ANO (2) what is the status of Service Water Isolation?
A (1 ) 'B', 'C', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) BOTH trains of Service Water Isolation occur B. (1 ) 'B', 'C', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) NO Service Water Isolation occurs C. (1 ) 'A' and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) BOTH trains of Service Water Isolation occur O. (1 ) 'A', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) NO Service Water Isolation occurs Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly believe that during an SI situation the all running SW pumps start. The second part is correct. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly believe that during an SI situation the all running SW pumps start. Also because DIG re-energizes the bus the SW isolation will not occur. The SW isolation is sensed by breaker position not actual UV condition. CORRECT. Only the selected SW pumps 'A' and 'D' will start and both trains of SW will isolate. Train 'A' of SW are pumps A & B, Train 'B' pumps C & D. Bus 18 (DIG 'A') powers pumps 'A' and 'C', Bus 17 (DIG 'B') powers pumps 'B' and 'DJ. Plausible because part 1 is correct. In part 2, the candidate may incorrectly assume that with because DIG re-energizes the bus the SW isolation will not occur Technical Reference(s):
A (1 ) 'B', 'C', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) BOTH trains of Service Water Isolation occur B. (1 ) 'B', 'C', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) NO Service Water Isolation occurs C. (1 ) 'A' and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) BOTH trains of Service Water Isolation occur O. (1 ) 'A', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) NO Service Water Isolation occurs
ITS Basis 3.7.8-2 (Attach if not previously provided)
 
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                       Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           C Explanation:
_N_on_e_______ Learning Objective:
A. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly believe that during an SI situation the all running SW pumps start. The second part is correct.
_R_5_1_0_1_C,,-,_1._04_1_1._0_5
S. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly believe that during an SI situation the all running SW pumps start. Also because DIG re-energizes the bus the SW isolation will not occur. The SW isolation is sensed by breaker position not actual UV condition.
____ (As available)
C. CORRECT. Only the selected SW pumps 'A' and 'D' will start and both trains of SW will isolate. Train 'A' of SW are pumps A & B, Train 'B' pumps C & D. Bus 18 (DIG 'A')
Question Source: Bank # COOO.1452 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:
powers pumps 'A' and 'C', Bus 17 (DIG 'B') powers pumps 'B' and 'DJ.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 078 A3.01 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement)
D. Plausible because part 1 is correct. In part 2, the candidate may incorrectly assume that with because DIG re-energizes the bus the SW isolation will not occur Technical Reference(s):     ITS Basis 3.7.8-2                   (Attach if not previously provided)
Instrument Air System -Ability to monitor automatic operation of the lAS, including:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                 _N_on_e_ _ _ _ _ __
Air pressure RO Question #53 Plant conditions:
Learning Objective:             _R_5_1_0_1_C,,-,_1._04_1_1._0_5_ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:     Bank #                   COOO.1452 Modified Bank #                                  (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                              x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                       7 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                   1 KIA #                   078 A3.01 Importance Rating       3.1 (K&A Statement) Instrument Air System - Ability to monitor automatic operation of the lAS, including: Air pressure RO Question #53 Plant conditions:
* 100% power
* 100% power
* Instrument Air Compressor  
* Instrument Air Compressor 'C' is running
'C' is running
* Instrument Air and Service Air systems are cross-tied
* Instrument Air and Service Air systems are cross-tied
* Instrument Air pressure is 100 psig and slowly lowering Which choice identifies (1) the expected status of the air compressors, AND (2) the position of Service Air to Instrument Air Cross-tie Valve (AOV-5251)?
* Instrument Air pressure is 100 psig and slowly lowering Which choice identifies (1) the expected status of the air compressors, AND (2) the position of Service Air to Instrument Air Cross-tie Valve (AOV-5251)?
A. (1) ONLY Instrument Air Compressor  
A.   (1) ONLY Instrument Air Compressor 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 CLOSED B.   (1) ONLY Instrument Air Compressor 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 OPEN C.   (1) Instrument Air Compressors 'A', 'B', and 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 CLOSED D.   (1) Instrument Air Compressors 'A', 'B', and 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 OPEN
'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 CLOSED B. (1) ONLY Instrument Air Compressor  
 
'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 OPEN C. (1) Instrument Air Compressors  
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         C Explanation:
'A', 'B', and 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 CLOSED D. (1) Instrument Air Compressors 'A', 'B', and 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 OPEN
A. Plausible because this would be the normal alignment. However, IA pressure has lowered below the auto start setpoint (105 PSI) for 1A and 1B IA Compressors. The second part is correct.
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because this would be the normal alignment.
B. Plausible because this would be the normal alignment. However, IA pressure has lowered below the auto start setpoint (105 PSI) for 1A and 1B IA Compressors. The second part is plausible if the applicant has reversed the sequence of auto responses to lowering IA header pressure.
However, IA pressure has lowered below the auto start setpoint (105 PSI) for 1A and 1 B IA Compressors.
C. CORRECT. 1A and 1B IA Compressors are in AUTO and start at 105 PSI. AOV-5251 remains CLOSED until IA Header pressure reaches 90 PSI.
The second part is correct. Plausible because this would be the normal alignment.
D. Plausible because the first part is correct but AOV-5251 does NOT open untillA Header pressure reaches 90 PSI.
However, IA pressure has lowered below the auto start setpoint (105 PSI) for 1A and 1 B IA Compressors.
Technical Reference(s):     SYS47 SO, Pg. 30/43         (Attach if not previously provided)
The second part is plausible if the applicant has reversed the sequence of auto responses to lowering IA header pressure. CORRECT. 1A and 1B IA Compressors are in AUTO and start at 105 PSI. AOV-5251 remains CLOSED until IA Header pressure reaches 90 PSI. Plausible because the first part is correct but AOV-5251 does NOT open untillA Header pressure reaches 90 PSI. Technical Reference(s):
AP-IA.1, Step 4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_on_e_ _ _ _ _ __
SYS47 SO, Pg. 30/43 (Attach if not previously provided)
Learning Objective:             __R_4_7_0_1_C_1_ _ _1_._04_ _ _ (As available)
AP-IA.1, Step 4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Question Source:     Bank #
_N_on_e_______ Learning Objective:
Modified Bank #                            (Note changes or attach parent)
__R_4_7_0_1_C_1
New                      x Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                        x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the expected alignment for automatically controlled equipment as the pressure lowers in the IA System.
___1_._04___ (As available)
 
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination       Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                 RO               SRO Tier #                 2 Group #               1 KIA #                 103 A4.04 Importance Rating     3.5 (K&A Statement) Containment System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Phase A and Phase B resets RO Question #54 Plant conditions:
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the expected alignment for automatically controlled equipment as the pressure lowers in the IA System.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 103 A4.04 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement)
Containment System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Phase A and Phase B resets RO Question #54 Plant conditions:
* The reactor and main turbine tripped from 100% power
* The reactor and main turbine tripped from 100% power
* An RCS Pressure transient caused a Pressurizer PORV to open and it failed to reseat
* An RCS Pressure transient caused a Pressurizer PORV to open and it failed to reseat
* The crew initiated a MANUAL SI and MANUAL CI prior to reaching the AUTO SI setpoint
* The crew initiated a MANUAL SI and MANUAL CI prior to reaching the AUTO SI setpoint
* The block valve on the affected Pressurizer PORV has been closed
* The block valve on the affected Pressurizer PORV has been closed
* The crew is performing actions of the appropriate procedure Which choice describes the proper sequence of actions required in order to restore Instrument Air (IA) to containment through AOV-5392, IA to CNMT? A. Reset CI, reset SI, open AOV-5392 B. Reset SI, reset CI, open AOV-5392 C. Reset CI, reset SI, reset both trains of XY relays for AOV-5392 D. Reset 81, reset CI, reset both trains of XY relays for AOV-5392 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation  
* The crew is performing actions of the appropriate procedure Which choice describes the proper sequence of actions required in order to restore Instrument Air (IA) to containment through AOV-5392, IA to CNMT?
: Plausible because if a candidate was unaware of the role the X-Y relays played in removing the CI signal to individual valves, they would choose this distractor (or 'B'). Similar to the correct answer, but the reset SI/CI sequence is reversed. Plausible because it was MANUAL CI initiation that closed AOV-5392, therefore it might seem that resetting that signal would allow valve operation.
A. Reset CI, reset SI, open AOV-5392 B. Reset SI, reset CI, open AOV-5392 C. Reset CI, reset SI, reset both trains of XY relays for AOV-5392 D. Reset 81, reset CI, reset both trains of XY relays for AOV-5392
A candidate unfamiliar with the role of the X-V relays in resetting CI signals might pick this option. Plausible because this is essentially the same as the correct answer with the reset SI/CI steps reversed.
 
A candidate with a misconception of the necessary requirements to reset the CI signal could reverse this sequence improperly. CORRECT. SI must be reset to allow clearing the CI lock-in signal. The single MANUAL CI signal operates both trains of XY relays to ensure a CIV closes. Both sets of relays must be reset to allow the valve to be opened. Since the 2-position switch for AOV-5392 is already in the OPEN position, the valve will open automatically when the proper sequence is completed.
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                     Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         D Explanation :
Technical Reference(s):
A. Plausible because if a candidate was unaware of the role the X-Y relays played in removing the CI signal to individual valves, they would choose this distractor (or 'B').
E-1 Steps 6, 7, 9 (Attach if not previously provided)
Similar to the correct answer, but the reset SI/CI sequence is reversed.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
B. Plausible because it was MANUAL CI initiation that closed AOV-5392, therefore it might seem that resetting that signal would allow valve operation. A candidate unfamiliar with the role of the X-V relays in resetting CI signals might pick this option.
_N:.....:..=..:on:...:.ce=--
C. Plausible because this is essentially the same as the correct answer with the reset SI/CI steps reversed. A candidate with a misconception of the necessary requirements to reset the CI signal could reverse this sequence improperly.
_____ Learning Objective:  
D. CORRECT. SI must be reset to allow clearing the CI lock-in signal. The single MANUAL CI signal operates both trains of XY relays to ensure a CIV closes. Both sets of relays must be reset to allow the valve to be opened. Since the 2-position switch for AOV-5392 is already in the OPEN position, the valve will open automatically when the proper sequence is completed.
......;R:....:;E=P'-0::...c1:....::C'-1.c..;..
Technical Reference(s):     E-1 Steps 6, 7, 9                                                 (Attach if not previously provided)
..:::..;:02=--
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                               _N:.....:..=..:on:...:.ce=--_ _ _ __
_____ (As available)
Learning Objective:               . . . ;R:. . :;E=P'-0::. .c1:. . : C'-1.c. ;..:::..;:02=--_
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
                                                                              .              _ _ _ _ (As available)
GINNA does not have a Phase <lB" signal or valves. Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the manual actions necessary to open the CIV that is always opened first after an accident or transient resulting in an SI.
Question Source:     Bank #
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 103 K4.04 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement)
Modified Bank #                                                                (Note changes or attach parent)
Containment System -Knowledge of the containment system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following:
New                                              x Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                                                       X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 55.41                                                7 55.43 Comments: GINNA does not have a Phase <lB" signal or valves. Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the manual actions necessary to open the CIV that is always opened first after an accident or transient resulting in an SI.
Personnel access hatch and emergency access hatch RO Question #55 Given the following conditions:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                 1 KIA #                   103 K4.04 Importance Rating       2.5 (K&A Statement) Containment System - Knowledge of the containment system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Personnel access hatch and emergency access hatch RO Question #55 Given the following conditions:
* A Containment entry was made at power to investigate a possible steam leak
* A Containment entry was made at power to investigate a possible steam leak
* Personnel are preparing to open the Personnel Hatch Inner Door Which of the following accurately completes the statements below? The Personnel Hatch Inner Equalizing Valve connects the hatch pressure with pressure.
* Personnel are preparing to open the Personnel Hatch Inner Door Which of the following accurately completes the statements below?
The highest Technical Specification Mode that the personnel hatch interlocks may bypassed is A. (1)  
The Personnel Hatch Inner Equalizing Valve connects the hatch pressure with     (1) pressure. The highest Technical Specification Mode that the personnel hatch interlocks may be bypassed is (2)
(2) Mode 5 B. (1)  
A. (1) CONTAINMENT                      (2) Mode 5 B. (1) CONTAINMENT                      (2) Mode 4 C. (1) INTERMEDIATE BUILDING           (2) Mode 5 D. (1) INTERMEDIATE BUILDING           (2) Mode 4
(2) Mode 4 C. (1) INTERMEDIATE BUILDING (2) Mode 5 D. (1) INTERMEDIATE BUILDING (2) Mode 4
 
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. The pressure equalizing valve is installed between the containment and the access hatch. The containment air locks must be operable in Modes 1-4; including the simultaneous door opening physical interlock mechanism. Plausible because first part is correct and candidate may think operability only required prior to going above 350' F . Plausible if applicant is thinking about equalizing the pressure between the IB access hatch when opening the outer door. The second part is Plausible if applicant is thinking about equalizing the pressure between the IB and access hatch when opening the outer door and candidate may think operability only required prior to going above 350" F . Technical Reference(s):
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         A Explanation:
ITS, ITS Basis 3.6.2 (Attach if not previously provided)
A. CORRECT. The pressure equalizing valve is installed between the containment and the access hatch. The containment air locks must be operable in Modes 1-4; including the simultaneous door opening physical interlock mechanism.
FSAR 3.8.1.5.4, FIG 3.8-31 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
B. Plausible because first part is correct and candidate may think operability only required prior to going above 350' F .
_N__ _______on_e Learning Objective:
C. Plausible if applicant is thinking about equalizing the pressure between the IB and access hatch when opening the outer door. The second part is correct.
O.=.-1-=-::C=---:,:1.-=-07.:.....:::,an:...:.;d:::.....-:..:1.-2..13-=--__ (As available)
D. Plausible if applicant is thinking about equalizing the pressure between the IB and access hatch when opening the outer door and candidate may think operability only required prior to going above 350" F .
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Technical Reference(s):     ITS, ITS Basis 3.6.2                                           (Attach if not previously provided)
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of a design feature associated with the containment air locks and the requirement for operability of the phYSical mechanism that prevents simultaneous door opening.
FSAR 3.8.1.5.4, FIG 3.8-31 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                                         _N__on_e_ _ _ _ _ __
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 001 G2.1.30 Importance Rating 4.4 (K&A Statement)
Learning Objective:               ..::.-R=2~1O.=.-1-=-::C=---:,:1.-=-07.:.....:::,an:...:.;d:::.....-:..:1.-2..13-=--__ (As available)
Control Rod Drive -Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls RO Question #56 Plant conditions:
Question Source:     Bank #
* 45% power The crew is preparing to recover BANK 'D', Group 1 rod C-7, in accordance with ER-RCC.1, RETRIEVAL OF A DROPPED RCC
Modified Bank #                                                                         (Note changes or attach parent)
New                               x Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                                                                   X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                                              7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of a design feature associated with the containment air locks and the requirement for operability of the phYSical mechanism that prevents simultaneous door opening.
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:              Level                     RO             SRO Tier #                     2 Group #                   2 KIA #                     001 G2.1.30 Importance Rating       4.4 (K&A Statement) Control Rod Drive - Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls RO Question #56 Plant conditions:
* 45% power
* The crew is preparing to recover BANK 'D', Group 1 rod C-7, in accordance with ER-RCC.1, RETRIEVAL OF A DROPPED RCC
* An operator has been dispatched to reset the step counter on the PIA Converter Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?
* An operator has been dispatched to reset the step counter on the PIA Converter Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?
The operator must select (1) at the PIA Converter.
The operator must select       (1)   at the PIA Converter. If the operator at the PIA Converter mistakenly believes that BANK 'B' Group 1 control rod E-7 is being retrieved, and takes action accordingly, then       (2)     to alert control room operators to the error.
If the operator at the PIA Converter mistakenly believes that BANK 'B' Group 1 control rod E-7 is being retrieved, and takes action accordingly, then (2) to alert control room operators to the error. A. (1) BANK'D' (2) the BANK 'B' step counters will begin stepping out B. (1) BANK'D' (2) Alarm C-16, INSERTION LIMIT BANK B LO LO, will actuate during the process C. (1) RCC C-7 (2) the BANK 'B' step counters will begin stepping out D. (1) RCC C-7 (2) Alarm C-16, INSERTION LIMIT BANK B LO LO, will actuate during the process
A. (1) BANK'D' (2) the BANK 'B' step counters will begin stepping out B. (1) BANK'D' (2) Alarm C-16, INSERTION LIMIT BANK B LO LO, will actuate during the process C. (1) RCC C-7 (2) the BANK 'B' step counters will begin stepping out D. (1) RCC C-7 (2) Alarm C-16, INSERTION LIMIT BANK B LO LO, will actuate during the process
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part is plausible if the candidate believes that the group selected at PIA Converter will control rod motion. CORRECT. Only a BANK can be selected at the PIA Converter.
 
Performing the actions specified in the procedure (but on the wrong bank) will cause an insertion limit alarm to actuate on that bank because the RIL Computer gets its signal from the PIA Converter. Plausible because the specific rod is selected on the Lift Coil Disconnect Panel during dropped rod retrieval, and the group (within the affected bank) step counters are reset to ZERO, but that occurs at the MCB and not via the PIA Converter. Plausible because the specific rod is selected on the Lift Coil Disconnect Panel during dropped rod retrieval, and the second part is correct. Technical Reference(s):
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                 Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           B Explanation:
ER-RCC.1, Step 6.2.5 (Attach if not previously provided)
A. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part is plausible if the candidate believes that the group selected at PIA Converter will control rod motion.
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
B. CORRECT. Only a BANK can be selected at the PIA Converter. Performing the actions specified in the procedure (but on the wrong bank) will cause an insertion limit alarm to actuate on that bank because the RIL Computer gets its signal from the PIA Converter.
_N--'-on_e
C. Plausible because the specific rod is selected on the Lift Coil Disconnect Panel during dropped rod retrieval, and the group (within the affected bank) step counters are reset to ZERO, but that occurs at the MCB and not via the PIA Converter.
__________ Learning Objective:
D. Plausible because the specific rod is selected on the Lift Coil Disconnect Panel during dropped rod retrieval, and the second part is correct.
_R_E_R_1_1_C_3_._0_a_nd_4._0
Technical Reference(s):     ER-RCC.1, Step 6.2.5             (Attach if not previously provided)
____ (As available)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:               _N--'-on_e_ _________
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
Learning Objective:             _R_E_R_1_1_C_3_._0_a_nd_4._0_ _ _ _ (As available)
Meets KIA by demonstrating knowledge of operations performed at a Rod related panel in the back of MCB and the expected indication(s) at the MCB.
Question Source:      Bank #
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 002 A1.08 Importance Rating 3.7 (K&A Statement)
Modified Bank #                             (Note changes or attach parent)
Reactor Coolant System -Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the RCS controls including:
New                   x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                   X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                    7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by demonstrating knowledge of operations performed at a Rod Control related panel in the back of MCB and the expected indication(s) at the MCB.
RCS average temperature RO Question #57 Plant conditions: Power was being raised to 100% at 10%/hour The HCO was manually adjusting control rod position during the load ascension Following the final load adjustment to 100% power, the control rods were manually withdrawn 8 steps too far Which of the following identifies:  
 
(1) The time in core life when the final Tavg value will be the HIGHEST; AND (2) The MCB alarm or plant LIMIT that would occur FIRST? (1) Beginning of Core Life (BOl); (2) Alarm G-9, RCS lOOP A HIGH TAVG 579&deg;F (1) Beginning of Core Life (BOl); COlR Tavg limit for DNB is exceeded (1) End of Core Life (EOl); (2) Alarm G-9, RCS lOOP A HIGH TAVG 579'F (1) End of Core Life (EOl); COlR Tavg limit for DNB is exceeded Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because the first part is correct but the ONB Tavg limit is 577.5&deg;F , not 579'F. CORRECT. The value of MTC is lowest at BOl and therefore Tavg would rise more at BOl than EOl before stabilizing.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            level                     RO             SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                   2 KIA #                     002 A1.08 Importance Rating         3.7 (K&A Statement) Reactor Coolant System - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the RCS controls including: RCS average temperature RO Question #57 Plant conditions:
The ITS ONB limit for Tavg is 577.5&deg;F. Plausible if candidate does not properly apply the values of MTC to the situation and assumes that an overhead alarm would always actuate before a ITS limit is reached. Plausible if candidate does not properly apply the values of MTC to the situation and the second part is correct. Technical AR-G-9 (Attach if not previously provided)
* Power was being raised to 100% at 10%/hour
ITS 3.4.1 ONB LIMIT COlR2.10.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
* The HCO was manually adjusting control rod position during the load ascension
_N-'-o..;;..;n-c-e'----
* Following the final load adjustment to 100% power, the control rods were manually withdrawn 8 steps too far Which of the following identifies:
_____ learning Objective:
(1) The time in core life when the final Tavg value will be the HIGHEST; AND (2) The MCB alarm or plant LIMIT that would occur FIRST?
ROC01C 2.01, ROC02C 1.03 (As available)
A. (1) Beginning of Core Life (BOl);
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New X Question History: last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:
(2) Alarm G-9, RCS lOOP A HIGH TAVG 579&deg;F B. (1) Beginning of Core Life (BOl);
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 014 A2.04 Importance Rating 3.4 (K&A Statement)
(2) COlR Tavg limit for DNB is exceeded C. (1) End of Core Life (EOl);
Rod Position Indication  
(2) Alarm G-9, RCS lOOP A HIGH TAVG 579'F D. (1) End of Core Life (EOl);
-Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPIS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
(2) COlR Tavg limit for DNB is exceeded
Misaligned rod RO Question #58 Plant conditions: The unit was stable at 80% power Rod Control is in MANUAL The RG&E Energy Control Center directed a rapid load reduction to 70% due to a problem on the grid At the conclusion of the load reduction the HCO reported that alarm C-5, PPCS ROD SEQUENCE OR ROD DEVIATION, was alarming Bank '0' step counters read 181 steps MRPI indication for Bank '0', group 2 rod G-3 is 164 steps Tavg has stabilized at 4'F HIGHER than Tref The CRS has entered AP-RCC.2, RCC/RPI MALFUNCTION Which choice identifies (1) the initial method for restoring Tavg to program, AND (2) what alarm will indicate that the problem is an actual misaligned RCC? (1) insert rods to match Tavg-Tref; (2) "ROD DEVIATION" alarm on the MRPI Screen (1) insert rods to match Tavg-Tref; (2) F-29, PPCS AXIAL OR QUADRANT POWER TILT (1) initiate a boration to match Tavg-Tref; (2) "ROD DEVIATION" alarm on the MRPI Screen (1) initiate a boration to match Tavg-Tref; (2) F-29, PPCS AXIAL OR QUADRANT POWER TILT Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because this is one of the two methods to restore Tavg if Tavg is greater than Tref in AP-TURB.5 used for the rapid load reduction.
 
However. the boration is the only method in AP-RCC.2,due to rod mis-alignment.
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         B Explanation:
The ROD DEVIATION alarm on MRPI is +/- 24 steps. Plausible because this is one of the two methods to restore Tavg if Tavg is greater than Tref in AP-TURB.5 used for the rapid load reduction.
A. Plausible because the first part is correct but the ONB Tavg limit is 577.5&deg;F , not 579'F.
However. the boration is the only method in AP-RCC.2.due to rod mis-alignment.
B. CORRECT. The value of MTC is lowest at BOl and therefore Tavg would rise more at BOl than EOl before stabilizing. The ITS ONB limit for Tavg is 577.5&deg;F.
The second part is correct. Plausible because the first part is correct. However. the ROD DEVIATION alarm on MRPI is +/- 24 steps. CORRECT. AP-RCC.2 specifies boration when Tavg is NOT stable at the programmed value. Alarm F-29 is listed as a symptom of an RCC problem and is indicative of the start of a quadrant power tilt. A QPTR calculation will be performed later in the procedure.
C. Plausible if candidate does not properly apply the values of MTC to the situation and assumes that an overhead alarm would always actuate before a ITS limit is reached.
Technical Reference{s):
O. Plausible if candidate does not properly apply the values of MTC to the situation and the second part is correct.
AR-F-29 and AR-C5 (Attach if not previously provided)
Technical Reference(s):        AR-G-9                       (Attach if not previously provided)
AP-RCC.2.
ITS 3.4.1 ONB LIMIT COlR2.10.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:         _N-'-o..;;..;n-c-e'----_ _ _ __
Symptoms.
learning Objective:               ROC01C 2.01, ROC02C 1.03         (As available)
Step 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Question Source:    Bank #
______ Learning Objective:
Modified Bank #                         (Note changes or attach parent)
______ (As available)
New                   X Question History:       last NRC Exam Question Cognitive level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                     X 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41               5 55.43 Comments:
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
 
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the impact of a misaligned rod on the RPIS and the subsequent actions for correcting a key plant parameter as addressed in the applicable procedure.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                     RO             SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                   2 KIA #                     014 A2.04 Importance Rating         3.4 (K&A Statement) Rod Position Indication - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPIS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Misaligned rod RO Question #58 Plant conditions:
Higher order because the actions would be different for different conditions and alternate actions for a *step are taken.
* The unit was stable at 80% power
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 015 K2.01 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement)
* Rod Control is in MANUAL
Nuclear Instrumentation  
* The RG&E Energy Control Center directed a rapid load reduction to 70% due to a problem on the grid
-Knowledge of bus power supplies to: NIS channels, components, and interconnections RO Question #59 Initial Plant conditions: A plant startup from a forced outage is in progress The plant is at 5% power Power is being raised in preparation for turbine roll for synchronization The following conditions now exist: E-3, INVERTER TROUBLE, in alarm E-6, LOSS A INSTR BUS, in alarm Instrument Bus A voltage is 0 volts Which of the following describes the plant response to these conditions? (Assuming no operator action.) Reactor trip on low PRZR pressure due to PT -429 failure, resulting in PORV-430 failing open Main turbine EHC shifts to Manual mode due to the loss of first stage impulse pressure signal Reactor trip due to de-energizing Intermediate Range N-35 The reactor and turbine will continue to operate normally -a single instrument bus failure will not cause a transient.
* At the conclusion of the load reduction the HCO reported that alarm C-5, PPCS ROD SEQUENCE OR ROD DEVIATION, was alarming
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible if the candidate believes PT -429 is the normal controlling PRZR channel (it's the alternate) and doesn't realize that on a loss of power all PRZR channels fails LOW. PT -429 provides the interlock function for PORV-430, and with a failure low the PORV is prevented from opening. Plausible because on the loss of Instrument Bus A, the first stage pressure input to EHC will fail LOW and cause the turbine control to shift to IMP PRESS OUT. CORRECT. Since most protection circuits take a 2/3 or 2/4 logic, a reactor trip will NOT normally occur from the loss of a single instrument bus. HOWEVER, if reactor trip breakers are closed with the Source Range and Intermediate Range flux trips NOT YET blocked during the startup (P-6 and P-10 permissives), a loss of A, B, or C instrument busses will result in a reactor trip when their bistables trip on loss of power due to the Y2 coincidence associated with the SR and IR high flux trips. Plausible for the normal multiple-input protection logic described above. Technical Reference(s):
* Bank '0' step counters read 181 steps
P-10, 5.12. C, Bus Failure (Attach if not previously provided)
* MRPI indication for Bank '0', group 2 rod G-3 is 164 steps
P-10, 5.2.A, PRZR Press Failure Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
* Tavg has stabilized at 4'F HIGHER than Tref
Learning Objective:
* The CRS has entered AP-RCC.2, RCC/RPI MALFUNCTION Which choice identifies (1) the initial method for restoring Tavg to program, AND (2) what alarm will indicate that the problem is an actual misaligned RCC?
_______ (As available)
A. (1) insert rods to match Tavg-Tref; (2) "ROD DEVIATION" alarm on the MRPI Screen B. (1) insert rods to match Tavg-Tref; (2) F-29, PPCS AXIAL OR QUADRANT POWER TILT C. (1) initiate a boration to match Tavg-Tref; (2) "ROD DEVIATION" alarm on the MRPI Screen D. (1) initiate a boration to match Tavg-Tref; (2) F-29, PPCS AXIAL OR QUADRANT POWER TILT
Question Source: Bank # COOO.1429 Question Source: Modified Bank # New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
 
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of operator action for loss of power to an instrument bus that feeds nuclear instrumentation during a reactor startup. Higher order because an assessment of other instrument failures in addition to NIS must be considered.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           D Explanation:
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 2 KIA # 027 K5.01 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement)
A. Plausible because this is one of the two methods to restore Tavg if Tavg is greater than Tref in AP-TURB.5 used for the rapid load reduction. However. the boration is the only method in AP-RCC.2,due to rod mis-alignment. The ROD DEVIATION alarm on MRPI is
Containment Iodine Removal -Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the CIRS: Purpose of charcoal filters RO Question #60 Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?
        +/- 24 steps.
The Containment Post-Accident Charcoal Filters are designed to remove the maximum amount of from the containment atmosphere when CRFC units are in operation during the accident.
B. Plausible because this is one of the two methods to restore Tavg if Tavg is greater than Tref in AP-TURB.5 used for the rapid load reduction. However. the boration is the only method in AP-RCC.2.due to rod mis-alignment. The second part is correct.
A Cesium; 18 and 1D B. Cesium; 1A and 1C C. Iodine; 18 and 1D D. Iodine; 1A and 1C 
C. Plausible because the first part is correct. However. the ROD DEVIATION alarm on MRPI is +/- 24 steps.
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:
D. CORRECT. AP-RCC.2 specifies boration when Tavg is NOT stable at the programmed value. Alarm F-29 is listed as a symptom of an RCC problem and is indicative of the start of a quadrant power tilt. A QPTR calculation will be performed later in the procedure.
A Plausible because noble gases are of concern for dose calculations but is mainly reduced by decay vs charcoal filters. Only 1A and 1C are physically connected with post-accident charcoal units. Plausible.
Technical Reference{s):     AR-F-29 and AR-C5                                 (Attach if not previously provided)
because noble gases are of concern for dose calculations but is mainly reduced by decay vs charcoal filters The second part is correct. Plausible because the first part is correct. Only 1A and 1C are physically connected with post-accident charcoal units. CORRECT. Post-Accident Charcoal Filter Units 1A and 1 B are physically connected to receive discharge flow from their respective containment atmosphere recirculation units (1A from 1A, 1 B from 1 C). The purpose of the charcoal units is to filter/trap iodine from the post-accident atmosphere; with or without containment spray actuated.
AP-RCC.2. Symptoms. Step 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                         _N~o;..;;..ne=--_ _ _ _ __
Technical Reference(s):
Learning Objective:             _-,RA~P,--1::...::.3;....;:C,--=-=--,-_ _ _ _ _ _    (As available)
FSAR (Attach if not previously provided) 33013-1863 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Question Source:     Bank #
---=--:N-=..o:....:..ne"--
Modified Bank #                                          (Note changes or attach parent)
______ Learning Objective: _R___2_2_01_C_1.-'-04
New                                x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                        x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                                  10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the impact of a misaligned rod on the RPIS and the subsequent actions for correcting a key plant parameter as addressed in the applicable procedure. Higher order because the actions would be different for different conditions and alternate actions for a *step are taken.
______ (As available)
 
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 8 55.43 Comments:
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                      RO             SRO Tier #                      2 Group #                    2 KIA #                      015 K2.01 Importance Rating           3.3 (K&A Statement) Nuclear Instrumentation - Knowledge of bus power supplies to: NIS channels, components, and interconnections RO Question #59 Initial Plant conditions:
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the purpose of the post-accident charcoal filters. Attempted to elevate the question to the licensed operator level by requiring knowledge of when the maximum flow through the charcoal filters would occur.
* A plant startup from a forced outage is in progress
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 2 Group 2 KIA 029 K1.03 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement)
* The plant is at 5% power
Containment Purge -Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Containment Purge System and the following systems: Engineered safeguards RO Question #61 Plant conditions: The reactor is critical with power being held at 3% power due to a small RCS leak Preparations for a containment entry are in progress Containment atmosphere requires purging for air quality considerations prior containment What choice identifies (1) the system that must be utilized to purge the containment atmosphere, and (2) what will happen if an automatic safety injection actuation occurs while the purge system is aligned to containment? (1 ) Containment Purge; Isolation dampers close, fans automatically trip (1) Containment Purge; Isolation dampers close, fans must be manually stopped (1 ) Containment Mini-Purge; Isolation dampers close, fan automatically trips (1 ) Containment Mini-Purge; Isolation dampers close, fan must be manually stopped Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible because this flowpath is used to purge CNMT atmosphere, but is not allowed above Mode 5. The second part is plausible because operators check the post-SI position of the dampers but there is no direction to stop the fan(s) or to check their status and the fans will trip on aT-signal. Plausible because this flowpath is used to purge CNMT atmosphere, but is not allowed above Mode 5 .The second part is plausible because operators check the post-SI position of the dampers but there is no direction to stop the fan(s) or to verify their "tripped" status. CORRECT. Mini-Purge initiation is NOT Mode dependent.
* Power is being raised in preparation for turbine roll for synchronization The following conditions now exist:
The blower will trip interlock with closure of the suction Plausible because the first part is correct. However, the fans will trip on interlock with the suction damper. Technical Reference(s):
* E-3, INVERTER TROUBLE, in alarm
S-23.2.2, (Attach if not previously provided)
* E-6, LOSS A INSTR BUS, in alarm
AR-C17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
* Instrument Bus A voltage is 0 volts Which of the following describes the plant response to these conditions? (Assuming no operator action.)
Learning Objective:
A. Reactor trip on low PRZR pressure due to PT-429 failure, resulting in PORV-430 failing open B. Main turbine EHC shifts to Manual mode due to the loss of first stage impulse pressure signal C. Reactor trip due to de-energizing Intermediate Range N-35 D. The reactor and turbine will continue to operate normally - a single instrument bus failure will not cause a transient.
:...;:R=22=O::.....:1--=C_1::..-=-.O=-:7
 
______ (As available)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                         Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         C Explanation:
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 9 55.43 Comments:
A Plausible if the candidate believes PT-429 is the normal controlling PRZR channel (it's the alternate) and doesn't realize that on a loss of power all PRZR channels fails LOW.
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the response of the containment purge alignment when an auto SI actuates.
PT-429 provides the interlock function for PORV-430, and with a failure low the PORV is prevented from opening.
The flowpath part of the question provides two more challenging choices for what would otherwise be a very easy question.
B. Plausible because on the loss of Instrument Bus A, the first stage pressure input to EHC will fail LOW and cause the turbine control to shift to IMP PRESS OUT.
Higher order because the permitted alignment would be different if the plant were in a different mode.
C. CORRECT. Since most protection circuits take a 2/3 or 2/4 logic, a reactor trip will NOT normally occur from the loss of a single instrument bus. HOWEVER, if reactor trip breakers are closed with the Source Range and Intermediate Range flux trips NOT YET blocked during the startup (P-6 and P-10 permissives), a loss of A, B, or C instrument busses will result in a reactor trip when their bistables trip on loss of power due to the Y2 coincidence associated with the SR and IR high flux trips.
----ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Examination Outline Cross-reference:
D. Plausible for the normal multiple-input protection logic described above.
Level Tier# Group # KIA # Importance Rating Form ES-401-5 RO SRO 034 K4.03 2.6 (K&A Statement)
Technical Reference(s):       P-10, 5.12. C, Bus Failure                                 (Attach if not previously provided)
Fuel Handling Equipment  
P-10, 5.2.A, PRZR Press Failure Proposed references to be provided to applicants during                                         None examination:
-Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or intertock{s) which provide for the following:
Learning Objective:             _R:...::.I:...::C:...::.1=2C~1..;:..;:.0:...::6_ _ _ _ _ _ _  (As available)
Overload protection RO Question #62 Plant conditions:
Question Source:     Bank #                                        COOO.1429              Question Source:
Modified Bank #
New Question History:        Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                  x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:              55.41                                          7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of operator action for loss of power to an instrument bus that feeds nuclear instrumentation during a reactor startup. Higher order because an assessment of other instrument failures in addition to NIS must be considered.
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                  RO              SRO Tier#                  2 Group #                2 KIA #                  027 K5.01 Importance Rating      3.1 (K&A Statement) Containment Iodine Removal - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the CIRS: Purpose of charcoal filters RO Question #60 Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?
The Containment Post-Accident Charcoal Filters are designed to remove the maximum amount of        from the containment atmosphere when              CRFC units are in operation during the accident.
A Cesium;          18 and 1D B. Cesium;        1A and 1C C. Iodine;        18 and 1D D. Iodine;        1A and 1C
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination              Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:            D Explanation:
A Plausible because noble gases are of concern for dose calculations but is mainly reduced by decay vs charcoal filters. Only 1A and 1C are physically connected with post-accident charcoal units.
B. Plausible. because noble gases are of concern for dose calculations but is mainly reduced by decay vs charcoal filters The second part is correct.
C. Plausible because the first part is correct. Only 1A and 1C are physically connected with post-accident charcoal units.
D. CORRECT. Post-Accident Charcoal Filter Units 1A and 1B are physically connected to receive discharge flow from their respective containment atmosphere recirculation units (1A from 1A, 1B from 1C). The purpose of the charcoal units is to filter/trap iodine from the post-accident atmosphere; with or without containment spray actuated.
Technical Reference(s):         FSAR 9.4.1                      (Attach if not previously provided) 33013-1863 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: ---=--:N-=..o:....:..ne"--_ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective:                _R___2_2_01_C_1.-'-04_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:      Bank #
Modified Bank #                          (Note changes or attach parent)
New                      x Question History:          Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:       Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                  X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:            55.41                  8 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the purpose of the post-accident charcoal filters. Attempted to elevate the question to the licensed operator level by requiring knowledge of when the maximum flow through the charcoal filters would occur.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination            Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:           Level                    RO            SRO Tier #                    2 Group #                  2 KIA #                    029 K1.03 Importance Rating        3.6 (K&A Statement) Containment Purge - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Containment Purge System and the following systems: Engineered safeguards RO Question #61 Plant conditions:
* The reactor is critical with power being held at 3% power due to a small RCS leak
* Preparations for a containment entry are in progress
* Containment atmosphere requires purging for air quality considerations prior to containment entry What choice identifies (1) the system that must be utilized to purge the containment atmosphere, and (2) what will happen if an automatic safety injection actuation occurs while the purge system is aligned to containment?
A (1 ) Containment Purge; (2) Isolation dampers close, fans automatically trip B. (1) Containment Purge; (2) Isolation dampers close, fans must be manually stopped C. (1 ) Containment Mini-Purge; (2) Isolation dampers close, fan automatically trips D. (1 ) Containment Mini-Purge; (2) Isolation dampers close, fan must be manually stopped
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                  Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          C Explanation:
A. Plausible because this flowpath is used to purge CNMT atmosphere, but is not allowed above Mode 5. The second part is plausible because operators check the post-SI position of the dampers but there is no direction to stop the fan(s) or to check their status and the fans will trip on aT-signal.
B. Plausible because this flowpath is used to purge CNMT atmosphere, but is not allowed above Mode 5 .The second part is plausible because operators check the post-SI position of the dampers but there is no direction to stop the fan(s) or to verify their "tripped" status.
C. CORRECT. Mini-Purge initiation is NOT Mode dependent. The blower will trip on interlock with closure of the suction damper.
D. Plausible because the first part is correct. However, the fans will trip on interlock with the suction damper.
Technical Reference(s):        S-23.2.2, 5.6                                      (Attach if not previously provided)
AR-C17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during                                  None examination:
Learning Objective:               :. .;:R=22=O::. . .:1--=C_1::. -=-.O=-:_
7 _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:    Bank #
Modified Bank #                                               (Note changes or attach parent)
New                                     x Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                         x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                                     9 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the response of the containment purge alignment when an auto SI actuates. The flowpath part of the question provides two more challenging choices for what would otherwise be a very easy question. Higher order because the permitted alignment would be different if the plant were in a different mode.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination            Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                      RO              SRO Tier#                      2 Group #                    2 KIA #                      034 K4.03 Importance Rating           2.6 (K&A Statement) Fuel Handling Equipment - Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or intertock{s) which provide for the following: Overload protection RO Question #62 Plant conditions:
* Core off-load is in progress
* Core off-load is in progress
* The Manipulator Crane is aligned over the core
* The Manipulator Crane is aligned over the core
* The gripper is engaged on a fuel assembly Which manipulator crane interlock will stop upward hoist motion if a grid strap on the engaged assembly becomes caught in a grid strap on an adjacent assembly?
* The gripper is engaged on a fuel assembly Which manipulator crane interlock will stop upward hoist motion if a grid strap on the engaged assembly becomes caught in a grid strap on an adjacent assembly?
A. HOIST TRIP B. GRIPPER C. OVERLOAD D. TRAVEL INTERLOCK
A. HOIST TRIP B. GRIPPER C. OVERLOAD D. TRAVEL INTERLOCK
-----------------
 
------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible as one of the four load cell interlocks.
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           C Explanation:
However, this circuit prevents upward hoist motion when a load is sensed with the gripper disengaged.
A. Plausible as one of the four load cell interlocks. However, this circuit prevents upward hoist motion when a load is sensed with the gripper disengaged. Trolley motion is prevented.
Trolley motion is prevented. Plausible as one of the four load cell interlocks.
B. Plausible as one of the four load cell interlocks. However, this interlock prevents operation of the disengage solenoid before the assembly is resting on the lower core plate. Hoist can still be lowered.
However, this interlock prevents operation of the disengage solenoid before the assembly is resting on the lower core plate. Hoist can still be lowered. CORRECT. If 2250 pounds of tension is detected by the load cell with the engaged then UP motion is disabled.
C. CORRECT. If 2250 pounds of tension is detected by the load cell with the gripper engaged then UP motion is disabled. Trolley motion is prevented.
Trolley motion is Plausible as it is one of the interlocks on the bridge and trolley to prevent both drives being energized at the same time. Technical SYS37 SO, pg. 12 (Attach if not previously provided)
D. Plausible as it is one of the interlocks on the bridge and trolley to prevent both drives being energized at the same time.
TRM Basis 3.9.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Technical Reference(s}:          SYS37 SO, pg. 12                                               (Attach if not previously provided)
None Learning Objective:
TRM Basis 3.9.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                           None Learning Objective:                 _R'--'C3-=-7.. . .;0'--'C1..:; .C-'1;. :. . 0:. .c.7_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
_R'--'C3-=-7......;0'--'C1..:;;.C-'1;..:....0:...c.7
Question Source:       Bank #
______ (As available)
Modified Bank #                                                          (Note changes or attach parent)
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments:
New                                            x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge
Meets KIA by presenting a fuel handling situation and requiring knowledge of the circuit (OVERLOAD) that will prevent fuel assembly damage.
                                                                                                          -X- - - -
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 055 K3.01 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement)
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 55.41 55.43                                               7 Comments: Meets KIA by presenting a fuel handling situation and requiring knowledge of the circuit (OVERLOAD) that will prevent fuel assembly damage.
Condenser Air Removal -Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CARS will have on the following:
 
Main Condenser RO Question #63 Plant conditions: 100% power 3422, Air Ejector Steam Control Valve AOV, fails closed What will be the long term effect on Main Condenser vacuum? Vacuum will: Be unaffected due to the rise in Gland Sealing Steam pressure Be unaffected, as the Priming Ejectors will automatically maintain vacuum when the primary steam source is isolated Degrade and stabilize at the point where the condensing action of the steam can maintain vacuum Degrade, resulting in an automatic turbine trip
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination         Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                     RO             SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                   2 KIA #                     055 K3.01 Importance Rating         2.5 (K&A Statement) Condenser Air Removal - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CARS will have on the following: Main Condenser RO Question #63 Plant conditions:
---------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation: Plausible.
* 100% power
Gland Sealing pressure would increase, however at this power level the turbine glands are self-sealing and the excess steam would be controlled by the Steam Seal supply system. The effect of the loss of air removal would also far exceed the effect of increased gland sealing. Plausible.The Priming Ejectors can be used, however, they do not have automatic control. Plausible if the candidate believes that the condensing action alone is adequate to maintain vacuum. The non-condensable gases in the condensate would come out of solution in the condenser and vacuum will rise with no method of removal available. CORRECT. Main Condenser vacuum would decrease to less than 20" resulting in an auto turbine trip. Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided)
* 3422, Air Ejector Steam Control Valve AOV, fails closed What will be the long term effect on Main Condenser vacuum? Vacuum will:
A. Be unaffected due to the rise in Gland Sealing Steam pressure B. Be unaffected, as the Priming Ejectors will automatically maintain vacuum when the primary steam source is isolated C. Degrade and stabilize at the point where the condensing action of the steam can maintain vacuum D. Degrade, resulting in an automatic turbine trip
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           0 Explanation:
A. Plausible. Gland Sealing pressure would increase, however at this power level the turbine glands are self-sealing and the excess steam would be controlled by the Steam Seal supply system. The effect of the loss of air removal would also far exceed the effect of increased gland sealing.
B. Plausible.The Priming Ejectors can be used, however, they do not have automatic control.
C. Plausible if the candidate believes that the condensing action alone is adequate to maintain vacuum. The non-condensable gases in the condensate would come out of solution in the condenser and vacuum will rise with no method of removal available.
D. CORRECT. Main Condenser vacuum would decrease to less than 20" resulting in an auto turbine trip.
Technical Reference(s):         AP-TURB.4                    (Attach if not previously provided)
FSAR 10.4.3, 10.7.6 GP COMPONETS, CH.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
FSAR 10.4.3, 10.7.6 GP COMPONETS, CH.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:
Learning Objective:
Learning Objective:               _RA_P_2_3_C_2_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
_RA_P_2_3_C_2_.0_1
Question Source:     Bank #                   COOO.1335 Modified Bank #                        (Note changes or attach parent)
______ (As available)
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis               x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                4 55.43 Comments: GINNA uses air ejectors to establish and maintain condenser vacuum. The CARS has no active equipment directly controlled from the MCB. Such being the case
Question Source: Bank # COOO.1335 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 4 55.43 Comments:
 
GINNA uses air ejectors to establish and maintain condenser vacuum. The CARS has no active equipment directly controlled from the MCB. Such being the case Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 068 A3.02 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                   2 Group #                 2 KIA #                   068 A3.02 Importance Rating       3.6 (K&A Statement) Liquid Radwaste - Ability to monitor automatic operation of the Liquid Radwaste System including: Automatic Isolation RO Question #64 Plant conditions:
Liquid Radwaste -Ability to monitor automatic operation of the Liquid Radwaste System including:
* The plant is in Mode 5 for refueling
Automatic Isolation RO Question #64 Plant conditions: The plant is in Mode 5 for refueling 'A' Circ Water pump is running Monitor Tank "A" is being released to the discharge canal via RCV-18, LIQUID WASTE RELEASE OUTLET AOV TO DISCHARGE CANAL The Monitor Tank Selector Switch is in NORMAL Monitor tank level is 30% and slowly lowering The following alarms have been received: E16, RMS PROCESS MONITOR HIGH ACTIVITY R-18, Radiation monitor warning and high alarm light are on Which ONE of the following describes the status of the liquid waste release path for these conditions? RCV-18 automatically shuts and the Monitor Tank Pump automatically trips RCV-18 automatically shuts, the Monitor Tank Pump must be manually tripped RCV-18 must be locally closed, the Monitor Tank Pump automatically trips RCV-18 must be locally closed, the Monitor Tank Pump must be manually tripped
  *    'A' Circ Water pump is running
---------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A. Explanation: CORRECT. R-18 ALARM will cause all running discharge pumps to trip, and RCV-18 closes Plausible, automatic operation of RCV-18 can be bypassed during low discharge flow Conditions when only SW pumps are running, the Monitor Tank pumps may also be bypassed during low power conditions Plausible because the "open" interlock is defeated during an outage when a Circ Water pump is not operating.
* Monitor Tank "A" is being released to the discharge canal via RCV-18, LIQUID WASTE RELEASE OUTLET AOV TO DISCHARGE CANAL
Candidate may incorrectly believe that this defeats the automatic closure of RCV-18. Part 2 is correct. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that manual action is needed for isolation.
* The Monitor Tank Selector Switch is in NORMAL
The release procedure does have optional methods for releases during shutdown conditions when the automatic functions are bypassed.
* Monitor tank level is 30% and slowly lowering
Technical AR-RMS-R-18 (Attach if not previously provided)
* The following alarms have been received:
P-8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
E16, RMS PROCESS MONITOR HIGH ACTIVITY R-18, Radiation monitor warning and high alarm light are on Which ONE of the following describes the status of the liquid waste release path for these conditions?
Learning Objective:
A. RCV-18 automatically shuts and the Monitor Tank Pump automatically trips B. RCV-18 automatically shuts, the Monitor Tank Pump must be manually tripped C. RCV-18 must be locally closed, the Monitor Tank Pump automatically trips D. RCV-18 must be locally closed, the Monitor Tank Pump must be manually tripped
_____________________ (As available)
 
Question Bank # Modified Bank # 2009 Wolf Creek (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge  
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         A.
-'X'-'-_____ Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 Comments:
Explanation:
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of automatic isolation interlocks that are operable for a specific set of conditions Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 075 A4.01 Importance Rating 3.2 (K&A Statement)
A. CORRECT. R-18 ALARM will cause all running discharge pumps to trip, and RCV-18 closes B. Plausible, automatic operation of RCV-18 can be bypassed during low discharge flow Conditions when only SW pumps are running, the Monitor Tank pumps may also be bypassed during low power conditions C. Plausible because the "open" interlock is defeated during an outage when a Circ Water pump is not operating. Candidate may incorrectly believe that this defeats the automatic closure of RCV-18. Part 2 is correct.
Circulating Water System -Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Emergency/essential SWS Pumps RO Question #65 Plant conditions: 75% power Alarm 1-1, SCREEN HOUSE LO LEVEL 22', has actuated due to continued ice buildup.
D. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that manual action is needed for isolation. The release procedure does have optional methods for releases during shutdown conditions when the automatic functions are bypassed.
* Both PPCS and local indications lowering level The crew is performing ER-SC.3, LOW SCREEN HOUSE WATER LEVEL, AP-TURB.5, RAPID LOAD REDUCTION, is also being performed to lower power to less than 50% Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?
Technical Reference(s):        AR-RMS-R-18               (Attach if not previously provided)
Power is lowered to less than 50% in anticipation of (1) and, if screenhouse level continues to lower, the (2) pumps will be the first to be considered inoperable. (1) tripping the Main Turbine; (2) Service Water (1) tripping the Main Turbine; (2) Fire (1) stopping one Circulating Water Pump; Service Water (1) stopping one Circulating Water Pump; (2) Fire
P-8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during         None examination:
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation: Plausible if the candidate is thinking about circulator trips and/or SW flow to turbine auxiliaries.
Learning Objective:               _____________________ (As available)
50% is the P-9 setpoint that prevents a reactor trip on a turbine trip. The second part is correct. Plausible if the candidate is thinking about circulator trips and/or SW flow to turbine auxiliaries.
Question Source:      Bank #
50% is the P-9 setpoint that prevents a reactor trip on a turbine trip. The Fire Pump suction bell strainer is located higher in the screen house than the SW Pump suction bell but the Fire Pumps remain OPERABLE after the SW Pumps have already been declared INOPERABLE. CORRECT. Per ER-SC.3, stopping one CW Pump will raise screenhouse level approximately 7'. SW Pumps are declared INOPERABLE at 16' then the Fire Pumps will be declared INOPERABLE if level continues to lower below 15.5'. Plausible because the first part is correct. The Fire Pump suction bell strainer is located higher in the screen house than the SW Pump suction bell but the Fire Pumps remain OPERABLE after the SW Pumps have already been declared INOPERABLE.
Modified Bank #     2009 Wolf Creek   (Note changes or attach parent)
Technical ER-SC.3: Precaution 5.1.3. (Attach if not previously provided) 5.1.4; 6.3.6.NOTE; ATT. 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge       -'X'-'-_____
-'-CN.;;;...on;..;;..e=--
Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41 55.43            7 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of automatic isolation interlocks that are operable for a specific set of conditions
____ Learning Objective:
 
_R:...:.E=R:....:2=0=--=C"--'-.-=2c:...::.O:....:1-=a::.:.;n:..:::.d-=2;;....;.1-=0___ (As available)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                       RO             SRO Tier #                     2 Group #                     2 KIA #                       075 A4.01 Importance Rating           3.2 (K&A Statement) Circulating Water System - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Emergency/essential SWS Pumps RO Question #65 Plant conditions:
Question Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 7 55.43 Comments:
* 75% power
Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the actions associated with CW Pumps and operability of SW and FP Pumps as the level lowers in the screenhouse:
* Alarm 1-1, SCREEN HOUSE LO LEVEL 22', has actuated due to continued ice buildup.
the common suction area of the pumps. Borderline but considered higher order because the order of pump inoperability is determined.
* Both PPCS and local indications confirm lowering level
----------------------
* The crew is performing ER-SC.3, LOW SCREEN HOUSE WATER LEVEL,
--------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO 3 Group# KIA # 2.1.3 Importance Rating 3.7 (K&A Statement)
* AP-TURB.5, RAPID LOAD REDUCTION, is also being performed to lower power to less than 50%
Knowledge of shift or short-term relief turnover practices RO Question #66 A Control Board Operator is reporting for a normally scheduled shift after being off for the past eight (8) days. Which of the following is required to be performed when relieving the off-going watch? Walkdown/tour of the Control Room panels Review of the Night Orders & Instructions for the previous 72 hours ONLY Review of ALL Condition Reports submitted since the previous watch of the on-coming watchstander Review of the past eight days worth of Control Room Logs back to the previous watch of the on-coming watchstander.
Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.2, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall tour Control Room panels with the off-going watch. Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, 5.2.B.1.b, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review the Night Orders Instructions back to their last Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.2.d, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review Condition Reports that affect Operations, not ALL Condition Reports. Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.1.d, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review Control Room log back to their last watch, or the last 48 hours, whichever is SHORTER. Since the operator is returning from 8 days off, only a review of the logs for the past 48 hrs is required.
Power is lowered to less than 50% in anticipation of (1)         and, if screenhouse level continues to lower, the     (2)   pumps will be the first to be considered inoperable.
Technical Reference(s):
A. (1) tripping the Main Turbine; (2) Service Water B. (1) tripping the Main Turbine; (2) Fire C. (1) stopping one Circulating Water Pump; (2) Service Water D. (1) stopping one Circulating Water Pump; (2) Fire
CNG-OP-1.01-2002 (Attach if not previously provided)
 
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                                 Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           C Explanation:
--=-.:Nc.=.o.:..:.ne=---
A. Plausible if the candidate is thinking about circulator trips and/or SW flow to turbine auxiliaries. 50% is the P-9 setpoint that prevents a reactor trip on a turbine trip. The second part is correct.
__________ Learning Objective:
B. Plausible if the candidate is thinking about circulator trips and/or SW flow to turbine auxiliaries. 50% is the P-9 setpoint that prevents a reactor trip on a turbine trip. The Fire Pump suction bell strainer is located higher in the screen house than the SW Pump suction bell but the Fire Pumps remain OPERABLE after the SW Pumps have already been declared INOPERABLE.
_RA:....::....::D=-2=-3:....:C::..2.,.....;4..:...;.0:..c:0
C. CORRECT. Per ER-SC.3, stopping one CW Pump will raise screenhouse level approximately 7'. SW Pumps are declared INOPERABLE at 16' then the Fire Pumps will be declared INOPERABLE if level continues to lower below 15.5'.
_______ (As available)
D. Plausible because the first part is correct. The Fire Pump suction bell strainer is located higher in the screen house than the SW Pump suction bell but the Fire Pumps remain OPERABLE after the SW Pumps have already been declared INOPERABLE.
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # COOO.1055 (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
Technical Reference(s):        ER-SC.3: Precaution 5.1.3.                                                     (Attach if not previously provided) 5.1.4; 6.3.6.NOTE; ATT. 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:                                                               -'-CN.;;;...on;..;;..e=--_ _ __
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 3 Group # KIA 2.1.23 Importance Rating 4.3 (K&A Statement)
Learning Objective:               _R:...:.E=R:....:2=0=--=C"--'-.-=2c:...::.O:....:1-=a::.:.;n:..:::.d-=2;;....;.1-=0___ (As available)
Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation RO Question #67 Given the following conditions: Plant is cooling down to cold shutdown as a result of high RCS activity It is desirable to maintain the maximum amount of Letdown flow due to the RCS activity With reduced RCS pressure, current Letdown flow is 6 gpm with all 3 orifices in service The next step in 0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions, will have the crew align RHR and place it in service How will purification flow continue as RCS pressure is further reduced from 350 psig to 125 psig? Solid plant pressure control will establish satisfactory letdown flow through the orifice valves while operating on RHR Purification flow will continue through the orifice valves, but at lower flow rates as RCS pressure is reduced The Refueling Water Purification pump is placed in service at -350 psig to assist in developing Letdown flow The RHR pump head will provide sufficient letdown flow from the RHR system to allow greater purification flow
Question Source:      Bank #
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because when solid pressure control is via PCV-135 and the orfices do still allow RCS pressure control, however the flow to too low to provide purification Plausible because purification flow will be inadequate at low pressures and orfice valves are closed to place Low Pressure Purification in service Plausible because the Refueling Water Purification pump is used to purification, however it is only used when RCS pressure is less than 100 CORRECT. When RHR is placed in service part of the flow is dirverted to the CVCS system thru HCV-133 to provide driving head for RCS purification and pressure control when solid. Technical 0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from (Attach if not previously provided)
Modified Bank #                                                                           (Note changes or attach parent)
Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions S-7B Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
New                                 x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                                                7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the actions associated with CW Pumps and operability of SW and FP Pumps as the level lowers in the screenhouse: the common suction area of the pumps. Borderline but considered higher order because the order of pump inoperability is determined.
Learning Objective:  
 
...;...R-'--'0'--P----'0'-4c...:C_1c:...:..-=-01-'--'-=-an;...;.;d'-----'1.;...;.;0-=-3
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO                 SRO T~r#                    3 Group#
___ (As available)
KIA #                   2.1.3 Importance Rating       3.7 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of shift or short-term relief turnover practices RO Question #66 A Control Board Operator is reporting for a normally scheduled shift after being off for the past eight (8) days. Which of the following is required to be performed when relieving the off-going watch?
Question Source: Bank # C004.0049 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
A. Walkdown/tour of the Control Room panels B. Review of the Night Orders & Instructions for the previous 72 hours ONLY C. Review of ALL Condition Reports submitted since the previous watch of the on-coming watchstander D. Review of the past eight days worth of Control Room Logs back to the previous watch of the on-coming watchstander.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: RO SRO Tier 3 Group # KIA 2.1.29 Importance Rating 4.1 (K&A Statement)
 
Knowledge of how to conduct system lineups, such as valves, breakers, switches, etc. RO Question #68 Given the following conditions: You are conducting a valve lineup You are verifying the position of a normally LOCKED OPEN valve The locking device is preventing any movement of the handwheel Which of the following describes the method used to completely verify the position of this locked valve in the OPEN position? Verify position by local stem indicator, local light indication if available, or limit switch position if available. Positioning of the valve is NOT required. Verify that the locking device prevents any valve movement by visual inspection or by physically attempting movement of the locking device. Positioning of the valve is NOT required. Remove the locking device, attempt to move the valve in the OPEN direction, return valve to original position, and reinstall locking device. Second person independently verifies the locking device installed. Remove the locking device, attempt to move the valve in the CLOSED direction, return valve to original position, and reinstall locking device. Second person independently verifies the locking device installed.
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                       Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:             A Explanation:
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that the valve position can be verified solely by valve stem position, indicator lights, or limit switch operation.
A. CORRECT. Per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.2, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall tour Control Room panels with the off-going watch.
A-52.2, Control of Locked Valve and Breaker Operation, is very specific in how to verify a LOCKED OPEN valve. Plausible because the candidate, if not familiar with A-52.2, may incorrectly assume that no movement from a locking device is sufficient to verify valve position. Plausible because this distractor is correct EXCEPT that A-52.2 specifies that the valve is to be checked in the CLOSED position. CORRECT. Per A-52.2, Section 6.3.7.2, reads: "Attempt to move handwheel or operator in the CLOSED direction only enough to verify valve indicating the valve is open. IF unable to move the operator due to the locking device, remove the locking device and attempt to move the operator or handwheel in the CLOSED direction only long enough to verify valve movement." Technical A-52.2, Control of Locked (Attach if not previously provided)
B. Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.1.b, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review the Night Orders &
Valve and Breaker Operation IP-OPS-5, Operational Configuration Control, Att.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
Instructions back to their last shift, C. Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.2.d, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review Condition Reports that affect Operations, not ALL Condition Reports.
--C-N-'-o_ne-=--
D. Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.1.d, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review Control Room log back to their last watch, or the last 48 hours, whichever is SHORTER. Since the operator is returning from 8 days off, only a review of the logs for the past 48 hrs is required.
__________ Learning Objective:
Technical Reference(s):           CNG-OP-1.01-2002                                                       (Attach if not previously provided)
_R_A_D_O_BC_,<-1_.0_5
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --=-.:Nc.=.o.:..:.ne=---_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_______ (As available)
Learning Objective:                 _RA:. . : . . : D=-2=-3:. . :C: . 2.,. . .;4. :. .;.0:. c:0_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source: Bank COOO.1050 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
Question Source:       Bank #
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # KfA# 2.2.13 Importance Rating 4.1 (K&A Statement)
Modified Bank #                                       COOO.1055                   (Note changes or attach parent)
Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures RO Question #69 You have been directed to develop a tagout (Barrier 2) in accordance with CNG-OP-1.01-1007, Clearance and Safety Tagging. Which one of the following conditions requires the associated tagout to be considered an "EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT"? Reactor Coolant System level is being maintained at < 6" for RTD replacement Double isolation is not provided for a Service Water System component tag out Tags Plus not applied to a CAUTION-tagged component A tagged-out Confined Space whose atmospheric conditions areas have been verified acceptable
New Question History:           Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                                                     x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:                 55.41                                                        10 55.43 Comments:
------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. System conditions, such as RCS Level, used for boundaries are considered to be EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUTS. Plausible because jf double isolation can be provided, a tag out is considered EXCEPTIONAL for system conditions of 200&deg;F and 500 psig. Service Water system pressure is 40-60 psig, and is well below the required pressure of 500 psig for an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT. Plausible because the candidate may not understand that CNG-OP-1.01-1007 states that one of the conditions for an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT is "Tags Plus not applied to a DANGER-tagged component" -and therefore CAUTION-tagged valves do NOT apply to the EXCEPTIONAL tagout. Plausible because Confined Spaces qualify as an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT until the atmospheric conditions are confirmed.
 
Technical Reference(s):
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:             Level                      RO               SRO Tier #                      3 Group #
CNG-OP-1.01-1007, Rev. 01000 (Attach if not previously provided)
KIA #                      2.1.23 Importance Rating           4.3 (K&A Statement) Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation RO Question #67 Given the following conditions:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
* Plant is cooling down to cold shutdown as a result of high RCS activity
-.:...:N..:::.:onc.:..::e=------
* It is desirable to maintain the maximum amount of Letdown flow due to the RCS activity
_________ Learning Objective:  
* With reduced RCS pressure, current Letdown flow is 6 gpm with all 3 orifices in service
-=L'-'-P--=.-XX--=....:..-.:.-F;....;;IC'--S.;;....A-:;F_T'-G=--<,-=3..;...;.0'--___ (As available)
* The next step in 0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions, will have the crew align RHR and place it in service How will purification flow continue as RCS pressure is further reduced from 350 psig to 125 psig?
Question Source: Bank# Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments:
A. Solid plant pressure control will establish satisfactory letdown flow through the orifice valves while operating on RHR B. Purification flow will continue through the orifice valves, but at lower flow rates as RCS pressure is reduced C. The Refueling Water Purification pump is placed in service at -350 psig to assist in developing Letdown flow D. The RHR pump head will provide sufficient letdown flow from the RHR system to allow greater purification flow
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # KIA # 2.2.40 Importance Rating 3.4 (K&A Statement)
 
Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a system RO Question #70 Given the following plant conditions:
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                                         Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         D Explanation:
A. RCS dilution is in progress for reactor startup B. Rx trip breakers are closed C. Shutdown Bank rods have been withdrawn 2N31 reading -3 x 10E. N32 reading -2 x 10 cps F. N35 reading -1.5 x 10-11 amps G. N36 reading -1.0 x 10-11 amps Suddenly N32 reading drops to < 1 cps. Which of the following is a required action, if any, based upon the inoperability of N32? A. Continue the startup and block SR trips B. Immediately suspend the RCS dilution C. Immediately open the reactor trip breakers D. No action required the ITS LCO is satisfied
A. Plausible because when solid pressure control is via PCV-135 and the orfices do still allow RCS pressure control, however the flow to too low to provide purification B. Plausible because purification flow will be inadequate at low pressures and orfice valves are closed to place Low Pressure Purification in service C. Plausible because the Refueling Water Purification pump is used to continue purification, however it is only used when RCS pressure is less than 100 psig D. CORRECT. When RHR is placed in service part of the flow is dirverted to the CVCS system thru HCV-133 to provide driving head for RCS purification and pressure control when solid.
----------------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because allowed by Tech Specs if above the P-6 interlock (5 x 10-11 amps) CORRECT. Per ITS LCO Action F.2, "Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions IMMEDIATELY" and F.3, "restore the channel to OPERABLE status within 48 hrs." Plausible because the reactor trip breakers must be opened immediately if BOTH N31 and N32 are inoperable per Action F .1. Plausible if the candidate misread Table 3.3.1.1 for mode applicability, in which case a single Source Range channel is possible with no further actions Technical Reference(s):
Technical Reference(s):        0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from                                                                 (Attach if not previously provided)
ITS LCO (Attach if not previously provided)
Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions S-7B Proposed references to be provided to applicants during                                                                         None examination:
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
Learning Objective:               ...;...R-'--'0'--P----'0'-4c...:C_1c:...:..-=-01-'--'-=-an;...;.;d'-----'1.;...;.;0-=-3_ _ _ (As available)
--=....:N=.o'-'-ne"'--
Question Source:     Bank #                                       C004.0049 Modified Bank #                                                                                      (Note changes or attach parent)
_____________
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                                               x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:               55.41                                                                10 55.43 Comments:
_ Learning Objective:  
 
..;...R;:..;;,3;..;;;.3.:::..01-'-C:::..2,--.:..;1.-'-13=--___________ (As available)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination               Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:               Level                      RO                 SRO Tier #                      3 Group #
Question Source: Bank# B015.0002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)
KIA #                      2.1.29 Importance Rating           4.1 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of how to conduct system lineups, such as valves, breakers, switches, etc.
New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 6 55.43 Comments:
RO Question #68 Given the following conditions:
RO knowledge due to IMMEDIATE action knowledge of LCO to suspend positive reactivity evolutions.
* You are conducting a valve lineup
--------------
* You are verifying the position of a normally LOCKED OPEN valve
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # Kj)\# 2.3.4 Importance Rating 3.2 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions RO Question #71 Given the following conditions: The Survey Center has been directed to provide immediate entry for personnel in accordance with EPIP 3-3, Immediate Enroute to the TSC, radiation levels are higher than initially estimated Given these conditions, (1) what is the maximum radiation level in an area that the team can enter without permisSion, )\ND (2) if exceeded, whose direction is required to proceed through those areas? (1) less than 1 Rem/hr (2) Emergency Coordinator (1) less than 2 Rem/hr (2) Emergency Coordinator (1) less than 1 Rem/hr (2) Survey Center Manager (1) less than 2 Rem/hr (2) Survey Center Manager
* The locking device is preventing any movement of the handwheel Which of the following describes the method used to completely verify the position of this locked valve in the OPEN position?
---------------------
A. Verify position by local stem indicator, local light indication if available, or limit switch position if available. Positioning of the valve is NOT required.
----------------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because part 1 is limit for LOCKED HIGH RADIAITION AREA (1000 mr/hr) and TEDE limit (1 rem) , the second part is correct. CORRECT. Per EPIP-3.3, one of the requirements for an Immediate Entry departure briefing is "A reminder that the teams DO NOT enter areas with radiation levels greater than 2 Rem/hr unless directed by the Emergency Coordinator." Plausible because part 1 is limit for LOCKED HIGH RADIAITION AREA (1000 mr/hr) and TEDE limit (1 rem), Survey Center Manager is plausible because for the Immediate Entry, the team will be assembled and dispatched from the Survey Center, therefore that individual would be likely to provide the direction. Plausible because part 1 is correct, Survey Center Manager is plausible because for the Immediate Entry, the team will be assembled and dispatched from the Survey Center, therefore that individual would be likely to provide the direction.
B. Verify that the locking device prevents any valve movement by visual inspection or by physically attempting movement of the locking device. Positioning of the valve is NOT required.
Technical Reference{s): (Attach if not previously provided)
C. Remove the locking device, attempt to move the valve in the OPEN direction, return valve to original position, and reinstall locking device. Second person independently verifies the locking device installed.
EPIP 3-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
D. Remove the locking device, attempt to move the valve in the CLOSED direction, return valve to original position, and reinstall locking device. Second person independently verifies the locking device installed.
Learning Objective:
 
_R_S_C_0_2_C-,-,_15__an_d__16(As available)
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                     Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           D Explanation:
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
A. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that the valve position can be verified solely by valve stem position, indicator lights, or limit switch operation. A-52.2, Control of Locked Valve and Breaker Operation, is very specific in how to verify a LOCKED OPEN valve.
----Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # KIA # 2.3.13 Importance Rating 3.4 (K&A Statement)
B. Plausible because the candidate, if not familiar with A-52.2, may incorrectly assume that no movement from a locking device is sufficient to verify valve position.
Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to lHRA, aligning filters, etc. RO Question #72 Given the following: Plant operating at 100% power Containment entry is in progress to search for an unidentified RCS leak S-12.2, Operator Action In The Event Of Indication Of Significant Increase In RCS Leakage, is open R10A, Containment Vent Iodine Monitor, counts start rising and High Alarm actuates What is the next required action to be taken per A-3, Containment Vessel Entry, for these conditions? Start Aux. Charcoal Filter Fans Initiate Containment Ventilation Isolation Initiate sampling of Containment Sump 'A' Make PA announcement and sound the Plant Evacuation alarm
C. Plausible because this distractor is correct EXCEPT that A-52.2 specifies that the valve is to be checked in the CLOSED position.
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because the candidate may recognize that the Aux. Charcoal Filter Fans must be running per A-3, but are started prior to entry Plausible because the candidate may assume that R10A is an input to CVI. The inputs for automatic CVI actuation are provided by R11 and R12 Plausible because the candidate might assume that samples are taken in A-3 for RCS leakage, when in actuality samples are directed by S-12.2, which is open per the given conditions.
D. CORRECT. Per A-52.2, Section 6.3.7.2, reads: "Attempt to move handwheel or operator in the CLOSED direction only enough to verify valve indicating the valve is open. IF unable to move the operator due to the locking device, remove the locking device and attempt to move the operator or handwheel in the CLOSED direction only long enough to verify valve movement."
The sump would have been sampled already with the RCS leakage condition previously identified. CORRECT. Per A-3, Step 3.1, Control Room personnel SHALL announce over the plant PA system that the plant evacuation alarm is applicable ONLY to personnel in CNMT and Control Room personnel SHALL sound the Plant Evacuation Alarm as a response to a degraded condition with personnel in CNMT." Technical Reference(s): (Attach if not previously provided)
Technical Reference(s):          A-52.2, Control of Locked             (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
Valve and Breaker Operation IP-OPS-5, Operational Configuration Control, Att.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --C-N-'-o_ne-=--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective: .."-1.'-=-0=2
Learning Objective:               _R_A_D_O_BC_,<-1_.0_5_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
______ (As available)
Question Source:       Bank #                    COOO.1050 Modified Bank #                                (Note changes or attach parent)
Question Bank # Modified Bank # C310.0304 (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:. 12 55.43 Comments:
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                         X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                    10 55.43 Comments:
----------------------
 
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-S Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier# 3 Group # KIA # 2.4.4 Importance Rating 4.S (K&A Statement)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                     RO             SRO Tier #                   3 Group #
Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters that are entry level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures RO Question #73 Given the following plant conditions:
KfA#                     2.2.13 Importance Rating         4.1 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures RO Question #69 You have been directed to develop a tagout (Barrier 2) in accordance with CNG-OP-1.01-1007, Clearance and Safety Tagging.
Which one of the following conditions requires the associated tagout to be considered an "EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT"?
A. Reactor Coolant System level is being maintained at < 6" for RTD replacement B. Double isolation is not provided for a Service Water System component tag out C. Tags Plus not applied to a CAUTION-tagged component D. A tagged-out Confined Space whose atmospheric conditions areas have been verified acceptable
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           A Explanation:
A. CORRECT. System conditions, such as RCS Level, used for boundaries are considered to be EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUTS.
B. Plausible because jf double isolation can be provided, a tag out is considered EXCEPTIONAL for system conditions of 200&deg;F and 500 psig. Service Water system pressure is 40-60 psig, and is well below the required pressure of 500 psig for an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT.
C. Plausible because the candidate may not understand that CNG-OP-1.01-1007 states that one of the conditions for an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT is "Tags Plus not applied to a DANGER-tagged component" - and therefore CAUTION-tagged valves do NOT apply to the EXCEPTIONAL tagout.
D. Plausible because Confined Spaces qualify as an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT until the atmospheric conditions are confirmed.
Technical Reference(s):     CNG-OP-1.01-1007, Rev. 01000                                                 (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: -.:. .:N. : :.:onc.:. : e=------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Learning Objective:               -=L'-'-P--=.-XX--=....:..-.:.-F;....;;IC'--S.;;....A-:;F_T'-G=--<,-=3..;...;.0'--___ (As available)
Question Source:     Bank#
Modified Bank #                                                                      (Note changes or attach parent)
New                                x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                                                             x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                    RO             SRO Tier #                   3 Group #
KIA #                   2.2.40 Importance Rating       3.4 (K&A Statement) Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a system RO Question #70 Given the following plant conditions:
A. RCS dilution is in progress for reactor startup B. Rx trip breakers are closed C. Shutdown Bank rods have been withdrawn 2
D. N31 reading - 3 x 10 cps 2
E. N32 reading - 2 x 10 cps F. N35 reading - 1.5 x 10-11 amps 11 G. N36 reading - 1.0 x 10- amps Suddenly N32 reading drops to < 1 cps.
Which of the following is a required action, if any, based upon the inoperability of N32?
A. Continue the startup and block SR trips B. Immediately suspend the RCS dilution C. Immediately open the reactor trip breakers D. No action required - the ITS LCO is satisfied
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                                                 Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           B Explanation:
A. Plausible because allowed by Tech Specs if above the P-6 interlock (5 x 10-11 amps)
B. CORRECT. Per ITS LCO Action F.2, "Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions IMMEDIATELY" and F.3, "restore the channel to OPERABLE status within 48 hrs."
C. Plausible because the reactor trip breakers must be opened immediately if BOTH N31 and N32 are inoperable per Action F .1.
D. Plausible if the candidate misread Table 3.3.1.1 for mode applicability, in which case a single Source Range channel is possible with no further actions Technical Reference(s):         ITS LCO 3.3.1                                                    (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --=....:N=.o'-'-ne"'--______________
Learning Objective:               ..;...R;:..;;,3;..;;;.3.:::..01-'-C:::..2,--.:..;1.-'-13=--___________ (As available)
Question Source:       Bank#                               B015.0002 Modified Bank #                                                             (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                                     x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                                            6 55.43 Comments: RO knowledge due to IMMEDIATE action knowledge of LCO to suspend positive reactivity evolutions.
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                      RO             SRO Tier #                     3 Group #
Kj)\#                     2.3.4 Importance Rating         3.2 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions RO Question #71 Given the following conditions:
* The Survey Center has been directed to provide immediate entry for Operations personnel in accordance with EPIP 3-3, Immediate Entry
* Enroute to the TSC, radiation levels are higher than initially estimated Given these conditions, (1) what is the maximum radiation level in an area that the team can enter without permisSion, )\ND (2) if exceeded, whose direction is required to proceed through those areas?
(1) less than 1 Rem/hr         (2) Emergency Coordinator B. (1) less than 2 Rem/hr         (2) Emergency Coordinator C. (1) less than 1 Rem/hr         (2) Survey Center Manager D. (1) less than 2 Rem/hr         (2) Survey Center Manager
 
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination              Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:          B Explanation:
A. Plausible because part 1 is limit for LOCKED HIGH RADIAITION AREA (1000 mr/hr) and TEDE limit (1 rem) , the second part is correct.
B. CORRECT. Per EPIP-3.3, one of the requirements for an Immediate Entry departure briefing is "A reminder that the teams DO NOT enter areas with radiation levels greater than 2 Rem/hr unless directed by the Emergency Coordinator."
C. Plausible because part 1 is limit for LOCKED HIGH RADIAITION AREA (1000 mr/hr) and TEDE limit (1 rem), Survey Center Manager is plausible because for the Immediate Entry, the team will be assembled and dispatched from the Survey Center, therefore that individual would be likely to provide the direction.
D. Plausible because part 1 is correct, Survey Center Manager is plausible because for the Immediate Entry, the team will be assembled and dispatched from the Survey Center, therefore that individual would be likely to provide the direction.
Technical Reference{s):     A-1                                      (Attach if not previously provided)
EPIP 3-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during               None examination:
Learning Objective:               _R_S_C_0_2_C-,-,_15_ _
an_d__
16_______ (As available)
Question Source:         Bank #
Modified Bank #                                     (Note changes or attach parent)
New                             x Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                 X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                      10 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   3 Group #
KIA #                   2.3.13 Importance Rating       3.4 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to lHRA, aligning filters, etc.
RO Question #72 Given the following:
* Plant operating at 100% power
* Containment entry is in progress to search for an unidentified RCS leak
* S-12.2, Operator Action In The Event Of Indication Of Significant Increase In RCS Leakage, is open
* R10A, Containment Vent Iodine Monitor, counts start rising and High Alarm actuates What is the next required action to be taken per A-3, Containment Vessel Entry, for these conditions?
A. Start Aux. Charcoal Filter Fans B. Initiate Containment Ventilation Isolation C. Initiate sampling of Containment Sump 'A' D. Make PA announcement and sound the Plant Evacuation alarm
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                               Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         D Explanation:
A. Plausible because the candidate may recognize that the Aux. Charcoal Filter Fans must be running per A-3, but are started prior to entry B. Plausible because the candidate may assume that R10A is an input to CVI. The inputs for automatic CVI actuation are provided by R11 and R12 C. Plausible because the candidate might assume that samples are taken in A-3 for RCS leakage, when in actuality samples are directed by S-12.2, which is open per the given conditions. The sump would have been sampled already with the RCS leakage condition previously identified.
D. CORRECT. Per A-3, Step 3.1, Control Room personnel SHALL announce over the plant PA system that the plant evacuation alarm is applicable ONLY to personnel in CNMT and Control Room personnel SHALL sound the Plant Evacuation Alarm as a response to a degraded condition with personnel in CNMT."
Technical Reference(s):       A-3                                              (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during                             None examination:
Learning Objective:             .."-RA-=-=D~0=2,-=-C-,--,.."-1.'-=-0=2_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:    Bank #
Modified Bank #                 C310.0304               (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:    Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                                 X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:.         55.41                                  12 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-S Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                       RO             SRO Tier#                       3 Group #
KIA #                       2.4.4 Importance Rating           4.S (K&A Statement) Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters that are entry level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures RO Question #73 Given the following plant conditions:
* The reactor has tripped, concurrent with a loss of offsite power
* The reactor has tripped, concurrent with a loss of offsite power
* Safety Injection has actuated
* Safety Injection has actuated
* The crew is performing the actions of Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
* The crew is performing the actions of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
* RCS pressure is 1700 psig and rising slowly
* RCS pressure is 1700 psig and rising slowly
* CNMT pressure is 28 psig and rising slowly
* CNMT pressure is 28 psig and rising slowly
Line 1,052: Line 1,467:
* RVLlS level is 4S% and lowering slowly
* RVLlS level is 4S% and lowering slowly
* Both S/G NR levels are offscale low
* Both S/G NR levels are offscale low
* AFW flow is 7S GPM to each S/G, and cannot be raised Which of the following describes the procedural transition upon exit from E-O, based upon assessment of the Critical Safety Function Status Trees? A. FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure B. FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink C. FR-S.1, Response to Reactor RestartlATWS D. FR-C.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling
* AFW flow is 7S GPM to each S/G, and cannot be raised Which of the following describes the procedural transition upon exit from E-O, based upon assessment of the Critical Safety Function Status Trees?
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation: Plausible because CNMT pressure of 28 psig is entry condition for FR-Z.1. This is the correct procedure (same as RED path) but higher RED path entries exist on Core Cooling and Heat Sink. Plausible because with both S/G NR levels offscale low, and AFW flow limited to  
A. FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure B. FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink C. FR-S.1, Response to Reactor RestartlATWS D. FR-C.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling
<200 GPM, entry requirements for Loss of Heat Sink are met, and a RED path on FR-H.1 exists, but higher priority CSFST conditions are met. Plausible because there is indication that the reactor is not subcritical.
 
Incorrect because the RED path criteria for FR-S.1 is power range> 5%. CORRECT. For the given conditions:
ES-401                  Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                           Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:           D Explanation:
CETs > 700&deg;F and rising, Subcooling  
A. Plausible because CNMT pressure of 28 psig is entry condition for FR-Z.1. This is the correct procedure (same as RED path) but higher RED path entries exist on Core Cooling and Heat Sink.
<O&deg;F, no RCPs running, and RVLlS < [55%], RED path condition exists for FR-C.1. This is the correct transition to be made from E-O. Technical CSFST Summaries (Attach if not previously provided)
B. Plausible because with both S/G NR levels offscale low, and AFW flow limited to <200 GPM, entry requirements for Loss of Heat Sink are met, and a RED path on FR-H.1 exists, but higher priority CSFST conditions are met.
A-503.1, EOP Rules of Usage Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
C. Plausible because there is indication that the reactor is not subcritical. Incorrect because the RED path criteria for FR-S.1 is power range> 5%.
Learning Objective:
D. CORRECT. For the given conditions: CETs >700&deg;F and rising, Subcooling <O&deg;F, no RCPs running, and RVLlS < [55%], RED path condition exists for FR-C.1. This is the correct transition to be made from E-O.
_R_F_R_O,,-,O,-,C--,-,_2-:;..0-'-1
Technical Reference(s):      CSFST Summaries                                 (Attach if not previously provided)
______ (As available)
A-503.1, EOP Rules of Usage Proposed references to be provided to applicants during                           None examination:
Question Bank # BOOO.1063 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
Learning Objective:               _R_F_R_O,,-,O,-,C--,-,_2-:;..0-'-1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # KIA # 2.4.18 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement)
Question Source:    Bank #                           BOOO.1063 Modified Bank #                                         (Note changes or attach parent)
Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs RO Question #74 Plant conditions: E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, is in progress The crew is preparing to depressurize the RCS to minimize break flow and refill the pressurizer Which one of the following explains why a limit of 75% is placed on pressurizer level during the depressurization?
New Question History:         Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:      Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis                                   x 10 CFR Part 55 Content:             55.41                              10 55.43 Comments:
This pressurizer level ensures _______ that PORVs/Safety Valves will continue to provide overpressure protection an adequate steam bubble volume exists for effective pressure control sufficient inventory exists, under adverse CNMT conditions, to cover the PRZR heaters sufficient inventory exists to accommodate the collapse of an upper head steam bubble
 
----------------------
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination           Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:          Level                   RO               SRO Tier #                   3 Group #
-----------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation: Plausible because concern with water solid operation and the effectiveness of water vs steam release for pressure control. CORRECT. Covering PRZR heaters, establishing excess RCS inventory, being able to monitor RCS inventory trend, etc. are all reasonable bases for establishing a PRZR level above some minimum level. Too much liquid inventory, however, will reduce the size of the bubble in the PRZR and make RCS pressure control more challenging.
KIA #                   2.4.18 Importance Rating       3.3 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs RO Question #74 Plant conditions:
This is the basis for the EOP setpoint of 75% PRZR, as explained in the setpoint document. Plausible because concern for establishing enough inventory to keep the PRZR heaters covered and capable of being utilized for PRZR pressure control is valid -but is the basis for a MINIMUM PRZR level, not the maximum of 75%. Plausible because in later in E-3 actions are taken to collapse a bubble in the upper head, a minimum PRZR level is established to anticipate an outsurge from the PRZR but the required maximum level during RCS DEPRESSURIZATION has nothing to do with this given reason. Technical Reference(s):
* E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, is in progress
EOP BKGD, E-3, p95 (Attach if not previously provided)
* The crew is preparing to depressurize the RCS to minimize break flow and refill the pressurizer Which one of the following explains why a limit of 75% is placed on pressurizer level during the depressurization? This pressurizer level ensures _ _ _ _ _ __
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:
A. that PORVs/Safety Valves will continue to provide overpressure protection B. an adequate steam bubble volume exists for effective pressure control C. sufficient inventory exists, under adverse CNMT conditions, to cover the PRZR heaters D. sufficient inventory exists to accommodate the collapse of an upper head steam bubble
Learning Objective:  
 
-=..R=E=-P-=.0-=-3C-=-=2;;:...:;'(As available)
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                       Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:         B Explanation:
Question Source: Bank # BOOO.0326 Modified Bank (Note changes or attach parent) New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:
A. Plausible because concern with water solid operation and the effectiveness of water vs steam release for pressure control.
Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.29 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement)
B. CORRECT. Covering PRZR heaters, establishing excess RCS inventory, being able to monitor RCS inventory trend, etc. are all reasonable bases for establishing a PRZR level above some minimum level. Too much liquid inventory, however, will reduce the size of the bubble in the PRZR and make RCS pressure control more challenging. This is the basis for the EOP setpoint of 75% PRZR, as explained in the setpoint document.
Knowledge of the emergency plan RO Question #75 The Shift Manager has declared a Site Area Emergency.
C. Plausible because concern for establishing enough inventory to keep the PRZR heaters covered and capable of being utilized for PRZR pressure control is valid - but is the basis for a MINIMUM PRZR level, not the maximum of 75%.
D. Plausible because in later in E-3 actions are taken to collapse a bubble in the upper head, a minimum PRZR level is established to anticipate an outsurge from the PRZR but the required maximum level during RCS DEPRESSURIZATION has nothing to do with this given reason.
Technical Reference(s):       EOP BKGD, E-3, p95                       (Attach if not previously provided)
Proposed references to be provided to applicants during                       None examination:
Learning Objective:             -=..R=E=-P-=.0-=-3C-=-=2;;:...:;'0~1______ (As available)
Question Source:     Bank #                           BOOO.0326 Modified Bank #                                    (Note changes or attach parent)
New Question History:       Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:     Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                           X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:           55.41                              10 55.43 Comments:
 
ES-401                Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination             Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference:            Level                   RO             SRO Tier #                   3 Group #                 4 KIA #                   2.4.29 Importance Rating       3.1 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of the emergency plan RO Question #75 The Shift Manager has declared a Site Area Emergency.
Which of the following activities is a responsibility of the HCO/CO during implementation of EPIP-1-3, SITE AREA EMERGENCY?
Which of the following activities is a responsibility of the HCO/CO during implementation of EPIP-1-3, SITE AREA EMERGENCY?
A. Place the CREATS system in EMERGENCY mode B. Assist in assessment of plant radiological conditions C. When requested, be prepared to respond to NRC information requests D. Assist the Shift Manager in technical assessment of the emergency
A. Place the CREATS system in EMERGENCY mode B. Assist in assessment of plant radiological conditions C. When requested, be prepared to respond to NRC information requests D. Assist the Shift Manager in technical assessment of the emergency
-------Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation: CORRECT. Per EPIP-1-3, Step 5.2.4, the HCO/CO is directed to place the CREATS system in the EMERGENCY mode by depressing one of the two pushbuttons (CR Manual Isolation A or B pushbuttons
 
). Plausible because it is reasonable to expect that the HCO/CO could be utilized in this role. Incorrect because it's the responsibility of the Shift Chemistry Technician, as outlined in EPIP-5-7, p.16. Plausible that the HCO/CO could be used to respond to NRC information requests, but this responsibility is assigned to the Emergency Coordinator and detailed in EPIP-5-7, p.10 Plausible because it is credible to believe that the HCO/CO might assist the SM by providing information to the CRS or SM, but the STA's primary function, as detailed in EPIP-5-7, p14, is to assist the SM in technical assessment.
ES-401                    Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination                       Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer:             A Explanation:
Technical EPIP-1-3, Site Area (Attach if not previously provided)
A    CORRECT. Per EPIP-1-3, Step 5.2.4, the HCO/CO is directed to place the CREATS system in the EMERGENCY mode by depressing one of the two pushbuttons (CR Manual Isolation A or B pushbuttons).
Emergency EPIP-5-7, Emergency Organization Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:  
B. Plausible because it is reasonable to expect that the HCO/CO could be utilized in this role.
--'-C:N-=.o:..;cne=--
Incorrect because it's the responsibility of the Shift Chemistry Technician, as outlined in EPIP-5-7, p.16.
__________ Learning Objective:
C. Plausible that the HCO/CO could be used to respond to NRC information requests, but this responsibility is assigned to the Emergency Coordinator and detailed in EPIP-5-7, p.10 D. Plausible because it is credible to believe that the HCO/CO might assist the SM by providing information to the CRS or SM, but the STA's primary function, as detailed in EPIP-5-7, p14, is to assist the SM in technical assessment.
_R_S_C_01_C-'-,_4_.0_1
Technical Reference(s):          EPIP-1-3, Site Area               (Attach if not previously provided)
_______ (As available)
Emergency EPIP-5-7, Emergency Organization Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --'-C:N-=.o:..;cne=--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Question Source: Bank # Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent) New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 10 55.43 Comments:}}
Learning Objective:                 _R_S_C_01_C-'-,_4_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)
Question Source:       Bank #
Modified Bank #                             (Note changes or attach parent)
New                         x Question History:           Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level:        Memory or Fundamental Knowledge                           x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:               55.41                    10 55.43 Comments:}}

Latest revision as of 05:17, 6 February 2020

Final Written Examination with Answer Key (401-5 Format) (Folder 2)
ML13149A412
Person / Time
Site: Ginna Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 04/26/2013
From:
Rochester Gas & Electric Corp
To: David Silk
Operations Branch I
Jackson D
Shared Package
ML13060A101 List:
References
TAC U01901
Download: ML13149A412 (151)


Text

U.S Nuclear Regulatory Commission Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Applicant Information Name:

Date: April 26, 2013 Facility/Unit: R.E. Ginna Region: I Reactor Type: Westinghouse Start Time: Finish Time:

Instructions Use the answer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet on top of the answer sheets. To pass the examination, you must achieve a final grade of at least 80.00 Percent. Examination papers will be collected 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> after the examination begins.

Applicant Certification All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.

Applicant's Signature Results Examination Value Points Applicant's Score Points Applicant's Grade Percent

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 055 G2.2.38 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement) Station Blackout - Knowledge of conditions and limitations in the facility license RO Question #1 Plant conditions:

  • At 0500 this morning, a plant trip AND a loss of all AC power occurred In accordance with Technical Specifications, which one of the following times is the longest time that the Station Batteries would continue to supply expected shutdown loads with an adequate battery terminal voltage?

A. 0700 today B. 0900today C. 1300 today D. 0500 tomorrow

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible as the TS Basis assumption for the minimum of 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> of decay heat removal capability via the TDAFW pump.

B. CORRECT. Per B 3.B.4 and 3.B.6, each battery is designed/expected to carry its expected shutdown loads for 4 hrs following a plant trip and loss of all AC power before battery terminal voltage falls below 10B.6V, after accounting for line losses between the battery terminals and the load devices.

C. Plausible because a student lacking detailed knowledge of the battery discharge basis could confuse the actual design basis with B hrs, which actually is the time limit required to establish the emergency backfeed procedure for the vital busses using the station unit transformer (11) as a backup to the EDGs.

D. Plausible because a student lacking detailed knowledge of the battery discharge basis could confuse the actual design basis with 24 hrs, which for a station blackout event is the basis for the minimum permissible onsite diesel fuel inventory to allow the EDGs to operate at their design ratings for 24 hrs.

Technical Reference(s): TS Basis 3.B.6 (Attach if not previously provided)

FSAR B.1.1.4, Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ._R_E_C_O_O_C_1_._0B_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # C063.0024 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 8 55.43

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 011 EA1.07 Importance Rating 4.4 (K&A Statement) Reactor Coolant Pump System - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the RCPS and the following systems: CCWS RO Question #2 Given the following plant conditions:

  • Plant is performing a cooldown per 0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions
  • RCS cold leg temperature is 280"F and lowering slowly
  • RCS pressure is 320 psig and stable
  • HCO reports that CCW surge tank level is lowering slowly Which one of the following is the likely location of the leak?

A. RCP oil cooler heat exchanger B. RHR heat exchanger C. Non-regenerative heat exchanger D. RCP thermal barrier heat exchanger

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. RCP oil coolers are low pressure system, a CCW leak would be a loss ofCCW B. Plausible because RHR cooling would be in service and a leak location is possible in the RHR heat exchanger, incorrect because RHR pressure is greater than CCW pressure.

C. Plausible because the Non-regenerative heat exchanger is still in service and a possible leak location incorrect because Letdown pressure is greater than CCW pressure.

D. Plausible because RCPs cooling would be in service and a leak location is possible in the RCP thermal barrier heat exchanger. Incorrect because thermal barrier pressure is greater than CCW pressure.

Technical Reference(s): RAP03C, 1.02 and 2.01 (Attach if not previously provided)

R2801 C, 1.03B and 1.04B Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --'--CN-=-on:....:...e=--_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objectives: RAP03C, 1.02 and 2.01 Question Source: Bank # COOO.0980 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 3 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring that the candidate demonstrate knowledge of the relative pressures associated with the CVCS, RCP oil pressure, RHR, and CCW systems in order to determine which components would result in in-leakage or out-leakage from CCW system.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 011 EA1.07 Importance Rating 4.4 (K&A Statement) Large Break LOCA - Ability to operate and monitor the following as they apply to a Large Break LOCA: Containment Isolation System RO Question #3 Given the following sequence of events:

  • Plant is at 100% power
  • RCS pressure and PRZR level began lowering rapidly
  • RCS pressure is now 900 psig and beginning to stabilize
  • The immediate actions of E-O. REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, have been verified
  • A-26. CONTAINMENT ISOLATION. is actuated Which response describes (1) the status of A-26 and (2) the FIRST required operator action to position MOV-814. RX SUPP CLRS ISOL VLV. if out-of-position?

A. (1) Expected alarm; (2) Instruct the AO to locally CLOSE the alternate isolation valve(s)

B. (1) Expected alarm; (2) Manually CLOSE from MCB C. (1) Not an expected alarm - it indicates that one or more valves are OPEN; (2) Instruct the AO to locally CLOSE the alternate isolation valve(s)

D. (1) Not an expected alarm - it indicates that one or more valves are OPEN; (2) Manually CLOSE from MCB

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the MCB switch failed to close the valve. If that valve has an alternate isolation valve in the field vs. an alternate MCB isolation, then the AO would be directed to close the alternate isolation valve.

B. CORRECT. Alarm A-26 means that a 'T' Signal has been generated. A "1" Signal is generated on any automatic SI. Any out-of-position CIV light is DIM. In accordance with ATT. 27, the valve-specific controller is used to place the valve in the safeguards position regardless of whether SI and CI have been reset.

C. Plausible if candidate does not know the source of the alarm. The second part would be correct if the MCB switch failed to close the valve. If that valve has an alternate isolation valve in the field vs. an alternate MCB isolation, then the AO would be directed to close the alternate isolation valve.

D. Plausible if candidate does not know the source of the alarm. The second part is correct.

Technical Reference(s): ATT. 27, Step 6 (Attach if not previously provided)

E-O, Step 6 AR-A-26 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N:...::..=...on:...:..e=---_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: __R_E_P_0_0_C_2._0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the meaning of a CIV-related alarm actuating during a LBLOCA and the required action at the MCB.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 015/017 AK3.04 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement) RCP Malfunctions - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Reactor Coolant Pump (Loss of RC Flow) malfunctions: Reduction of power to below the steady state power-to-flow limit.

RO Question #4 Plant conditions:

  • 30% power with all controllers in AUTO
  • 'A' RCP breaker has just tripped In response to this event, (1) what automatic or manual action should occur, and (2) what is the reason for this action?

A. (1) Automatic reactor trip; (2) ONB concern B. (1) Manual reactor trip; (2) ONB concern C. (1) Automatic reactor trip; (2) uneven core flow distribution O. (1) Manual reactor trip; (2) uneven core flow distribution

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Power> P-8 (25%) will cause an automatic reactor trip signal if one (1) RCP is stopped. Both the single and total loss of flow trips are DNB limit concerns.

B. Plausible if the examinee does not recall the P-8 setpoint. The AR-D-17, REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS TRIPPED, alarm response would require a reactor trip for a single RCP trip if the reactor trip breakers are shut. However, it is NOT an immediate action and would only be done as directed by the AR procedure. The second response is correct.

C. Plausible because the first statement is correct - an automatic reactor trip will occur. The second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't consider the purpose of the lower core distribution plate in mixing incoming loop uneven temperatures to prevent uneven core flow distribution.

D. Plausible if the examinee does not recall the P-8 setpoint. The AR-D-17, REACTOR COOLANT PUMPS TRIPPED, alarm response would require a reactor trip for a single RCP trip if the reactor trip breakers are shut. However, it is NOT an immediate action and would only be done as directed by the AR procedure. The second part is plausible if the candidate doesn't consider the purpose of the lower core distribution plate in mixing incoming loop uneven temperatures to prevent uneven core flow distribution.

Technical Reference(s): ITS Basis: 3.4.4-1 (Attach if not previously provided)

ITS Basis: 3.3.1-17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: _RA_P_1_4_C-,-,_2_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # x 2009 Turkey Point NRC New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5, 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the reason for the reactor trip requirement for single loop loss of flow trip and the ITS basis for those trips.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KlA# 022 AA2.01 Importance Rating 3.2 (K&A Statement) Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Makeup: Whether charging line leak exists RO Question #5 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power with all major controllers in AUTO
  • Pressurizer Level is 56% and slowly lowering
  • VCT Level is 30% and lowering slowly
  • Charging Pump speed is slowly rising
  • RCS Makeup controls are in AUTO
  • Letdown Flow is stable at 40 GPM
  • REGEN Heat Exchanger inlet temperature is normal
  • REGEN Heat Exchanger outlet temperature is below the alarm setpoint, but higher than normal and slowly rising Which one of the choices describes the reason for existing plant conditions?

A. The Reactor Coolant Filter is blocked B. There is a leak in the letdown line, after the flow sensor C. LCV-112A, Letdown Diversion Valve, is partially open to the divert flowpath D. There is a leak in the charging line before HCV-142, Charging Flow Control Valve

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate could assume this would block the letdown flow path to the VCT,resulting in lowering VCT level, however relief V-209 would lift resulting in small changes if any to the VCT level B. Plausible because it would result in lowering VCT level and AUTO M/U response.

However, charging pump speed would not be affected.

C. Plausible because this would result in a lowering VCT level, but there would be no charging pump speed response.

D. CORRECT. This would result in charging pump speed rising to maintain PZR level, lowering VCT level.

Technical Reference(s): AP-CVCS.1, Step 6 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_on_e_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _RA_P_..0._5_C_2_._01_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring diagnosis of plant conditions indicative of a charging line leak in the Aux. Bldg. All choices are CVCS-related (2 Charging and 2 Letdown) to cover the range of the abnormal procedure actions and all of them are inside the Auxiliary Building. Higher order because conditions must be properly analyzed to arrive at the correct answer.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 025 AK3.01 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement) Loss of RHR System - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of RHR System: Shift to alternate flowpath RO Question #6 Given the following plant conditions:

  • Plant is in Mode 4
  • Bus 11 B is de-energized for bus maintenance
  • RCP 'A' is tagged out for maintenance
  • Both RHR Pumps have tripped, and neither RHR Pump can be restarted
  • The crew is performing AP-RHR.1, LOSS OF RHR
  • RCS pressure is 320 PSIG and stable
  • RCS temperatures are 220°F and slowly rising Which of the following will be the action taken in AP-RHR.1 for these conditions?

A. Continue efforts to restore RHR by venting the RHR system B. Start 'B' RCP and stabilize RCS temperatures by dumping steam C. Dump steam to establish natural circulation to stabilize RCS temperature D. Establish conditions to use the RCDT pump per ER-RHR.1, RCDT PUMP OPERATION FOR CORE COOLING

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because this is an action called for in the abnormal procedure, but is not performed if RCS temperature is > 200°F.

B. Plausible because the first priority action is to start a RCP in accordance with AIT. 15 and then maintain or lower RCS temperature, but with Bus 11 B out of service the 'B' RCP is not available.

C. CORRECT. With no RCPs available, dumping steam and establishing natural circulation is the alternate method for establishing cooling D. Plausible because the ER-RHR.1, RCDT PUMP OPERATION is correct if cooling cannot be establish using the S/Gs, however only used if RCS press is less than 100 psig.

Technical Reference(s): AP-RHR.1, Steps 15 -17 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None


~----------

Learning Objective: .--'-.RA-=---c:c:. .P---'-1-=-8C-=--=2c:. . :.0'--"1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge that establishing heat removal flowpath and diagnosing that adequate heat removal has resulted is the reason for the LO RHR procedural actions. Higher order determination is based on prioritizing the procedure path when the initial conditions are met for performing either path.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 026AA1.06 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement) Loss of Component Cooling Water - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Component Cooling Water: Control of flow rates to components cooled by the CCWS RO Question #7 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • Component Cooling Water (CCW) Surge Tank level began to lower
  • The operating crew entered AP-CCW.2, LOSS OF CCW DURING POWER OPERATION
  • CCW Surge Tank Level has stabilized using the normal makeup supply from RMW
  • An AO dispatched has reported that Seal Water Return Heat Exchanger flows and temperatures are outside of normal readings
  • The Seal Water Return Heat Exchanger has been bypassed and isolated
  • All other isolation valves are in normal alignment Which of the following describes the expected response of:

(1) Volume Control Tank (VCT) temperature; and (2) Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) level A. (1) Rises; (2) Rises B. (1) Rises; (2) Remains the same C. (1) Remains the same; (2) Rises D. (1) Remains the same; (2) Remains the same

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the seal water heat exchanger was not bypassed and the return flow path was through relief V 314 while the leak location diagnosis is in progress.

B. CORRECT. Seal Water return flow is going directly to the VCT (without cooling) but, since MOV-313 remains open, the relief in the return line will not be opening to the PRT.

C. Plausible because this would be correct if the seal water heat exchanger was not bypassed and the return flow path was through reliefV-314.

D. Plausible if candidate thinks that seal water return flow will discharge to another tank (e.g., RCDT) thru relief V-314 Technical Reference(s): AP-CCW.2, Steps 6 & 7 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: __N_o_ne_ _______

Learning Objective: _RA_P_0_2_C_2_._01_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by monitoring condition of related parameters while CCW flow is secured to a component that it serves. Higher order because there is a procedural option to isolate rather than bypass the Seal Water HX and the answer is different for each option.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 029 EK2.06 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement) ATWS - Knowledge of the interrelations between the ATWS and the following: Breakers, relays and disconnects RO Question #8 Plant conditions:

  • The Reactor does NOT trip from the AUTOMATIC signal.

Which of the following describes the condition that has contributed to the failure of the Automatic Reactor Trip?

Reactor Trip ...

A. Breaker "B" Undervoltage Trip coil failed to energize.

B. Bypass Breaker "A" Undervoltage Trip coil failed to deenergize.

C. Bypass Breaker "A" Shunt Trip coil failed to energize.

D. Breaker "B" Shunt Trip coil failed to deenergize.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because Breaker "B" is equipped with an undervoltage trip coil, however, trip coils are normally energized and deenergize on a trip signal.

B. CORRECT. Given the conditions listed, the Bypass Breaker Undervoltage Trip coil failed to deenergize.

C. Plausible because the Shunt Trip coil is designed to energize and trip open the breaker, however, Bypass Breaker Shunt Trip only energizes on a Manual reactor trip.

D. Plausible because Breaker "B" is equipped with a Shunt Trip coil, however, it energizes to trip.

Technical Reference(s): FR-S.1, Step 7 (Attach if not previously provided)

FSAR 7.2.2.1.5 , FIG 7.2-20 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RFRS1C 2.01, R3501C 1.02 (As available)

Question Source: Bank# x Comanche Peak 2011 NRC Modified Bank #

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge ______

Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 038 G2.4.1 Importance Rating 4.6 (K&A Statement) Steam Generator Tube Rupture: Knowledge of EOP entry conditions and immediate action steps RO Question #9:

Plant conditions:

  • A small-break LOCA has occurred
  • The crew is performing ES-1.2, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION
  • All SI pumps have been secured
  • All available charging pumps are running at maximum speed
  • The CO reports 'A' SIG level is rising in an uncontrolled manner
  • RCS Pressure is 1800 PSIG and lowering
  • Pressurizer Level is 7% and lowering Per the ES-1.2 FOLDOUT page, which response describes: (1) operator action required, and (2) the required procedure transition?

A. (1) Manually start SI Pumps; (2) go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY IN..IECTION, Step 1, then go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1 B. (1) Manually start SI Pumps; (2) go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1 C. (1) Manually actuate SI and CI (2) go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, Step 1, then go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1 D. (1) Manually actuate SI and CI (2) go to E-3, STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE, Step 1

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct for the foldout page actions if ES-0.1 was being performed. Other EOP series procedures direct the crew to stay in the procedure (E-1, ES-1.1), but E-3 has its own transition on the ES-1.2.FOLDOUT page.

B. CORRECT. The foldout page for ES-1.2 directs the operator to start SI Pumps as necessary then go to E-3 , Step 1 on symptoms of S/G level rising uncontrollably or develops abnormal radiation.

C. Plausible because this would be the expected operator action (in most procedures) when an SI setpoint (PRZR Pressure) is rapidly approaching. However, ES-1.2 specifically directs deliberate manual action to start SI pumps as necessary and a transition to E-3.

D. Plausible because this would be the expected operator action (in most procedures) when an SI setpoint (PRZR Pressure) is rapidly approaching. The second part is correct.

Technical Reference(s): ES-1.2, FOLDOUT PAGE (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: -=-R=E:...::S-=.1=2C.:::.-;;.1..:..:.0..:..:4_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the correct use of the EOP's for a S/G Tube Rupture while another EOP is in progress. There are no specific immediate actions for a S/G Tube Rupture. Higher order because the candidate must evaluate the initial conditions and apply the specific requirements of ES

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 027 AK2.03 Importance Rating 2.6 (K&A Statement) Pressurizer Pressure Control System (PZR PCS) Malfunction - Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Pressure Control Malfunctions and the following:

Controllers and positioners.

RO Question #10 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power with all major controllers in AUTO
  • PRZR Backup Heaters are ON
  • Normal controlling channel input selected for 431 K, PRZR PRESS CONTROLLER
  • RCS Pressure Channels (PT-420 & PT-420A) are 2260 psig and rising Assuming no operator action is taken, which ONE of the following identifies the failed channel, AND includes the system response to this failure?

A. PT-429 failed; the PRZR spray valves will modulate open B. PT-429 failed; one PRZR PORV will open C. PT-449 failed; the PRZR spray valves will modulate open D. PT-449 failed; one PRZR PORV will open.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible since there are two control channels and the candidate who lacks detailed knowledge may confuse the purpose of PT-429. PT-429 is a control channel but is not the normally selected controlling channel. Spray valves will not open due to the controlling channel failure LOW.

B. As noted above,the candidate who lacks detailed systems knowledge may confuse their functions; PT-429 is not the normally selected controlling channel.

C. Plausible because PT-449 has failed low to turn on heaters, and sprays would not operate due to low pressure signal from 431 K D. CORRECT. Due to the malfunction, spray valves will not respond to the pressure increase, due to the controlling channel failing low. However, PT-429 and PT-430 will open PORV-430 when pressure rises to 2335 psig.

Technical Reference(s): P-10, STEP 5.2.C.3 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RIC02C 1.06 (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # 2010 NA NRC (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring evaluation of various Pressurizer Pressure sensors to determine the input/output of Master Pressure controller. Higher order because analysis and comparison of conditions is required to answer correctly.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-S Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # OS4 AK1.02 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement) Loss of Main Feedwater - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Loss of Main Feedwater (MFW): Effects of feedwater introduction on dry S/G RO Question #11 Plant conditions:

  • 'A' SIG wide range level is 130 inches and lowering slowly
  • Containment Pressure is 6 psig (1) At what level will 'A' SIG be considered "dry"?

(2) Feed flow is NOT established to a "dry" SIG because _ _ _ _ _ _'

A. (1) LESS THAN 100 inches; (2) significant thermal stresses could be caused on SIG components when the relatively cold feedwater flow is reinitiated B. (1) LESS THAN 100 inches; (2) feedwater introduction could result in an uncontrolled RCS cooldown and reduction in shutdown margin C. (1) LESS THAN SO inches; (2) significant thermal stresses could be caused on SIG components when the relatively cold feedwater flow is reinitiated D. (1) LESS THAN SO inches; (2) feedwater introduction could result in an uncontrolled ReS cooldown and reduction in shutdown margin

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Setpoint as indicated in FR-H.5. Affected SG is not fed because the thermal stresses caused by cold water introduction could cause internal failures. YELLOW Path procedure because one SG is available for heat removal. If both SG's were "dry" then FR-H.1 would be in effect.

B. Plausible because the setpoint is correct. The basis statement is one of the reasons for isolating feed to a faulted SG but is not correct for a dry SG.

C. Plausible because the setpoint is correct for NON-adverse CNMT pressure The basis statement is correct.

D. Plausible because the setpoint is correct for NON-adverse CNMT pressure. The basis statement is one of the reasons for isolating feed to a faulted SG but is not correct for a dry SG.

Technical Reference(s): FR-H.5, Step 4 (Attach if not previously provided)

RFRH5C, C.8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: ----'--=N-=-o:c-=-ne=--_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: '---'R-'---F'--'R~H-=-5C_=___=_1_=_:::.0_=2______ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the facility definition for a "dry SG" and the basis for requiring an engineering evaluation prior to feeding.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 008AK2.02 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement) Pressurizer (PZR) Vapor Space Accident (Relief Valve Stuck Open) - Knowledge of the interrelations between the Pressurizer Vapor Space Accident and the following: Sensors and Detectors RO Question #12 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • Alarm F-19, PRZR PORV OUTLET HI TEMP 145'F, actuated
  • PORV 431C indicates open and cannot be closed
  • MOV-515, PORV 431C BLOCK VLV, cannot be closed
  • RCS pressure is 2035 psig and lowering
  • PRT pressure is 5 psig and rising The HCO is monitoring TI-438 (PZR PORV Outlet Temperature)

Based on current plant conditions the indicated reading on TI-438 will be (1) and (2) until the PRT rupture disc ruptures.

A. (1) 230 OF (2) rises as PRT pressure rises B. (1) 230 of (2) lowers as RCS pressure lowers C. (1) 639 of (2) lowers as RCS pressure lowers D. (1) 639 'F (2) rises as PRT pressure rises

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Isenthalpic process and, for the stated conditions, moving up the curve on the Mollier diagram.

B. Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would be correct if the applicant believes that temperature follows pressure in saturated conditions.

C. Plausible if applicant believes that the indicator approximates PRZR steam space temperature. The second part would be correct if the applicant believes that temperature follows pressure in saturated conditions.

D. Plausible if applicant believes that temperature remains at initial saturation temperature.

The second part is correct.

Technical Reference(s): Steam Tables (Attach if not previously provided)

AR-F-19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: Steam Tables Learning Objective: ---'R'--"E=P---'0:.....;1'-"C'-1c..;;...:::.-03"--_ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # C330.0245 ( attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring prediction of the response of a related sensor/detector during the specified accident. Higher order because it requires analysis of the conditions and proper application of the stated reference.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 056 G2.1.28 Importance Rating 4.1 (K&A Statement) Loss of Off-site Power - Knowledge of the purpose and function of major system components RO Question #13 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • 'A' DIG is running and loaded at 1700 KW
  • 'B' DIG did not start
  • Pressurizer pressure is 2200 psig and slowly lowering
  • The crew is preparing to energize PRZR heaters Which choice accurately completes the following statements?

In this alignment, power is available to the (1) Group of pressurizer heaters. When the pressurizer heaters are energized, then DIG "A" loading would initially be within the (2) load rating.

A. (1) Backup; (2) continuous B. (1) Backup; (2) two-hour C. (1) Proportional; (2) continuous D. (1) Proportional; (2) two-hour

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the backup heaters are powered from a vital bus but they would be fed from DIG B. The backup and proportional group heaters are both rated at about 400 KW and, for the stated conditions, would exceed the 1950 continuous rating.

B. Plausible because the backup heaters are powered from a vital bus but they would be fed from DIG B. The second part is correct with load exceeding 1950 KW but less than the 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> rating of 2250 KW.

C. Plausible because the first part is correct in that the proportional heaters can be energized from Bus 14 via DIG A. The backup and proportional group heaters are both rated at about 400 KW and, for the stated conditions, would exceed the 1950 continuous rating.

D. CORRECT. The proportional heaters can be energized from Bus 14 via DIG A. The second part is correct with load exceeding the 1950 KW continuous rating but less than the 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> rating of 2250 KW.

Technical Reference(s): AP-ELEC.1, Step 16 (Attach if not previously provided)

P-12,4.4.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:

Learning Objective: .-,-RA~P-=-0-,-7C~1.:..::.0-=-6_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the capabilities and limitations of the DIG during a loss of off-site power. Higher order because the candidate must determine which heaters have power available, their load rating, and apply that to the current loading.

E5-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form E5-401-S Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO 5RO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # OS8 AA2.03 Importance Rating 3.S (K&A Statement) Loss of DC Power - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of DC Power: DC loads lost; impact on ability to operate and monitor plant systems RO Question #14 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • 'A' 12SV DC Bus is de-energized due to a ground
  • The Rx tripped when the "A" 12SV DC bus de-energized
  • RCP trip criteria is met Which of the following describes:

(1) 51 equipment response; AND (2) The necessary action(s) regarding RCP operation to mitigate the event?

A. (1) All 51 equipment starts automatically (2) 'A' RCP cannot be tripped until DC control power is transferred B. (1) All 51 equipment starts automatically (2) Both RCPs can be tripped from the Control Room C. (1) 'B' 51 Train equipment starts automatically; manually start 'A' Train 51 equipment (2) 'A' RCP cannot be tripped until DC control power is transferred D. (1) 'B' 51 Train equipment starts automatically; manually start 'A' Train 51 equipment (2) Both RCPs can be tripped from the Control Room

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C.

Explanation :

A. Plausible because some DC control power will automatically shift (480 volt buses) but the automatic equipment start of "A" train loads will not occur due to loss of power to their Safeguards relays. Manual start of those "A" train motors is required. Part 2 is correct.

B. Plausible because some DC control power will automatically shift (480 volt buses) but the automatic equipment start of "A" train loads will not occur due to loss of power to their Safeguards relays. Manual start of those "A" train motors is required. Second response is plausible due to 480v bus DC control power automatically shifting. 4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred.

C. CORRECT. "A" train loads must be manually started, 4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred.

D. First response is correct "A" train loads must be manually started. Second response is plausible due to 480v bus DC control power automatically shifting. 4160-RCPS DC control power has to be locally transferred.

Technical Reference(s): ER-ELEC.2, step 6.1 (Attach if not previously provided)

AR-L4 & L31 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ._R_E_R_0_7_C_2_._0_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank# COOO.1290 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by considering the implications of a DC-related alarm on operator response if an accident were to occur. Higher order because the conditions must be properly evaluated.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # 062 AA1.07 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement) Loss of Nuclear Service Water - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of Nuclear Service Water (SWS): Flow rates to the components and systems that are serviced by SWS; interactions among components RO Question #15 Initial plant conditions:

  • The plant is at 100% power
  • Crew is swapping 'A' and 'B' SW pumps After starting 'A' SW pump and stopping 'B' SW pump:
  • After being directed, the AO reports the following pump discharge pressures:

o SW Pump 'N, PI-2098 =42 psig o SW Pump 'B', =

PI-2099 40 psig o SW Pump 'C', =

PI-2100 78 psig o SW Pump 'D', PI-2101 = 77 psig Based upon these indications, which of the following would explain the low pressure conditions onthe'A'SWloop?

A. SW Leak has developed on the 'A' train B. 'A' SW pump develops less head than 'B' SW pump C. 'A' SW pump discharge check valve 4601 is failed closed D. 'B' SW pump discharge check valve 4602 is failed open

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may believe that a leak has developed contributing to the lower SW loop 'A header pressure and the PPCS alarm P2160. Because the SW loop discharges are cross-connected, there are no separate A and B "trains" which would display different pressures if a leak developed on the 'A' or 'B' headers.

B. Plausible because for a three SW pump configuration the, loop header pressures are normally slightly skewed with a single pump in operation in a header, thus the candidate may not recognize that the pressures and indications given are based on a Discharge check valve sticking open and believe that a lower header pressure is due to pump operating characteristics and the one pump operating in Loop 'A. .

C. Plausible because the candidate may recognize that a stuck closed discharge check valve condition exists by the indications given, believing that this may be due to the problem being associated with the SW Pump A which has just been started.

D. CORRECT. These indications are consistent with a stuck open Discharge check valve.

AP-SW.1 addresses situation with a note, ahead of step 3, discusses an abnormally low pressure in either SW Loop may indicate that the idle pump check valve is open. The AO's report of pressure indicated on PI-2099 (idle pump), is a sign that the check valve is sticking open. The pressure instrument taps off between the pump and the discharge check valve and would indicate approximately zero if the check valve were closed.

Technical Reference(s): AP-SW.1, Step 3 Note and Step 6 AR-PPCS-P2160 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N:....:.=..on:..:..e=--_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective:  :......:RA'--=--"P:......:3::...:3:c..::C:......;2=.""-01"--_ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # C076.0032 (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 1 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # W/E04 EK1.2 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement) lOCA Outside Containment - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the lOCA Outside Containment: Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with lOCA Outside Containment RO Question #16 Plant Conditions:

  • A LOCA has been identified outside Containment
  • The crew transitioned from E-O to ECA-1.2, LOCA OUTSIDE CONTAINMENT
  • The crew isolated the LOCA and has reached the exit point of ECA-1.2 From the above information, what procedure would be entered NEXT upon exiting ECA-1.2?

A. E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY IN..IECTION, at the step in effect B. ES-1.2, POST-LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION C. E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT D. ECA-1.1, LOSS OF EMERGENCY COOLANT RECIRCULATION

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because this is a frequent direction in the EOP network.

B. Plausible because the candidate may believe that having been in a LOCA procedure, the subsequent plant cooldown should be performed using the guidance in ES-1.2, the POST-LOCA cooldown procedure.

C. CORRECT. E-1 is the only transition directed in ECA-1.2, after RCS pressure rises.

This ensures that nothing else is in progress before terminating SI.

D. Plausible because ECA-1.1 is the procedure that is transitioned to IF the LOCA outside CNMT cannot be isolated in ECA-1.2.

Technical Reference(s): ECA-1.2, Step B.b (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: _R_E_C_1_2C_2_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of next procedure to be implemented after successful completion of ECA-1.2.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 1 KIA # W/E05 EK1.1 Importance Rating 3.8 (K&A Statement) Loss of Secondary Heat Sink - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the Loss of Secondary Heat Sink: Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems.

RO Question #17 Plant Conditions:

  • Unit tripped from 100% power
  • Crew is implementing FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, due to a loss of the TDAFW pump and both MDAFW pumps
  • Both S/G WR levels are 200 inches
  • RCS Loop Temperatures are stable at 490 OF
  • CNMT pressure is 0.3 psig and stable Given the above conditions:

(1) What is the next option for restoring feedwater, as directed by FR-H.1?

(2) What is the feed flow requirement per ATT-22.0, RESTORING FEEDWATER FLOW?

A. (1 ) SAFW (2) Fill as necessary to restore level B. (1 ) SAFW (2) 100 gpm C. (1 ) MFW (2) Fill as necessary to restore level D. (1 ) MFW (2) 100 gpm

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. As per FR-H.1 Steps 5- 10, lists the order as SAFW, MFW, Condensate. A restriction on feedwater flow is not needed because RCS Loop Temperatures are less than 550 of, when restrictions do apply.

B. Plausible, SAFW is correct, feed restriction is not correct.

C. Plausible, MFW is not correct, feed restriction is correct.

D. Plausible because prior to the uprate the desired order was MFW, SAFW, Condensate on flow restoration. The Feed break loss of feedwater assumes SAFW is restored within 14.5 min. 100 gpm is the restriction if S/G level is <50" [100"].

Technical Reference(s): FR-H.1, Step 6-8 & Background (Attach if not previously provided)

ATT-22.0 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RFRH1 1.05 (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # COOO.1261 Feed and Bleed option removed, Flow restriction added New Question History: Last NRC Exam Ginna 2008 #18 Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # W/E11 EK3.2 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement) Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation: Normal, abnormal and emergency operating procedures associated with the Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation RO Question #18 Plant Conditions:

  • The plant was initially at 100% power when a LOCA occurred.
  • When attempting to swap over to cold leg recirculation, the crew was unable to provide a flow path from the CNMT sump to the RCS.
  • The crew entered ECA-1 1, Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, and is preparing to cool down the RCS.
  • The crew has verified emergency coolant recirculation capability using the "8" RHR pump What action should the crew take?

A Transition to ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation

8. Transition to ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization C. Complete ECA-1.1 and then transition to ES-1.3 D. Commence the cooldown of the RCS per ECA-1.1

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Prior to step1 is a CAUTION to return to ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, when recirculation capability is restored.

B. Plausible because ES-1.2, Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, could be used for LOCA cooldown when the break is not large enough. If the break is large enough, remain in E-1, wait for RWST level to lower 28%, and do NOT transition to ES-1.2.

C. Plausible because ECA-1.1 is continued if the recirculation path is not regained, one of the major action categories ..

D. Plausible because this action would be correct if recirculation capability had not been restored.

Technical Reference(s): ECA-1.1, Step 1and CAUTION (Attach if not previously prior to Step 1 provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: REC11C 2.01 _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank# BOOO.1032 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of TRANSITIONS monitored in the procedure and the reason.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 051 AA2.02 Importance Rating 3.9 (K&A Statement) Loss of Condenser Vacuum - Ability to operate and/or monitor the following as they apply to Loss of Condenser Vacuum: Conditions requiring Reactor and/or turbine trip Question #19 Given the following:

  • Plant is operating at 45% power
  • Condenser vacuum is starting to lower
  • The Control Operator is monitoring condenser indications on PPCS and reports that it has been 6 minutes since Condenser Back Pressure has been in the "DO NOT OPERATE IN THIS REGION" Based on the current conditions, the expected response of the Control Room team will be to:

A Reduce turbine load to less than 15 MW and trip the turbine B. Reduce turbine load to return to the "SATISFACTORY OPERATING REGION" C. Immediately trip the reactor and go to E-O, REACTOR TRIP or SAFETY INJECTION D. Immediately trip the turbine an go to AP-TURB.1, TURBINE TRIP WITHOUT REACTOR TRIP REQUIRED

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may recognize that there are steps in AP-TURBA that direct lowering turbine load to less than 15 MW, tripping the turbine, and going to AP TURB.1. Exceeding 5 minutes in the DO NOT OPERATE region will always require a trip of either the turbine or the reactor, depending on power level and P-9 (reactor trip on turbine trip if >50%).

B. Plausible because the candidate may recognize that there are steps in AP-TURBA that would reduce load in an attempt to stabilize vacuum but only when operating in other regions of FIG-13.0, BACKPRESSURE. Exceeding 5 minutes in the DO NOT OPERATE region will always require a trip of either the turbine or the reactor, depending on power level and P-9 (reactor trip on turbine trip if >50%).

C. Plausible because the candidate may assume that a reactor trip is always required IF backpressure is in the DO NOT OPERATE region of FIG-13.0. BACKPRESSURE, for greater than 5 minutes while in AP-TURBA and does not recall that this requirement is tied to the P-9 setpoint and power level.

D. CORRECT. AP-TURBA requires that at 45% power and below the P-9 setpoint, only a turbine trip is required, followed by transition to AP-TURB.1.

Technical Reference(s): AP-TURBA (Attach if not previously provided)


...~-----------

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: __N_on_e_ ____________

Learning Objective: _RA_P_2_3'-C'-'-2.___

0__1______~ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # x (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55A1 7 55A3 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 060 AK3.02 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement) Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to Accidental Gaseous Radwaste Release:

Isolation of the auxiliary building ventilation RO Question #20 Plant conditions:

  • 90 days following completion of a refueling outage
  • Fuel movement in the Aux Building is in progress
  • A fuel assembly is dropped in the Spent Fuel Pool
  • Visible gas bubbles are rising from the dropped assembly Which of the following design features and/or actions are required to minimize the release of radioactive Iodine to the environment?
1. Continuous operation of the Spent Fuel Pool demineralizer
2. Aligning the SFP charcoal filters during the fuel movement
3. Automatic trip of Aux Building exhaust fans without charcoal filters
4. Maintenance of minimum water level above upper SFP suction line A. 1 & 2 B. 3&4 C. 1,2, & 3 D. 2,3, &4

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because while the SFP demineralizer is normally aligned, its purpose is corrosion and fission product filtration and it provides no protection against gaseous/Iodine releases, Aligning the SFP charcoal filters is plausible because that is the correct action for fuel which has decayed less than 60 days.

B. CORRECT. With the charcoal filters not aligned (>60 days irradiated), an Alarm condition on RMS channels R-13. Plant Vent Particulate, or R-14, Plant Vent Gas, will automatically trip all AB Exhaust fans without HEPA or charcoal filters to stop the release of any radioactive gases. Maintenance of water level above the upper SFP suction line ensures the minimum water level of 23' above the fuel assemblies are met.

C. Plausible part 3 is correct (per the above explanation), but parts 1 and 2 are incorrect but plausible for the reasons given above.

D. Plausible part 3 and 4 is correct (per the above explanation), but part 2 is incorrect but plausible for the reason given above.

Technical Reference(s): RF-8.4, ATT. 1 and 2 (Attach if not previously provided)

AR-RMS-14, RMS-13 ITS 3.7.11 Basis (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: - None Learning Objective: R2201 C, 6.03 (As available)


~--------------

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # B034.0016 (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 061 AK3.02 Importance Rating 3.4 3.6 (K&A Statement) Area Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System alarms - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the ARM System alarms: Guidance contained in alarm response for ARM system RO Question # 21 Plant conditions:

  • Reactor at 98% power
  • NIS Channel N-44 is out of service
  • Reactor Engineering has briefed the control room and is performing a flux map to determine QPTR
  • CNMT pressure is 0.2 psig and stable
  • R-2, CONTAINMENT AREA MONITOR, reads 7 mr/hr
  • R-7, INCORE DETECTION AREA MONITOR, is in ALARM Which one of the following describes the correct response to these conditions?

A This is an expected alarm, no operator actions required B. Request a Containment air sample C. Implement AP-RCS.1, Reactor Coolant Leak D. Make preparations for a Containment entry

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Expected alarm during flux map due to location of R-7 B. Plausible. If leak in Containment is expected RP, is directed to sample Containment. If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated C. Plausible. If R-7 alarms due to a leak at the seal table, AR would direct further actions using AP-RCS.1. If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated.

D. Plausible. If leak in Containment is expected the SM may direct CNMT entry. If there were a leak in CNMT, then other CNMT radiation monitors would be elevated.

Technical Reference(s}: AR-RMS-R7 (Attach if not previously provided)

RE-10.1, FLUX MAPPING Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --'--'N..:..o.ne.:...-..________

Learning Objective: R3901C 1.09 (As available)

Question Source: Bank # C072.0024 Modified Bank #

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 074 EK2.03 Importance Rating 4.0 (K&A Statement) Inadequate Core Cooling - Knowledge of the interrelations between the AFW Pump and Inadequate Core Cooling RO Question #22 Plant conditions:

  • A reactor trip from 100% power was accompanied by a loss of offsite power
  • A Pressurizer Safety Valve failed open during the subsequent transient
  • RCS Pressure is 500 PSIG and stable
  • Containment Pressure is 11 PSIG
  • SI flow has NOT been able to be established
  • lA' MDAFW Pump is the only operating AFW pump, feeding 170 gpm to only 'A' SG
  • lA' S/G narrow range (NR) level is 15%
  • IB' S/G level is below the NR indication range Which choice accurately completes the following statements?

At this time, the means of core heat removal is flow through the pressurizer safety valve and (1) . The secondary heat sink is (2)

A. (1) reflux boiling; (2) adequate B. (1) reflux boiling; (2) NOT adequate C. (1) two-phase natural circulation; (2) adequate D. (1) two-phase natural circulation; (2) NOT adequate

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct if it was NOT adverse containment conditions.

B. CORRECT. Steam flow from the core is condensing in the U tubes and flowing back to the core. The heat sink is inadequate because "AI! SG level is below the adverse containment value of 25%.

C. Plausible because this is a possible method of heat removal during a loss of offsite

=

power. However, being in FR-C.1 (CETs 121 O*F) indicates that the RCS is highly voided. The second part would be correct if it was NOT adverse containment conditions.

D. Plausible because this is a possible method of heat removal during a loss of offsite

=

power. However, being in FR-C.1 (CETs 1210*F) indicates that the RCS is highly voided. The second part is correct.

Technical Reference(s): FR-C.1, Step *13 (Attach if not previously provided)

FR-C.1 BKGD, Pg. 3 and 30 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N:...;;..;;;..on:..;..e"'--_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: -'R:....:.;F:.....::R--=-C=-1-'-'C=-='-=-'-______ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: There is no direct tie between the AFW pumps and FR-C.1. All steps are based on AFW flow and/or SG level. Meets KIA by requiring analysis of the adequacy of the secondary heat sink with one AFW Pump running and level in one SG in the NR. Added means of core heat removal to the question to make 4 plausible choices. Higher order because the conditions must be evaluated properly.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # 076 G2.4.45 Importance Rating 4.1 (K&A Statement) High Reactor Coolant Activity - Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator and alarm RO Question #23 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • Alarm E-24, RMS AREA MONITOR HIGH ACTIVITY, has actuated
  • R-9, LETDOWN LINE MONITOR, is alarming Which choice identifies (1) the FIRST abnormal procedure to be implemented following the alarm response procedure, AND (2) how the R-9 alarm is validated?

A (1) AP-RCS-1, Reactor Coolant Leak; (2) RCS sample indicates greater than normal activity B. (1) AP-RCS-1, Reactor Coolant Leak; (2) Comparison with other Aux Building radiation monitors C. (1) AP-RCS-3, High Reactor Coolant Activity; (2) RCS sample indicates greater than normal activity D. (1) AP-RCS-3, High Reactor Coolant Activity; (2) Comparison with other Aux Building radiation monitors

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because many Aux. Bldg. RMS channel alarms are entry conditions for AP RCS-1. However, R-9 is mounted on the letdown line and is therefore less likely to respond to leakage in the Auxiliary Building.

B. Plausible because many Aux. Bldg. RMS channel alarms are entry conditions for AP RCS-1. R-4 would likely respond to higher activity in the RCS. It is checked in AP-RCS.3 (along with other Aux. Bldg. alarms) but it could also be indicative of an RCS leak.

C. CORRECT. AR-RMS-9 specifies direct entry into AP-RCS.3. The first action in AP RCS.3 is to direct an RCS activity sample; unlike others where a channel comparison is considered when validating an alarm.

D. Plausible because the first part is correct. R-4 would likely respond to higher activity in the RCS. Aux. Bldg radiation is checked in AP-RCS.3 but it could also be indicative of an RCS leak.

Technical Reference(s): AR-RMS-9 (Attach if not previously provided)

AP-RCS.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --'N:..:.o.::..cn""e=---_ _ _ __

Learning Objective: ._RA_P_1_7---=C_1.--=-0_2_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10, 11 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by identifying the procedure to be entered and the validating action when the possibility that RCS activity is rising becomes evident to the control room crew.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # W/E02 EK3.1 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement) SI Termination - Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the SI Termination:: Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions, including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics RO Question #24 Plant conditions:

  • RCS temperature is 545'F, rising
  • The operating crew is performing ES-1.1, SI TERMINATION
  • The SI and RHR Pumps have been stopped
  • MRPI indicates Shutdown Bank Rod C-5 indicates fully withdrawn Which choice completes the following statement?

Before any compensatory action is taken for the stuck rod, Shutdown Margin (SDM) is _ __

A. ADEQUATE and STABLE because the SI Pumps are stopped B. ADEQUATE and RISING because at least one Charging Pump is running C. INADEQUATE and STABLE because boration for the stuck rod has not started D. INADEQUATE and RISING because only one Charging Pump is running

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because the first part is correct. RCS Pressure is above the shutoff head of the SI Pumps and they've been stopped. However, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST so negative reactivity continues to be added.

B. CORRECT. Per TS Basis, the minimum TS SOM requirement is met when rods are maintained above the RIL during power operation; even if the most reactive rod is stuck out on a reactor trip. Early in ES-1.1, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST before any ECCS pumps are stopped. Later in ES-1.1, when the Charging Pump suction is realigned to the VCT, the controls are set for a high boron concentration.

C. Plausible if candidate believes that minimum SOM requirements are compromised by a stuck rod. However, accident analyses and TS Bases assume one rod stuck out. The second part, by itself, is correct but RCS boron concentration is rising due to the Charging Pump alignment.

O. Plausible if candidate believes that minimum SOM requirements are compromised by a stuck rod. However, accident analyses and TS Bases assume one rod stuck out. The second part, by itself is correct because early in ES-1.1, the Charging Pump suction is aligned to the RWST adding negative reactivity.

Technical Reference(s): ES-1.1, Step 5 (Attach if not previously provided)

TSB 3.1.1-1 (Pg. 31/604)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ._R_E_S_1_1_C_2_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the reactivity status of the core and the reason for it with ES

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 2 KIA # W/E03 EA2.2 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement) LOCA Cooldown-Depressurization - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the LOCA Cooldown-Depressurization: Adherence to appropriate procedures and operation within the limitations in the facility's license and amendments RO Question #25 Plant conditions:

  • The plant was at 100% power when RCS Pressure began to lower
  • Containment Pressure and radiation levels were rising
  • The crew initiated a MANUAL Reactor Trip and SI at 0200 hours0.00231 days <br />0.0556 hours <br />3.306878e-4 weeks <br />7.61e-5 months <br />
  • ES-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION, was entered at 0300 hours0.00347 days <br />0.0833 hours <br />4.960317e-4 weeks <br />1.1415e-4 months <br />
  • An RCS cooldown is in progress Which choice fills in the blanks regarding the ES-1.2 cooldown rate and the latest time that meets the GINNA commitment for establishing RHR injection flow?

The cooldown rate in ES-1.2 is (1) , and RHR injection flow must be established by no later than ----,(.:2.L..)_ _

A. (1) between 80-100 °F/hr (2) 0830 B. (1) between 80-100 °F/hr (2) 0930 C. (1) unlimited, but not at a rate which would cause an Orange or Red path challenge to vessel integrity (PTS)

(2) 0830 D. (1) unlimited, but not at a rate which would cause an Orange or Red path challenge to vessel integrity (PTS)

(2) 0930

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. ES-1.2 rate is between 80-100'F/hour. The committed time limit to establish RHR injection is 6.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> from the event initiation because the concern is boron precipitation over that time period.

B. Plausible because the first part is correct but the second part would be 6.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> after ES-1.2 is entered but 7.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> after the event started.

C. Plausible because (typically) the TS do not apply when performing actions in the EOP network. However, ES-1.2 specifies the cooldown rate. The second part is correct. The clock starts with the event because the concern is boron precipitation over time.

D. Plausible because (typically) the TS do not apply when performing actions in the EOP network. The second part would be 6.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> after ES-1.2 is entered but 7.5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> after the event started.

Technical Reference(s): ES-1.2, Steps 20.b, 20.c (Attach if not previously provided)

ES-1.2 BKGD, Pages 6,7,59 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: -::..:.N..::...o:..;;..ne=--_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: ._R_E_S_1_2C_1_.0_2_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 1 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the cooldown rate limits from ES-1.2 and the facility time commitment to RHR injection following a SBLOCA. Higher order because the time commitment must be properly applied or the accident assumptions will be invalid.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 2 KIA # W/E08 EA2.1 (K&A Statement) RCS Overcooling-PTS - Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the RCS Overcooling-PTS: Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations RO Question #26 Plant conditions:

  • 25 minutes ago, the Reactor was at 100% power when a faulted 'A' S/G caused an automatic reactor trip and safety injection on lowering RCS pressure
  • There was a delay in isolating AFW flow to 'A' S/G
  • 'A' S/G is completely isolated
  • 'A' S/G WR level has just reached 0 inches
  • Pressurizer Level is reading 0%
  • Loop "A" Hot Leg Temperature is 365 OF
  • Loop "A" Cold Leg Temperature is 280 of
  • Loop "B" Hot Leg Temperature is 385 of
  • Loop "B" Cold Leg Temperature is 305 of
  • The crew has entered E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT What procedure should be implemented under these conditions?

A. E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT.

B. FR-I.2, RESPONSE TO LOW PRESSURIZER LEVEL.

C. FR-P.1, RESPONSE TO IMMINENT PRESSURIZED THERMAL SHOCK CONDITION.

D. FR-Z.1, RESPONSE TO HIGH CONTAINMENT PRESSURE

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because E-1 would be used once faulted S/G were isolated and CSFST conditions all are improving and not higher than YELLOW Path B. Plausible because the CSFST condition (less than 13%) for Pressurizer Level is met but it is a YELLOW Path. YELLOW Path implementation is parallel action not "GO to" and is at CRS discretion and would not take precedence over implementation of FR-P-1.

C. CORRECT. The RED Path conditions for F-O.4. INTEGRITY, were met by the greater than 100"F T cold cooldown in both loops and Loop "A" dropping below 284*F. FR-P.1 would be entered.

D. Plausible because it was an ORANGE Path and cleared, but incorrect because CONTAINMENT is a lower priority than INTEGRITY.

Technical Reference(s}: F-O.4 (Attach if not previously provided)

FR-P.1, Step 28 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: _R_F_R_P_1_C'--R_1_.0_2_________ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring evaluation of a set of conditions and determining that performance of an FR

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 1 Group # 2 KIA # W/E10 EK1.1 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement) Natural Circulation With Steam Void in Vessel withlwithout RVLIS Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to Natural Circulation With Steam Void in Vessel withlwithout RVLlS: Components, capacity, and function of emergency systems RO Question #27 Plant conditions:

  • The crew has elected to enter ES-0.3, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN WITH STEAM VOID IN VESSEL, from ES-0.2, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN, in order to perform a more rapid cooldown to COLD SHUTDOWN (CSD) conditions Which choice completes the following statement?

The Safety Injection pumps must remain aligned in accordance with ES-0.3 and Technical Specifications until _ _ __

A. both Tcolds are less than 350"F B. RCS Pressure is less than 1500 PSIG C. all MANUAL SI block actions have been completed D. the RCS is verified borated to the CSD, Xenon-free condition

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Per ES-0.3 - Step 12, SI cannot be placed in the normal shutdown alignment until both Tcolds are less than 350'F. This coincides with the TS requirement for SI operability in Modes 1, 2, 3.

B. Plausible because this coincides with the point at which the SI Accumulators can be isolated. However, the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered.

C. Plausible because manual blocks of certain SI signals occur during the procedure.

However, the AUTO SI on Containment Pressure is NOT blocked so the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered.

D. Plausible as a benchmark point in ES-0.2 where the cooldown can commence and the SDM is such that the reactor will remain shutdown (without SI) under accident conditions. However, the SI System must remain OPERABLE until Mode 4 (going down) is entered.

Technical Reference(s): ES-0.3, Step 12 (Attach if not previously provided)

ES-0.3 BKGD, page 33 TS 3.5.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: _R_E_S_0_2_C_1_._02_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the status of the ECCS with ES-0.3, NATURAL CIRCULATION COOLDOWN WITH STEAM VOID IN VESSEL, in progress. While the step is performed somewhat late in the procedure, the associated knowledge is based on the TS Mode operability requirement and therefore should be recall knowledge. GINNA does not have a natural circulation EOP that differentiates between with/without RVLlS. Comments:

Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the status of the ECCS with ES-0.3

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 1 Group # 1 KIA # 009 EA2.36 Importance Rating 4.2 (K&A Statement) Small Break LOCA - Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break LOCA= Difference between overcooling and LOCA indications RO Question #28 Plant conditions:

  • With the unit at 100% power, the operating crew initiated a reactor trip when pressurizer level could not be maintained
  • An automatic SI actuated with E-O, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION, in progress
  • The operating crew is presently performing the subsequent actions of E-O By procedure, what two parameters will be assessed to determine whether the crew transitions to:
  • E-1, LOSS OF REACTOR OR SECONDARY COOLANT 2r
  • E-2, FAULTED STEAM GENERATOR ISOLATION A. RCS Pressure and SIG Level B. RCS Pressure and S/G Pressure C. CNMT Area Radiation Monitors and S/G Level D. CNMT Area Radiation Monitors and SIG Pressure

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A Plausible because S/G Level would lower on a faulted S/G, but S/G pressure response is a more reliable indicator of faulted conditions. RCS Pressure would not be used to differentiate because it would lower in both cases until the faulted S/G dried out.

B. Plausible because the second part is correct but RCS Pressure would not be used to differentiate because it would lower in both cases until the faulted S/G dried out.

C. Plausible because part 1 is correct: CNMT area monitors are used in E-O for the E-1 transition. S/G Level would lower on a faulted S/G but it would not lower if a SBLOCA was in progress.

D. CORRECT. Each of those parameters would respond specifically for the stated accident.

Technical Reference(s): E-O, Steps 15 and 17 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: .....;R:....;.E=P'--O;;;..:;0'-"C:.....;2=..c;;..01-'--_ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring recall of parameters used by the E-O to differentiate between an overcooling event and a SBLOCA Developed as a memory item to avoid providing a set of conditions with CNMT radiation rising; a "dead giveaway" for any size LOCA

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 003A3.05 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement) Reactor Coolant Pump System - Ability to monitor automatic operation of the RCPS, including: RCP lube oil and bearing lift pumps RO Question #29 Plant conditions:

  • The crew is performing S-2.1, REACTOR COOLANT PUMP OPERATION, to start 'A' RCP Which choice accurately completes the following statements?

The purpose for running the RCP Oil Lift Pump prior to an RCP start is to ensure that the (1) . An illuminated WHITE light above the RCP Lift Oil Pump control switch means that the (2) interlock in the rA' RCP starting circuit is satisfied.

A. (1) lower RCP motor radial bearing is provided proper lubrication (2) 500 PSIG oil pressure B. (1) lower RCP motor radial bearing is provided proper lubrication (2) two minute oil lift pump run timer C. (1) thrust bearing shoes are lifted off of the thrust runner (2) 500 PSIG oil pressure D. (1) thrust bearing shoes are lifted off of the thrust runner (2) two minute oil lift pump run timer

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because the oil lift pump supplies bearing oil to the thrust bearing, but is not supplied to other motor bearings. The second part is correct.

B. Plausible because the oil lift pump supplies bearing oil to the thrust bearing, but is not supplied to other motor bearings. The second part is an administrative requirement in the procedure, not an interlock.

C. CORRECT. The oil pressure physically moves the shoes off of the thrust runner to prevent metal-to-metal contact while oil pressure is building up in the system during the pump start. There is a 500 PSIG oil pressure interlock in the starting circuit that must be satisfied in order to start an RCP.

D. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part is an administrative requirement in the procedure not an interlock Technical Reference(s): S-2.1, Step 6.2.3 Technical Reference(s):

R1301C, B.5.b(1)(3)

SYS13 SO, Pgs. 18-19 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_o

__n_e'--________

Learning Objective: _R_13_0_1_C_1_.0_7_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: The lift pump must be started by the operator and then the oil system operates per internal design after the RCP is started. Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the only RCP oil system-related interlock in the RCP control circuit. Added the purpose of the Lift Oil Pump to make 4 relevant choices.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KJA# 004K2.05 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement) Chemical and Volume Control System - Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: MOVs RO Question #30 Plant conditions:

  • An AUTO SI actuated on lowering steam line pressure
  • Offsite power was lost in coincidence with the SI
  • Emergency Diesel Generator "B" is running and all equipment on the respective busses has operated per design Based on the conditions above, which choice describes the actual position and the status of the power supply for MOV-313, Seal/Excess Letdown Return Isolation Valve?

A. OPEN but NO power available B. OPEN and power available C. CLOSED but NO power available D. CLOSED and power available

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Under these conditions, MCC "C" would be fed via ED/G "An (Bus 14) and therefore has no power. MCC "C" is the power supply for MOV-313; a CIV. MOV-313 is open during normal operation and MOVs fail AS-IS.

B. Plausible since the first part regarding the position is correct and if the candidate did not know the correct power supply to MOV-313 (MCC-C is not available).

C. Plausible if candidate believes that MOV-313 failed closed in response to the CI signal prior to the loss of power. The second part is correct, D. Plausible if candidate has the power supplies reversed. MOV-313 would have closed on CI Technical Reference(s): P-12, ATT. 24, Pg. 3/3 (Attach if not previously provided)

P-12, ATT, 2 ATT-3.0, CI/CVI, page 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N::...:-=-on:...:..e=-_ _ __

Learning Objective:  :. .:. R-=2::. :. 7. :;cO:. .:. 1C-=--..:1-'-',O=-=5______ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 005 K1.09 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement) Residual Heat Removal System - Knowleclge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the RHRS and the following systems: ReS RO Question #31 Plant conditions:

  • The RCS is solid with RHR Loop "B" in service for heat removal
  • Low Pressure Letdown Control Valve PCV-135 has failed and RCS Pressure is rising
  • F-22, RCS LO PRESS 410 PSI, has just cleared Which choice describes (1) the RHR flowpath, AND (2) the automatic action(s) that will occur?

A (1) From Loop 'A' Hot Leg to Loop 'B' Cold Leg (2) LTOP Actuation B. (1) From Loop 'B' Hot Leg to Loop 'A' Cold Leg (2) LTOP Actuation C. (1) From Loop 'A' Hot Leg to Loop 'B' Cold Leg (2) LTOP Actuation and closure of MOV-700 and MOV-721 (RCS-RHR Suction and Return valves)

D. (1) From Loop 'B' Hot Leg to Loop 'A' Cold Leg (2) LTOP Actuation and closure of MOV-700 and MOV-721 (RCS-RHR Suction and Return valves)

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Suction valves MOV-700 and MOV-701 are "hard-piped" to Loop "A" Hot Leg and MOV-720 and MOV-721 are "hard-piped" to Loop "8" Cold Leg. LTOP will actuate at410 PSIG but MOV-700 and MOV-721 will not close. The <410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive.

8. Plausible as the opposite or as an RHR-RCS Loop "8" alignment. However, the RHR RCS suction and discharge is "hard-piped" with flow from Loop "A" Thot to Loop "8" Tcold. The second part is correct.

C. Plausible because the first part and LTOP actuation is correct. However, the <410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive.

D. Plausible as the opposite or as an RHR-RCS Loop "8" alignment. However, the RHR RCS suction and discharge is "hard-piped" with flow from Loop "A" Thot to Loop "8" Tcold. The 410 PSIG interlock on MOV-700 and MOV-721 is only an opening permissive.

Technical Reference(s): 33013-1247 (Attach if not previously provided)

AR-F-22 TRM 8asis 3.3.5-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --C--:N...:;,.on...:..e=--__________

Learning Objective: _R_2_5'-'0_1-'-C_1-'-'-'-'--'-1.:....:..0_7____ (As available)

Question Source: 8ank #

Modified 8ank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of RHR to RCS flowpath and the consequences of rising RCS pressure with an RHR alignment

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 006 K4.10 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement) Emergency Core Cooling - Knowledge of design feature{s) and/or interlock{s) which provide for the following: Redundant pressure meters RO Question #32 Given the following conditions:

  • A small break LOCA has occurred, concurrent with a loss of off-site power
  • All equipment functioned as designed
  • The crew is performing the actions of ES-1.2, POST LOCA COOLDOWN AND DEPRESSURIZATION
  • CET's are lowering
  • RCS pressure is 1350 psig and stable
  • Pressurizer level indicates 38% and rising Which of the following Pressure channel combinations should be used to determine RCS subcooling during SI flow reduction?

A. PRZR Pressure PT-429 or PT-449 B. PRZR Pressure PT-430 or PT-431 C. RCS pressure PT-450 or PT-451 D. RCS Pressure PT-420 or PT-420A

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because PRZR PRESSURE PT-429 or PT-449 are the normal pressure instruments used for controlling pressure channels, however they only narrow range limited to > 1700 psig, and PI-449 is de-energized B. Plausible because PRZR PRESSURE PT-430 and PT-431 are the normal pressure instruments used for interlock channels for the PRZR PORVs, however they only narrow range limited to > 1700 psig.

C. Plausible because RCS loop pressure instruments PT-450 and PT-451 are the normal pressure instruments used during shutdown conditions for low temperature overpressure protection and the candidate may recall that these instruments are also part of the PAMS instrumentation and incorrectly link them to subcooling calculations.

D. CORRECT. RCS PRESSURE PT-420 or PT-420A,are wide range from 0-3000 psig and, per ITS Post-Accident Monitoring (PAM), are used for the subcooling determination.

Technical Reference{s): ITS basis 3.3.3 (Attach if not previously provided)

Pg 3, 3.3-5 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: ___ R_19_0_1_C_1_.0_2....:...'_1_.0_7_ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by considering design and redundancy of WR pressure instrumentation that is widely used for making both direct (pressure) and indirect (Subcooling) ECCS operational decisions while in the EOP network.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 007 K3.10 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement) Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Pressurizer Relief/Quench Tank will have on the following:

Containment RO Question #33 Which of the following describes the adverse effects of NOT maintaining the Pressurizer Relief Tank (PRT) within its design level band?

A. If the level is too HIGH, a water hammer event could instantly rupture the PRT when the PORVs or PRZR safeties discharge to the tank B. If the level is too HIGH, the available Nitrogen volume will result in an initial pressure which, on a design discharge of PRZR safeties, would exceed the PRT design pressure C. If the level is too LOW, the radioactive gases that leak from the top of the PRZR would not be adequately scrubbed, causing elevated gaseous activity inside CNMT D. If the level is too LOW, there would be insufficient water volume to absorb and condense a design discharge of PRZR safeties, resulting in exceeding the PRT design pressure

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may belief that a water hammer pressure surge would rupture the tank, but the rupture disc setpoint of 100 psig is to protect the tank from deformationlfailure.

B. Plausible because excessive water level would reduce the available N2 volume and raise the initial tank pressure. Normal water level and operating pressure of 3 psig ensures the resulting pressure from the discharge of both PRZR safeties into the PRT will not exceed 50 psig, so there is a conservative margin (100%) before exceeding the design limit of 100 psig.

C. Plausible because while this is a likely concern, the contents of the tank are periodically analyzed and the release of radioactive isotopes during PRZR safety valve actuation is not one of the PRT design concerns. Any gaseous activity released into the CNMT are considered in the design of the CNMT Ventilation system.

D. CORRECT. Per FSAR, the design level and pressure of the PRT ensures that the energy of both PRZR safety valves can be absorbed without exceeding the design pressure (100 psig) of the PRT.

Technical Reference(s}: FSAR Section 5.4.8.1 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --'-.:N..::..o::.;:.ne-=--___________

Learning Objective: __R_1_4_0_1----'---'-_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # COOO.1265 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 3 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 008 G2.4.34 Importance Rating 4.2 (K&A Statement) Component Cooling Water: Knowledge of RO tasks performed outside the main control room during an emergency and the resultant operational effects.

RO Question #34 Plant conditions:

  • A control complex fire has resulted in a control room evacuation
  • The crew is performing ER-FIRE.1, ALTERNATE SHUTDOWN FOR CONTROL COMPLEX FIRE
  • The Control Operator has completed the steps of ER-FIRE.1, Attachment 4 - CONTROL OPERATOR (CO), to isolate Bus 14
  • The Shift Manager has directed cooling down to MODE 5 in accordance with ER-FIRE.1 Which choice accurately completes the following statement regarding the status of the breaker for Component Cooling Water Pump 'A'?

The breaker for Component Cooling Water Pump 'A' is _.....l(....:.1.L..)_ and will remain in that condition until steps are in progress to establish (2)

A. (1) tripped ONLY; (2) letdown flow B. (1) tripped ONLY; (2) RHR cooling C. (1) tripped with control power fuses removed; (2) letdown flow D. (1) tripped with control power fuses removed; (2) RHR cooling

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the first part is partially correct and the second part would be correct but there are no actions for restoring letdown in ER-FIRE.1. Charging is restored by Attachment 4 and manually controlled to control PZR level. Letdown would be restored by a normal operating procedure to provide a means of RCS pressure control during solid plant operations.

B. Plausible because the first part is partially correct and the second part is correct.

C. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part would be correct but there are no actions for restoring letdown in ER-FIRE.1 Charging is restored by Attachment 4 and manually controlled to control PZR level. Letdown would be restored by a normal operating procedure to provide a means of RCS pressure control during solid plant operations.

D. CORRECT. Control power fuses are removed to ensure that fire damage in the control circuit will not result in an uncontrolled component response. All of the breakers on Bus 14 are tripped and then individually operated to control EDG loading. ER-FIRE.1 starts CCW Pump 'A' just prior to initiating RHR cooling on Train "An.

Technical Reference(s): ER-FIRE.1, Step 6.7.1.3.a (6) (Attach if not previously provided)

ER-FIRE.1, Att 4, Step 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_o_ne'----_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: ..:.-R=E:.:. R=2=2C..: :. . . . :1. :. .: .0=----:4_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of a CCW Pump breaker status following the RO action(s) with the alternate shutdown procedure in effect. Added when the status would change to make 4 relevant choices.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 008 A2.05 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement) Component Cooling Water - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the CCWS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Effect of loss of instrument and control air on the position of the CCW valves that are air operated RO Question #35 Given the following initial plant conditions:

  • Plant is operating at 100% power
  • Earlier in the shift the crew closed AOV-754A, RCP A THERMAL BARRIER RETURN, to isolate a leak in the CCW system Subsequently, an automatic SI actuation occurs:
  • R-2, Containment area monitor, is in alarm
  • R-7, Incore Detector area monitor, is in alarm Which of the following accurately completes the following statements?

While in this aHgnment, CCW Surge Tank level will (1) . WHEN Instrument Air pressure to CNMT is restored in (2)

A. (1) remain stable; (2) E-1, CCW surge tank level remains stable.

B. (1) remain stable; (2) E-O, CCW surge tank level remains stable.

C. (1) start to rise; (2) E-1, CCW surge tank level stabilizes at a higher value D. (1) start to rise; (2) E-O, CCW surge tank level stabilizes at a higher value

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible if applicant believes that AOV-754A fails closed or the line is isolated on CI and, like CIY's, remains in that position when IA is restored. Part 2 is plausible because IA is restored in E-1, and if the candidate believes that the valve fails closed and does not change position on IA restoration. Incorrect because the valve fails OPEN.

B. Plausible if if applicant believes that AOV-754A fails closed or the line is isolated on CI and, like CIY's, remains in that position when IA is restored. Part 2 is plausible if the candidate believes that E-O restores IA to CNMT. Incorrect because the valve fails OPEN.

C. CORRECT. AOV-754A valves fail open on a loss of IA. IA is lost whenever there is an SI but then is restored early in the E-1 procedure implemented after E-O. AOV-754 will remain-as such untillA is restored. Restoration of IA will result in the ability to re-isolate 754A, but until that isolation takes place, the leak is re-established and CCW surge tank level will rise, then stabilize after reclosure of the valve.

D. Plausible because both parts of the answer are correct, but the restoration of IA does not occur in E-O in this particular LOCA condition - it occurs in E-1.

Technical Reference(s): E-1, Step 9d, e, & f (Attach if not previously provided)

ATT-11.0, page 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: _..;R:...:.4..:...;7~0:....::1-=-1:...:..0.=..;6=--_ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring specific knowledge of the effects of loss of IA on CCW valves

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 010 K3.03 Importance Rating 4.0 (K&A Statement) Pressurizer Pressure Control - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the Pressurizer Pressure Control system will have on the following: ESFAS RO Question #36 Given the following conditions:

  • Plant startup is in progress with the plant at 5% power
  • A pressurizer spray valve has failed open
  • RCS pressure is lowering Which of the following will occur?

A. Pressurizer low pressure reactor trip B. Pressurizer low pressure SI C. OTAT runback D. OPAT runback

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Highly plausible if the candidate believes the low pressure reactor trip at 1873 psig would be the first to occur AND he/she forgot that the LOW PRESS REACTOR TRIP is blocked until power is> P-7 (8%).

B. CORRECT. With the low pressure reactor trip blocked below P-7, the continued depressurization will result in low pressure SI actuation at 1750 psig and a reactor trip signal.

C. Plausible because the OTb.T setpoint is affected by lowering RCS pressure, however the turbine runback will not occur since the turbine is not yet on line.

D. Plausible if the candidate believes the OPb.T reactor trip setpoint calculation compensates for lowering RCS pressure. Since that trip provides excessive KWIft protection, it is not adjusted for lowering RCS pressure, as is the OTb.T circuit. Also incorrect since a run back cannot occur with the turbine not yet on line.

Technical Reference(s): ITS, Section 3.3.1 (Attach if not previously provided)

P-1, Reactor Control &

Protection Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N'-Co-=-:n~e=--_ _ _ __

Learning Objective: -=..R. :. .;1c.;:.9,.;:. 0. :. .;1C-=-.,'-1.:....:...0-=-.6=--_____ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # C012.0053 (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: OTb.T was NOT included as a distractor because of the uncertainty associated with "which will occur first" - OTb.T setpoint reduction at 0.0009 "/pound (at with very low b.T setpoint at 5% power) or the Low Pressure SI setpoint. Not reasonable to expect RO to know setpoint calculation from memory.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 012 K6.11 Importance Rating 2.9 2.9 (K&A Statement) Reactor Protection System - Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the RPS: Trip setpoint calculators RO Question #37 Which one of the following failures would cause the LOOP 1A-1 OP Oelta-T reactor trip SETPOINT to LOWER?

A. Tavg failing LOW B. Tavg failing HIGH C. Oelta-I failing LOW O. Oelta-I failing HIGH

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may not understand the correct OPI1T calculation and not realize the K5 penalty coefficient is OfF for any temperature less than full power resulting in no change of the setpoint.

B. CORRECT. Tavg failing high will lower the trip setpoint.

C. Plausible because the OTI1T setpoint calculation has a large penalty for 111 outside the normal band and failing low would lower the setpoint. For this core load the 111 penality is o for OPI1T.

D. Plausible because the OTI1T setpoint calculation has a large penalty for 111 outside the normal band and failing high would lower the setpoint. For this core load the 111 penality is 0 for OPI1T.

Technical Reference(s): P-1, ATT. 1 (Attach if not previously provided)

ITS, LCO 3.3.1 Basis Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --=--=N-=..oc:. . :.ne-=---_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: R3501C, 4.16 (As available) 1.02 Question Source: Bank # EOOO.0010 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 013 K6.01 Importance Rating 2.7 3.1 (K&A Statement) Engineered Safety Features - Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction of the following will have on the ESFAS: Actuation Sensors and detectors RO Question #38 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • Steam Flow indication on FT-464 began slowly drifting low and was declared INOPERABLE
  • FT-464 has been defeated in accordance with ER-INST.1, REACTOR PROTECTION BISTABLE DEFEAT AFTER INSTRUMENTATION LOOP FAILURE After the failed channel defeat, what signal(s) are the minimum required to receive an automatic closure of the "AI! MSIV?

A. Safety Injection ONLY B. HI-HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 ONLY C. HI-HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 + Safety Injection D. HI Steam Flow on 'A' S/G steam flow transmitter FT-465 + 1/2 Tavg <545°F + Safety Injection

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. With the HI-HI steam flow signal, the1l2 logic is already satisfied. An SI signal in conjunction with this existing HI-HI steam flow signal will isolate the 'A' MSIV .

B. Plausible if the candidate believes that a HI-HI steam flow with 2/2 logic will result in affected S/G isolation.

C. Plausible if the candidate believes that the HI-HI + SI steam flow isolation requires 2/2 HI-HI flows in addition to the Safety Injection signal.

D. Plausible if the candidate believes that the HI steam flow + Low Tavg + SI signal requires 2/2 steam flow signals (it does not). The HI steam flow component for this MSIV isolation is made up when FT-464 is tripped as part of the instrument defeat.

Technical Reference(s): P-1, AIT. 5 (Attach if not previously provided)

ER-INST.1, AIT. 36 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: -,-R,,-,-IC-'-0"-4c....;C-'-1_.-'-06-=---_____ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the ESFAS signals affected by the failure of a Steam Flow channel and the subsequent actions taken to defeat the channel.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 022 A2.01 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement) Containment Cooling - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the Containment Cooling system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Fan motor over-current RO Question #39 Plant conditions:

  • A LOCA is in progress
  • SI has actuated
  • Offsite power was lost
  • DIG 'A' tripped during startup
  • DIG 'B' is running and loaded onto its respective Safeguards Busses
  • CRFC 'B' has tripped (green and white light indications lit)

Which choice accurately completes the following statements?

When performing Attachment 27, Automatic Action Verification, the Operator (1) to attempt a restart of CRFC 'B', With CRFC 'B' tripped, accident analysis assumptions for the number of running CRFCs (2) met.

A. (1) is permitted; (2) are B. (1) is permitted; (2) are NOT C. (1) is not permitted; (2) are D. (1) is not permitted; (2) are NOT

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because part 1 is correct, and if the candidate does not consider that both a CS pump AND 'A' and 'D' CRFC's are OOS with the failure of 'A" EDG to start, he might believe that the minimum CNMT heat removal requirements are met with a single CS pump and single CRFC on the 'B' EDG.

B. CORRECT, one restart allowed. In conjunction with the single CS pump powered from

'B' EDG, only 1 of the two CRFC's also required are met. This does NOT meet the minimum heat removal requirements of the accident analysis.

C. Plausible because the candidate may believe that a restart of a tripped component is not allowed procedurally. Part 2 is plausible if the candidate does not consider that both a CS pump AND 'A' and 'D' CRFC's are OOS with the failure of 'A" EDG to start, he might believe that the minimum CNMT heat removal requirements are met with a single CS pump and single CRFC on the 'B' EDG.

D. Plausible because the candidate may believe that a restart of a tripped component is not allowed procedurally. Part 2 is correct.

Technical Reference(s): ITS Bases 3.6.6-5 & 6 (Attach if not previously provided)

A-503.1 sect 5.3.R.3, AR-J-9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: ~N-,=-on,-"e=--_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: R2401C 1.05 (As available)

R2201C 1.06 Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by predicting impact of fan motor trip over-current on the number of running CRFC's. Since the governing procedure verifies all 4 CRFC's running.,under the stated conditions, the interpretation would be to start all that are available. No more will become available until Bus 14 is recovered but, by answering the question correctly, the candidate demonstrates the knowledge that there is a problem.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 026 K1.02 Importance Rating 4.1 4.1 (K&A Statement) Containment Spray - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the CSS and the following systems: Cooling water RO Question #40 Given the following conditions:

  • A loss of coolant accident (LOCA) has occurred
  • Auto SI was accompanied by a loss of offsite power
  • Containment pressure is 32 PSIG Which of the following accurately completes the following statements?
  • The system that provides cooling to the Containment Spray (CS) Pump Seal Heat Exchanger is (1), AND
  • During the RECI RCULATION phase of the accident, this cooling would be (2)

A. (1) CCW; (2) Available B. (1) CCW; (2) NOT available C. (1) SW; (2) Available D. (1) SW; (2) NOT available

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. CCW cooling is provided to the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger. CCW cooling is required during the Recirculation Phase of an accident.

B. Plausible because the 1st part is correct for which system provides cooling. Candidate may believe that CCW is not available due to the SI+UV signal which locks out the CCW pumps. However, SI would be reset and CCW started for sump recirculation.

C. Plausible because Service Water is provided for bearing cooling to ECCS pumps (SI),

and the candidate may incorrectly assume that SW cools the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger also and not consider CCW. 2 nd part is partially correct as Spray pump cooling is supplied from CCW when required during the Recirculation Phase of an accident.

D. Plausible because Service Water is provided for bearing cooling to ECCS pumps (SI) and the candidate may incorrectly assume that SW cools the CS Pump Seal Heat Exchanger also and not consider CCW. 2 nd part is incorrect but plausible as the candidate may believe that SW is not available due to a SW isolation signal (SI+UV).

However, SI would be reset and SW isolation valves opened for sump recirculation.

Technical Reference(s): S-8A, ATT. 9, ES-1.3 (Attach if not previously provided)

FSAR 5.4.5.3.3 33013-1246,1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_o_ne_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: __R_2_4_0_1C_1_'---_ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 8 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the physical connection between the CS Pump and cooling water for the seal HX. Added second part of question to provide four plausible choices.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 039 K5.08 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement) Main and Reheat Steam - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the MRSS: Effect of steam removal on reactivity RO Question #41 Plant conditions:

  • A large steam line break outside of containment has occurred
  • The Main Steam Isolation Valve on the faulted line will not close Which set of initial conditions would result in the largest net reactivity addition?

A. Beginning of Ufe (BOl) and 1% power B. Beginning of Ufe (BOl) and 100% power C. End of Life (EOl) and 1% power D. End of Ufe (EOl) and 100% power

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because the second part is correct as there is more mass in the SG to flash to steam. However, at BOL, MTC is at the lowest value therefore the reactivity addition will be less.

B. Plausible because most accident analyses are most severe when starting from higher power levels. However, at BOL, MTC is at the lowest value therefore the reactivity addition will be less.

C. CORRECT. MTC is at a higher value and therefore the reactivity addition will be greater than "A" or "B". At 1% power there is more mass in the SG to flash to steam as compared to 100% power.

D. Plausible because the first part is correct and most accident analyses are most severe when starting from higher power levels.

Technical Reference(s): UFSAR 15.1.5 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: RTA02C 1.03 (As available)

Question Source: Bank # X Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the initial conditions that will have the greatest effect on reactivity during a break in the MSS. Higher order because the candidate must determine which case has the greatest value for MTC and the most secondary coolant that will be converted to steam.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KIA # 059A1.03 Importance Rating 2.7 2.9 (K&A Statement) Main Feedwater* Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the MFW system controls including: Power level restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves RO Question #42 Plant conditions:

  • A plant startup is in progress in accordance with 0-1.2, PLANT STARTUP FROM HOT SHUTDOWN TO FULL LOAD
  • Power is 2%, with both motor-driven AFW Pumps in service
  • The crew will be raising power to roll the turbine Which of the following accurately completes the statement below regarding power escalation?

Before power exceeds (1) ,one Main Feed Water Pump must be in service and feeding the steam generators. The operator verifies that AMSAC automatically unblocks when (2)

Turbine First Stage Pressures reach approximately 225 psig (-40% reactor power).

A. (1) 3% (2) 1/2 B. (1) 3% (2) 2/2 C. (1) 8% (2) 1/2 D. (1) 8% (2) 2/2

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because part 1 is correct and a candidate unfamiliar with the knowledge of how AMSAC operates might believe that the AMSAC trips are unblocked when 1 of 2 Turbine First Stage Pressures logic is satisfied.

B. CORRECT. AM SAC will automatically UNBLOCK (reinstating the turbine trip on low feed flow) when 2/2 turbine first stage pressures indicate approximately 225 psig (-40%

reactor power) as indicated by the AMSAC AUTO BLOCK status light extinguishing. If first stage pressure should rise to the AMSAC unblock setpoint PRIOR to MFW flows indicating >25% offull power, then a turbine trip will result. 0-1.2 requires MFP prior to going greater than 3%

C. Plausible because 8% is the maximum power from which recovery from a loss of both MFW Pumps is attempted in AP-FW.1 but, even then, power is immediately reduced to 2%. The second part is plausible as in "An above.

D. Plausible because 8% is the maximum power from which recovery from a loss of both MFW Pumps is attempted in AP-FW.1 but, even then, power is immediately reduced to 2%. Part 2 is correct.

Technical Reference(s): 0-1.2, Step 6.6.5,6.6.21, and 6.20 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: ---C....;N..:..o:..;;..ne~_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _R_0'-P-'0__1_C_1_.0c......;5_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of when MFW must be in service before power reaches the AMSAC arming point.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KlA# 059 G2.2.22 Importance Rating 4.0 (K&A Statement) Main Feedwater: Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

Question #43 Plant conditions:

  • A plant startup is in progress
  • Power is 2% with both MDAFW pumps in service
  • 'A' MFW pump has just been started
  • Alarm PPCS-P3995, A MFW ISOLATION VALVE ACCUM LOW PRESSURE, just actuated Which choice identifies the following for AOV-3995, "A" MFW ISOLATION VALVE:

(1) the current operability requirement AND (2) the signal(s) that will automatically close AOV-3995 A. (1) must be OPERABLE at this time, (2) SI signal ONLY B. (1) must be OPERABLE at this time, (2) Either an SI or a HIGH S/G Level signal C. (1) is NOT required to be OPERABLE at this time, (2) SI signal ONLY D. (1) is NOT required to be OPERABLE at this time, (2) Either an SI or a HIGH SG Level signal

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. With the plant in Mode 2, AOV-3995 must be OPERABLE. The FWIV's close only on an SI signal.

B. Plausible because the first part is correct. If the candidate is unsure then it would make sense that the FWIV would close on a HIGH SG LEVEL since the FWRV and associated bypass must be malfunctioning.

C. Plausible because it would meet the LCO conditions for Mode 3 (both steam generators are isolated from both main feedwater pumps). The second part is correct.

D. Plausible because it would meet the LCO conditions for Mode 3 (both steam generators are isolated from both main feedwater pumps). If the candidate is unsure then it would make sense that the FWIV would close on a HIGH SG LEVEL since the FWRV and associated bypass must be malfunctioning.

Technical Reference(s}: TS 3.7.3 (Attach if not previously provided)

TS Basis 3.7.3-1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:

Learning Objective: -:;"R.: . ; ,3;"":,4,.:-01.: . ; ,C'---'-'1.-"-07::. . *.!. : . ; ,1.: -.1;, , :,3_ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge _X_ __

Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the operability requirements for the only MFW related components with a TS LCO. Written at RO level by requiring knowledge that a component might be inoperable because of an alarm. Added the isolation inputs to make 4 relevant choices. Higher order because the mode must be recognized and those requirements applied.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 061 K5.05 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement) Auxiliary Feedwater System - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the AFW: Feed line voiding and water hammer RO Question #44 Which of the following is a design feature that limits the operational implications of feed line water hammer?

A. FRV closure on Low Tavg + Reactor Trip B. Steam Generator feed ring J-tubes C. Main Feed Pump trip on Safety Injection D. Main Feedwater Isolation Valves (MFIVs)

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that the auto closure of the FRVs is designed to prevent water hammer when in fact its purpose is to prevent an uncontrolled cooldown of the RCS.

B. CORRECT. From UFSAR 3.9.1.1.6: Design of the feed ring piping, installation of J-tubes in the feed ring, and operating procedures minimize the possibility of water hammer.

UFSAR 10.3.3.3: "Design Guidelines for Avoiding Water Hammers in Steam Generators," to minimize the potential and consequence of water hammer in the feedwater system, specifically, the BWI replacement S/Gs are designed to minimize the steam pocket formation in the feed header by using top-discharge J-tubes in the feed ring to.eliminate the possibility of steam leakage into the feed ring through sleeve/header mechanical joints.

C. Plausible because the MFW pumps trip on an SI signal, and a candidate may incorrectly assume that the reason for the trip is to avoid/mitigate water hammer.

D. Plausible because the candidate not having a complete understanding of the design features associated with preventing water hammer may incorrectly assume that the feedwater isolation valves (which were installed after the EPU to limit mass/energy and maximum CNMT pressure following a SLB or FWLB inside CNMT) were added to prevent water hammer.

Technical Reference(s): USFAR, 3.9.1.1.6,10.3.3.2 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_o_n_e_ _______

Learning Objective: _R_4_0_0_1_C_1_'-1_._07_ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KIA # 062 K4.05 Importance Rating 2.7 3.2 (K&A Statement) AC Electrical Distribution - Knowledge of the AC distribution system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Paralleling of AC sources (synchroscope)

Question #45 Plant conditions:

  • 18% power
  • The crew is performing 0-1.2, PLANT STARTUP FROM HOT SHUTDOWN TO FULL LOAD
  • The main generator is ready to be synchronized to the grid
  • The synchroscope is ON and rotating at approximately 8 RPM in the SLOW direction Which choice identifies (1) the preferred breaker to be paralleled first that would be selected on the synchroscope selector switch, AND (2) what must be done to turbine speed to have the synchroscope rotating in accordance with the steps of 0-1.2?

A. (1) Breaker 9X13A72 (115kV); (2) lower turbine speed B. (1) Breaker9X13A72 (115kV); (2) raise turbine speed C. (1) Breaker 1G13A72 (115kV); (2) lower turbine speed D. (1) Breaker 1G13A72 (115kV); (2) raise turbine speed

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the breakers are in parallel but, to close 9X13A72 before 1G13A72, Electricians at, Station 13A, bypass 1G13A72 Reclosure Block Relay permissive in Circuit Breaker 9X13A72 close logic an auto reclosure must be blocked. The second part would make it run faster in the SLOW direction; the opposite of that which is desired.

B. Plausible because the breakers are in parallel but, to close 9X13A72 before 1G 13A72, Electricians at, Station 13A, bypass 1G13A72 Reclosure Block Relay permissive in Circuit Breaker 9X13A72 close logic. The second part is correct C. Plausible because the first part is correct. The second part would make it run faster in the SLOW direction; the opposite of that which is desired D. CORRECT. The breakers are in parallel but 1G13A72 is preferred breaker to parallel first because it doesn't have automatic reclosure. Turbine speed must be raised to get the synchroscope moving in the correct direction (FAST) and at the proper speed. It is desirable to have the main generator (INCOMING) frequency slightly higher than the grid (RUNNING) to ensure load control when the breaker is closed.

Technical Reference(s): 0-1.2,6.13.3 NOTE (Attach if not previously provided)

P-12, Pg. 66/84 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_on_e_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _R_0_PO_1_C_1._0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of an interlock that requires the order of breaker closure and the operator actions necessary to ensure breaker closure occurs within the parameters of the frequency and voltage monitoring circuit Higher order because the operator must analyze the conditions and determine the action necessary to get the synchroscope moving slowly in the FAST direction.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier 2 Group # 1 KJA# 063 A2.01 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement) DC Electrical Distribution - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the DC electrical systems; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

Grounds RO Question #46 Plant conditions:

  • Plant operating at 100% power
  • J-23, BATTERY BANK GROUND, actuated
  • The AO reports the following indication on Battery Charger A o + 40 Volts on the ground detector voltmeter o 135 Volts DC on Battery Charger A Based upon the conditions given, which choice describes: (1) the adverse impact of the above indications and (2) what actions are required to be taken?

A. (1) High battery voltage conditions will exist due to positive voltage ground (2) Operations may continue while ground isolation efforts continue B. (1) Low battery voltage conditions will exist due to ground (2) Swap to Battery charger A 1 and commence load reduction within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> C. (1) DC loads could be lost due to overcurrent trips of component supply breakers (2) Operations may continue while ground isolation efforts continue D. (1) DC loads could be lost due to overcurrent trips of component supply breakers (2) Swap to Battery charger A 1 and commence load reduction within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the positive voltage ground will lead to a potential high voltage condition, the second response is correct B. Plausible because the candidate may conclude that the ground will lead to a potential low voltage condition, the second response is the ITS 3.8.4 LCO time requirement to restore DC sources and not associated with ground C. CORRECT. Grounds faults can lead to overcurrent conditions, and the actions of AR J-23 require ground isolation efforts continue D. Plausible because the 1st part is correct the second response is the ITS 3.8.4 LCO time requirement to restore DC sources and not associated with ground Technical Reference(s): AR-J-15 (Attach if not previously provided)

AR-J-23 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N:....:..=..;on:..;:.;e=---_ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _R_E_R_O_7C-,-,_1._03_an_d_1_.04

__ ___ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: 8ank# 8063.0007 Modified 8ank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 063 K3.02 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement) DC Electrical Distribution - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the DC electrical system will have on the following: Components using DC control power RO Question #47 Plant conditions:

  • 'A' DC Bus develops a fault, causing the bus to de-energize
  • Subsequently, a loss of offsite power occurs Which one of the following describes how the loss of the 'A' DC Bus will affect Emergency Diesel Generator operation?

A. 'A' EDG will not start in response to an automatic signal B. 'A' EDG can only be started manually from the local panel C. Both EDGs will start in response to an automatic Signal, but 'A' EDG will NOT tie to the safeguards buses D. Both EDGs will start in response to an automatic signal, but 'A' EDG will require local actions to cross-tie the fuel oil system for long-term operation

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may believe that without DC control power, the 'A' EDG will not respond to automatic start signals.

B. Plausible because the candidate may believe that without DC control power, remote start capability is lost but local controls are still functioning.

C. Plausible if the candidate believed that with 'A' DC control power lost, the output breaker control power is also lost and the output breaker(s) will not close.

D. CORRECT. Both EDG will start due to the DC starting circuits have two parallel circuits, one from each DC train, Day tank for EDG A needs to be filled by cross-tying the EDG fuel oil transfer pump and manually bypassing the DC fill solenoid.

Technical Reference(s): P-12 (Attach if not previously provided)

ER-ELEC.2 TSB B-3.8.1-3 TSB B-3.8.4-2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N;...;...;:..on:...:..e~_________

Learning Objective: R0801C, 1.10, RER07C, 2.0 (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # IP 2010 NRC Exam (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by considering the effect of loss of DC control power to a relay that provides the EDG start circuits.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 064A1.02 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement) Emergency Diesel Generator - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the ED/G system controls including: Fuel consumption rate with load RO Question #48 Assume that:

  • Offsite power has been lost
  • All equipment functioned as designed Which of the following sets of conditions will result in the greatest INITIAL rate of fuel oil consumption by the Emergency Diesel Generators?

A. An unexplained reactor trip occurred immediately following the loss of offsite power.

RCS pressure is 2000 psig and rising. CNMT pressure is 0.5 psig and stable.

B. An automatic SI actuated on a steamline break downstream of the MSIVs. RCS Pressure is 1700 psig and rising. CNMT pressure is 0.5 psig and stable.

C. An automatic SI actuated on a steam line break inside CNMT. ReS pressure has stabilized at 1000 psig. CNMT pressure is 50 psig and slowly lowering.

D. A manual SI was initiated when pressurizer level could not be maintained following a reactor trip. RCS pressure is 1000 PSIG and rising. CNMT pressure is 8.0 psig and stable.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because different loads are applied in the UV Mode without SI. The candidate may assume for a straight Reactor Trip without an SI that more loads remain on EDG's due to no 'stripping of loads' and believe that this would produce the highest fuel consumption. However, there are more rotating equipment loads in the SI + UV and thus this would be one of the lowest fuel consumption situations.

B. Plausible because the candidate may believe due to all of the SI loads having started with a rising RCS pressure that the SI pumps would have to work harder to inject and reason that this would require a higher KW to do so and believe that this would produce the highest fuel consumption. Actually as SI flow lowers so does KW and the candidate may not recognize that RHR Pumps were stopped prior to ES-1.1 entry.

C. CORRECT. The largest, and variable, electrical load on the EDGs are the CRFCs. The higher the pressure in CNMT, combined with all the other SI loads, the more loading there will be on the EDG'. Therefore this will be the highest fuel consumption D. Plausible because the RCS pressures in Choices "C", "D" are similar, The largest, and variable, electrical load on the EDGs are the CRFCs. The higher the pressure in CNMT, and the SI and RHR Pumps are not stopped until a few steps after the RCS depressurization steps have been completed.

Technical Reference(s): FSAR Table 8.3-2a (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective: _R_0_8_0_1_C_1_.0_9_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by considering fuel consumption rate vs. the expected loading for different situations and general points in emergency procedures. Indirectly deals with when a Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tank limit will be reached and refill needed to remain within TSB.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 064 G2.2.37 Importance Rating 3.6 4.6 (K&A Statement) Emergency Diesel Generator - Ability to determine operability and/or availability of safety related equipment.

RO Question #49 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power

Emergency Diesel Generator 'A' is ___ while synchronized to the grid for this surveillance.

A. OPERABLE but UNAVAILABLE B. OPERABLE and AVAILABLE C. INOPERABLE and UNAVAILABLE D. INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because, after the EDG is synchronized to the grid, it can still realign to supply the vital bus if a UV and/or SI occurs. However, during startup and shutdown, switches are mis-positioned and/or tests are underway where the EDG may not meet operability requirements at any given time.

B. Plausible because, after the EDG is synchronized to the grid, it can still realign to supply the vital bus if a UV and/or SI occurs. A candidate unfamiliar with the surveillance procedure may be unaware that the EDG is declared INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE during the surveillance, since a realignment could be accomplished in short time.

C. Plausible because the first part is correct, and a candidate not familiar with the surveillance procedure could assume that since it is declared I NOPERABLE, it must also be UNAVAILABLE.

D. CORRECT. Per STP-O-12.1, Step 6.1.12, the EDG is declared INOPERABLE but AVAILABLE after proper system alignment is verified and before any controls manipulations. During this surveillance, the UnitlTrip switch is placed in "Parallel" to allow parallel operation with the selected bus - not it's normal configuration. Since the EDG could be quickly realigned to Unit operation, it is still "available."

Technical Reference(s): STP-O-12.1, 6.1.12 (Attach if not previously provided)

AR-DG-A-1 NOTE TSB Pg. 513/604 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:

Learning Objective: _R_0-,-S-,-0_1C_1_.0___9_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge -"X~_ _

Comprehension or Analysis

° 1 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 S 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by conSidering the operability status of an EDG during the performance of a normal surveillance procedure.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 073 A4.03 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement) Process Radiation Monitoring - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Check source for operability demonstration RO Question #50 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • STP-O-17.2M, PROCESS RADIATION MONITORS R-11 thru R-22, AND IODINE MONITORS R-10A and R-10B, SOURCE CHECK and ALARM SETPOINT VERIFICATION, is being performed
  • R-14, Plant Vent Gas Monitor, will be tested next Which of the following choices accurately completes the following statements?

Prior to performance of the Source Check for R-14, (1) to prevent inadvertent automatic actions. To demonstrate minimum operability, the source check increase must be (2)

A. (1) a jumper is installed; (2) greater than a predetermined, calculated value B. (1) a jumper is installed; (2) greater than the required high alarm setpoint C. (1) the high alarm setpoint is raised; (2) greater than a predetermined, calculated value D. (1) the high alarm setpoint is raised; (2) greater than the required high alarm setpoint

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because a candidate unfamiliar with the source check surveillance might believe jumpers are necessary to bypass any automatic interlock actuation. Part 2 is correct per the CORRECT explanation below.

B. Plausible because a candidate unfamiliar with the source check surveillance might believe jumpers are necessary to bypass any automatic interlock actuation. Part 2 is plausible because a candidate might believe the source strength is sufficient to drive the meter near-offscale high, without considering the impact of actually triggering the High Alarm interlocks and resulting consequences.

C. CORRECT. While testing RMS channels with automatic interlock functions driven by the High Alarm, it is NOT desirable to activate the high alarm during the source check. To prevent this, the alarm setpoint is temporarily raised (to a level of E6 CPM) before the check source is activated. The as-found rate meter value is recorded, the source check actuated, and the final value achieved after activating the source is recorded. This high value is always less than the High Alarm temporary setpoint, so no automatic actuations occur. The post-source check indication must be >50 CPM (for R 14 - it is different for each channel) greater than the as-found value to successfully pass this test.

D. Plausible because part 1 is correct, whereas part 2 is incorrect for the same explanation as is provided in B above.

Technical Reference(s): STP-O-17.2M Surveillance (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --.:N:..;:.o.::....:n..c:..:e=--_ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _R_3_9_0_1_C_1_.0_9_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge _X_ _ __

Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 EXamination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 1 KIA # 076A4.01 Importance Rating 2.9 (K&A Statement) Service Water System - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: SWS Pumps RO Question #51 Given the following plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • Offsite power circuits 7T and 767 have been lost
  • 80th DIGs have started and energized their respective Safeguards busses
  • Only 'D' SW pump is running
  • Attempts to start 'A', '8', and 'C' SW pumps were unsuccessful
  • "A" DIG local alarm for JACKET WATER TEMPERATURE is in alarm
  • The AO reports that jacket water temperatures are as follows:

o 17B"F and continuing to rise on 'A' DIG o 160*F and stable on '8' DIG Which of the following is the next action required by AP-SW.2, Loss of Service Water?

A. Establish alternate cooling to 'A' DIG B. Pull-stop DIG 'A' and immediately depress the Voltage Shutdown pushbutton C. Pull-stop 80TH DIGs and immediately depress the Voltage Shutdown push buttons D. Trip the reactor, perform the Immediate Actions of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, then trip both RCPs

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because later steps in AP-SW.2 will align alternate cooling if adequate cooling is supplied to running DIGs, jacket water temperature are in alarm, which require shutting down the affected DIG.

B. CORRECT. With a loss of off site power (the loss of circuits 7T and 767) the DIGs will energize all safeguard busses and the selected SW pumps should start, "B" and "C" would trip on UV but should be able to be restarted. With only one SW pump running and high temperature alarms inadequate cooling the affected DIG is shutdown C. Plausible if the candidate believes that a minimum of two SW pumps should be running - one to each train of SW and both DIG will need shutdown.

D. Plausible if the candidate believes that the required minimum SW pump combination is two (2) which require a reactor trip. Per AP-SW.2, step 2 RNO, a reactor trip is required if NO SW pumps can be started.

Technical Reference(s): AP-SW.2 (Attach if not previously provided)

AR-DG-A9 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N,---,-on_e~_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _RA_P_3_3_C_2_._01_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # COOO.1344 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring that the candidate know the power supplies and SW pumpltrain aSSignments in addition to recalling that running EDGs wlo SW must be tripped.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 076 K2.01 Importance Rating 2.7 (K&A Statement) Service Water System - Knowledge of bus power supplies to: Service Water RO Question #52 Plant conditions:

  • Plant is operating at 100% power
  • An SI actuation occurs, coincident with a loss of offsite power

A (1 ) 'B', 'C', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) BOTH trains of Service Water Isolation occur B. (1 ) 'B', 'C', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) NO Service Water Isolation occurs C. (1 ) 'A' and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) BOTH trains of Service Water Isolation occur O. (1 ) 'A', and '0' Service Water Pumps are running (2) NO Service Water Isolation occurs

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly believe that during an SI situation the all running SW pumps start. The second part is correct.

S. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly believe that during an SI situation the all running SW pumps start. Also because DIG re-energizes the bus the SW isolation will not occur. The SW isolation is sensed by breaker position not actual UV condition.

C. CORRECT. Only the selected SW pumps 'A' and 'D' will start and both trains of SW will isolate. Train 'A' of SW are pumps A & B, Train 'B' pumps C & D. Bus 18 (DIG 'A')

powers pumps 'A' and 'C', Bus 17 (DIG 'B') powers pumps 'B' and 'DJ.

D. Plausible because part 1 is correct. In part 2, the candidate may incorrectly assume that with because DIG re-energizes the bus the SW isolation will not occur Technical Reference(s): ITS Basis 3.7.8-2 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_on_e_ _ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _R_5_1_0_1_C,,-,_1._04_1_1._0_5_ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # COOO.1452 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 078 A3.01 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement) Instrument Air System - Ability to monitor automatic operation of the lAS, including: Air pressure RO Question #53 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • Instrument Air Compressor 'C' is running
  • Instrument Air and Service Air systems are cross-tied
  • Instrument Air pressure is 100 psig and slowly lowering Which choice identifies (1) the expected status of the air compressors, AND (2) the position of Service Air to Instrument Air Cross-tie Valve (AOV-5251)?

A. (1) ONLY Instrument Air Compressor 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 CLOSED B. (1) ONLY Instrument Air Compressor 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 OPEN C. (1) Instrument Air Compressors 'A', 'B', and 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 CLOSED D. (1) Instrument Air Compressors 'A', 'B', and 'C' running; (2) AOV-5251 OPEN

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because this would be the normal alignment. However, IA pressure has lowered below the auto start setpoint (105 PSI) for 1A and 1B IA Compressors. The second part is correct.

B. Plausible because this would be the normal alignment. However, IA pressure has lowered below the auto start setpoint (105 PSI) for 1A and 1B IA Compressors. The second part is plausible if the applicant has reversed the sequence of auto responses to lowering IA header pressure.

C. CORRECT. 1A and 1B IA Compressors are in AUTO and start at 105 PSI. AOV-5251 remains CLOSED until IA Header pressure reaches 90 PSI.

D. Plausible because the first part is correct but AOV-5251 does NOT open untillA Header pressure reaches 90 PSI.

Technical Reference(s): SYS47 SO, Pg. 30/43 (Attach if not previously provided)

AP-IA.1, Step 4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N_on_e_ _ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: __R_4_7_0_1_C_1_ _ _1_._04_ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the expected alignment for automatically controlled equipment as the pressure lowers in the IA System.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 103 A4.04 Importance Rating 3.5 (K&A Statement) Containment System Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Phase A and Phase B resets RO Question #54 Plant conditions:

  • An RCS Pressure transient caused a Pressurizer PORV to open and it failed to reseat
  • The crew initiated a MANUAL SI and MANUAL CI prior to reaching the AUTO SI setpoint
  • The block valve on the affected Pressurizer PORV has been closed
  • The crew is performing actions of the appropriate procedure Which choice describes the proper sequence of actions required in order to restore Instrument Air (IA) to containment through AOV-5392, IA to CNMT?

A. Reset CI, reset SI, open AOV-5392 B. Reset SI, reset CI, open AOV-5392 C. Reset CI, reset SI, reset both trains of XY relays for AOV-5392 D. Reset 81, reset CI, reset both trains of XY relays for AOV-5392

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation :

A. Plausible because if a candidate was unaware of the role the X-Y relays played in removing the CI signal to individual valves, they would choose this distractor (or 'B').

Similar to the correct answer, but the reset SI/CI sequence is reversed.

B. Plausible because it was MANUAL CI initiation that closed AOV-5392, therefore it might seem that resetting that signal would allow valve operation. A candidate unfamiliar with the role of the X-V relays in resetting CI signals might pick this option.

C. Plausible because this is essentially the same as the correct answer with the reset SI/CI steps reversed. A candidate with a misconception of the necessary requirements to reset the CI signal could reverse this sequence improperly.

D. CORRECT. SI must be reset to allow clearing the CI lock-in signal. The single MANUAL CI signal operates both trains of XY relays to ensure a CIV closes. Both sets of relays must be reset to allow the valve to be opened. Since the 2-position switch for AOV-5392 is already in the OPEN position, the valve will open automatically when the proper sequence is completed.

Technical Reference(s): E-1 Steps 6, 7, 9 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N:.....:..=..:on:...:.ce=--_ _ _ __

Learning Objective: . . . ;R:. . :;E=P'-0::. .c1:. . : C'-1.c. ;..:::..;:02=--_

. _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: GINNA does not have a Phase <lB" signal or valves. Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the manual actions necessary to open the CIV that is always opened first after an accident or transient resulting in an SI.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 1 KIA # 103 K4.04 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement) Containment System - Knowledge of the containment system design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the following: Personnel access hatch and emergency access hatch RO Question #55 Given the following conditions:

  • A Containment entry was made at power to investigate a possible steam leak
  • Personnel are preparing to open the Personnel Hatch Inner Door Which of the following accurately completes the statements below?

The Personnel Hatch Inner Equalizing Valve connects the hatch pressure with (1) pressure. The highest Technical Specification Mode that the personnel hatch interlocks may be bypassed is (2)

A. (1) CONTAINMENT (2) Mode 5 B. (1) CONTAINMENT (2) Mode 4 C. (1) INTERMEDIATE BUILDING (2) Mode 5 D. (1) INTERMEDIATE BUILDING (2) Mode 4

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. The pressure equalizing valve is installed between the containment and the access hatch. The containment air locks must be operable in Modes 1-4; including the simultaneous door opening physical interlock mechanism.

B. Plausible because first part is correct and candidate may think operability only required prior to going above 350' F .

C. Plausible if applicant is thinking about equalizing the pressure between the IB and access hatch when opening the outer door. The second part is correct.

D. Plausible if applicant is thinking about equalizing the pressure between the IB and access hatch when opening the outer door and candidate may think operability only required prior to going above 350" F .

Technical Reference(s): ITS, ITS Basis 3.6.2 (Attach if not previously provided)

FSAR 3.8.1.5.4, FIG 3.8-31 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N__on_e_ _ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: ..::.-R=2~1O.=.-1-=-::C=---:,:1.-=-07.:.....:::,an:...:.;d:::.....-:..:1.-2..13-=--__ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of a design feature associated with the containment air locks and the requirement for operability of the phYSical mechanism that prevents simultaneous door opening.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 001 G2.1.30 Importance Rating 4.4 (K&A Statement) Control Rod Drive - Ability to locate and operate components, including local controls RO Question #56 Plant conditions:

  • 45% power
  • The crew is preparing to recover BANK 'D', Group 1 rod C-7, in accordance with ER-RCC.1, RETRIEVAL OF A DROPPED RCC
  • An operator has been dispatched to reset the step counter on the PIA Converter Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?

The operator must select (1) at the PIA Converter. If the operator at the PIA Converter mistakenly believes that BANK 'B' Group 1 control rod E-7 is being retrieved, and takes action accordingly, then (2) to alert control room operators to the error.

A. (1) BANK'D' (2) the BANK 'B' step counters will begin stepping out B. (1) BANK'D' (2) Alarm C-16, INSERTION LIMIT BANK B LO LO, will actuate during the process C. (1) RCC C-7 (2) the BANK 'B' step counters will begin stepping out D. (1) RCC C-7 (2) Alarm C-16, INSERTION LIMIT BANK B LO LO, will actuate during the process

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because the first part is correct and the second part is plausible if the candidate believes that the group selected at PIA Converter will control rod motion.

B. CORRECT. Only a BANK can be selected at the PIA Converter. Performing the actions specified in the procedure (but on the wrong bank) will cause an insertion limit alarm to actuate on that bank because the RIL Computer gets its signal from the PIA Converter.

C. Plausible because the specific rod is selected on the Lift Coil Disconnect Panel during dropped rod retrieval, and the group (within the affected bank) step counters are reset to ZERO, but that occurs at the MCB and not via the PIA Converter.

D. Plausible because the specific rod is selected on the Lift Coil Disconnect Panel during dropped rod retrieval, and the second part is correct.

Technical Reference(s): ER-RCC.1, Step 6.2.5 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N--'-on_e_ _________

Learning Objective: _R_E_R_1_1_C_3_._0_a_nd_4._0_ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by demonstrating knowledge of operations performed at a Rod Control related panel in the back of MCB and the expected indication(s) at the MCB.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 002 A1.08 Importance Rating 3.7 (K&A Statement) Reactor Coolant System - Ability to predict and/or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding design limits) associated with operating the RCS controls including: RCS average temperature RO Question #57 Plant conditions:

  • Power was being raised to 100% at 10%/hour
  • The HCO was manually adjusting control rod position during the load ascension
  • Following the final load adjustment to 100% power, the control rods were manually withdrawn 8 steps too far Which of the following identifies:

(1) The time in core life when the final Tavg value will be the HIGHEST; AND (2) The MCB alarm or plant LIMIT that would occur FIRST?

A. (1) Beginning of Core Life (BOl);

(2) Alarm G-9, RCS lOOP A HIGH TAVG 579°F B. (1) Beginning of Core Life (BOl);

(2) COlR Tavg limit for DNB is exceeded C. (1) End of Core Life (EOl);

(2) Alarm G-9, RCS lOOP A HIGH TAVG 579'F D. (1) End of Core Life (EOl);

(2) COlR Tavg limit for DNB is exceeded

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because the first part is correct but the ONB Tavg limit is 577.5°F , not 579'F.

B. CORRECT. The value of MTC is lowest at BOl and therefore Tavg would rise more at BOl than EOl before stabilizing. The ITS ONB limit for Tavg is 577.5°F.

C. Plausible if candidate does not properly apply the values of MTC to the situation and assumes that an overhead alarm would always actuate before a ITS limit is reached.

O. Plausible if candidate does not properly apply the values of MTC to the situation and the second part is correct.

Technical Reference(s): AR-G-9 (Attach if not previously provided)

ITS 3.4.1 ONB LIMIT COlR2.10.2 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N-'-o..;;..;n-c-e'----_ _ _ __

learning Objective: ROC01C 2.01, ROC02C 1.03 (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New X Question History: last NRC Exam Question Cognitive level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis X 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 5 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 014 A2.04 Importance Rating 3.4 (K&A Statement) Rod Position Indication - Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on the RPIS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Misaligned rod RO Question #58 Plant conditions:

  • The unit was stable at 80% power
  • Rod Control is in MANUAL
  • The RG&E Energy Control Center directed a rapid load reduction to 70% due to a problem on the grid
  • At the conclusion of the load reduction the HCO reported that alarm C-5, PPCS ROD SEQUENCE OR ROD DEVIATION, was alarming
  • Bank '0' step counters read 181 steps
  • MRPI indication for Bank '0', group 2 rod G-3 is 164 steps
  • Tavg has stabilized at 4'F HIGHER than Tref
  • The CRS has entered AP-RCC.2, RCC/RPI MALFUNCTION Which choice identifies (1) the initial method for restoring Tavg to program, AND (2) what alarm will indicate that the problem is an actual misaligned RCC?

A. (1) insert rods to match Tavg-Tref; (2) "ROD DEVIATION" alarm on the MRPI Screen B. (1) insert rods to match Tavg-Tref; (2) F-29, PPCS AXIAL OR QUADRANT POWER TILT C. (1) initiate a boration to match Tavg-Tref; (2) "ROD DEVIATION" alarm on the MRPI Screen D. (1) initiate a boration to match Tavg-Tref; (2) F-29, PPCS AXIAL OR QUADRANT POWER TILT

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because this is one of the two methods to restore Tavg if Tavg is greater than Tref in AP-TURB.5 used for the rapid load reduction. However. the boration is the only method in AP-RCC.2,due to rod mis-alignment. The ROD DEVIATION alarm on MRPI is

+/- 24 steps.

B. Plausible because this is one of the two methods to restore Tavg if Tavg is greater than Tref in AP-TURB.5 used for the rapid load reduction. However. the boration is the only method in AP-RCC.2.due to rod mis-alignment. The second part is correct.

C. Plausible because the first part is correct. However. the ROD DEVIATION alarm on MRPI is +/- 24 steps.

D. CORRECT. AP-RCC.2 specifies boration when Tavg is NOT stable at the programmed value. Alarm F-29 is listed as a symptom of an RCC problem and is indicative of the start of a quadrant power tilt. A QPTR calculation will be performed later in the procedure.

Technical Reference{s): AR-F-29 and AR-C5 (Attach if not previously provided)

AP-RCC.2. Symptoms. Step 3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: _N~o;..;;..ne=--_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _-,RA~P,--1::...::.3;....;:C,--=-=--,-_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the impact of a misaligned rod on the RPIS and the subsequent actions for correcting a key plant parameter as addressed in the applicable procedure. Higher order because the actions would be different for different conditions and alternate actions for a *step are taken.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 015 K2.01 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement) Nuclear Instrumentation - Knowledge of bus power supplies to: NIS channels, components, and interconnections RO Question #59 Initial Plant conditions:

  • A plant startup from a forced outage is in progress
  • The plant is at 5% power
  • Power is being raised in preparation for turbine roll for synchronization The following conditions now exist:
  • E-3, INVERTER TROUBLE, in alarm
  • E-6, LOSS A INSTR BUS, in alarm
  • Instrument Bus A voltage is 0 volts Which of the following describes the plant response to these conditions? (Assuming no operator action.)

A. Reactor trip on low PRZR pressure due to PT-429 failure, resulting in PORV-430 failing open B. Main turbine EHC shifts to Manual mode due to the loss of first stage impulse pressure signal C. Reactor trip due to de-energizing Intermediate Range N-35 D. The reactor and turbine will continue to operate normally - a single instrument bus failure will not cause a transient.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A Plausible if the candidate believes PT-429 is the normal controlling PRZR channel (it's the alternate) and doesn't realize that on a loss of power all PRZR channels fails LOW.

PT-429 provides the interlock function for PORV-430, and with a failure low the PORV is prevented from opening.

B. Plausible because on the loss of Instrument Bus A, the first stage pressure input to EHC will fail LOW and cause the turbine control to shift to IMP PRESS OUT.

C. CORRECT. Since most protection circuits take a 2/3 or 2/4 logic, a reactor trip will NOT normally occur from the loss of a single instrument bus. HOWEVER, if reactor trip breakers are closed with the Source Range and Intermediate Range flux trips NOT YET blocked during the startup (P-6 and P-10 permissives), a loss of A, B, or C instrument busses will result in a reactor trip when their bistables trip on loss of power due to the Y2 coincidence associated with the SR and IR high flux trips.

D. Plausible for the normal multiple-input protection logic described above.

Technical Reference(s): P-10, 5.12. C, Bus Failure (Attach if not previously provided)

P-10, 5.2.A, PRZR Press Failure Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective: _R:...::.I:...::C:...::.1=2C~1..;:..;:.0:...::6_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # COOO.1429 Question Source:

Modified Bank #

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of operator action for loss of power to an instrument bus that feeds nuclear instrumentation during a reactor startup. Higher order because an assessment of other instrument failures in addition to NIS must be considered.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 2 KIA # 027 K5.01 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement) Containment Iodine Removal - Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they apply to the CIRS: Purpose of charcoal filters RO Question #60 Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?

The Containment Post-Accident Charcoal Filters are designed to remove the maximum amount of from the containment atmosphere when CRFC units are in operation during the accident.

A Cesium; 18 and 1D B. Cesium; 1A and 1C C. Iodine; 18 and 1D D. Iodine; 1A and 1C

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A Plausible because noble gases are of concern for dose calculations but is mainly reduced by decay vs charcoal filters. Only 1A and 1C are physically connected with post-accident charcoal units.

B. Plausible. because noble gases are of concern for dose calculations but is mainly reduced by decay vs charcoal filters The second part is correct.

C. Plausible because the first part is correct. Only 1A and 1C are physically connected with post-accident charcoal units.

D. CORRECT. Post-Accident Charcoal Filter Units 1A and 1B are physically connected to receive discharge flow from their respective containment atmosphere recirculation units (1A from 1A, 1B from 1C). The purpose of the charcoal units is to filter/trap iodine from the post-accident atmosphere; with or without containment spray actuated.

Technical Reference(s): FSAR 9.4.1 (Attach if not previously provided) 33013-1863 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: ---=--:N-=..o:....:..ne"--_ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _R___2_2_01_C_1.-'-04_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 8 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the purpose of the post-accident charcoal filters. Attempted to elevate the question to the licensed operator level by requiring knowledge of when the maximum flow through the charcoal filters would occur.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 029 K1.03 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement) Containment Purge - Knowledge of the physical connections and/or cause-effect relationships between the Containment Purge System and the following systems: Engineered safeguards RO Question #61 Plant conditions:

  • The reactor is critical with power being held at 3% power due to a small RCS leak
  • Preparations for a containment entry are in progress
  • Containment atmosphere requires purging for air quality considerations prior to containment entry What choice identifies (1) the system that must be utilized to purge the containment atmosphere, and (2) what will happen if an automatic safety injection actuation occurs while the purge system is aligned to containment?

A (1 ) Containment Purge; (2) Isolation dampers close, fans automatically trip B. (1) Containment Purge; (2) Isolation dampers close, fans must be manually stopped C. (1 ) Containment Mini-Purge; (2) Isolation dampers close, fan automatically trips D. (1 ) Containment Mini-Purge; (2) Isolation dampers close, fan must be manually stopped

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible because this flowpath is used to purge CNMT atmosphere, but is not allowed above Mode 5. The second part is plausible because operators check the post-SI position of the dampers but there is no direction to stop the fan(s) or to check their status and the fans will trip on aT-signal.

B. Plausible because this flowpath is used to purge CNMT atmosphere, but is not allowed above Mode 5 .The second part is plausible because operators check the post-SI position of the dampers but there is no direction to stop the fan(s) or to verify their "tripped" status.

C. CORRECT. Mini-Purge initiation is NOT Mode dependent. The blower will trip on interlock with closure of the suction damper.

D. Plausible because the first part is correct. However, the fans will trip on interlock with the suction damper.

Technical Reference(s): S-23.2.2, 5.6 (Attach if not previously provided)

AR-C17 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective:  :. .;:R=22=O::. . .:1--=C_1::. -=-.O=-:_

7 _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 9 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the response of the containment purge alignment when an auto SI actuates. The flowpath part of the question provides two more challenging choices for what would otherwise be a very easy question. Higher order because the permitted alignment would be different if the plant were in a different mode.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 2 Group # 2 KIA # 034 K4.03 Importance Rating 2.6 (K&A Statement) Fuel Handling Equipment - Knowledge of design feature(s) and/or intertock{s) which provide for the following: Overload protection RO Question #62 Plant conditions:

  • Core off-load is in progress
  • The Manipulator Crane is aligned over the core
  • The gripper is engaged on a fuel assembly Which manipulator crane interlock will stop upward hoist motion if a grid strap on the engaged assembly becomes caught in a grid strap on an adjacent assembly?

A. HOIST TRIP B. GRIPPER C. OVERLOAD D. TRAVEL INTERLOCK

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible as one of the four load cell interlocks. However, this circuit prevents upward hoist motion when a load is sensed with the gripper disengaged. Trolley motion is prevented.

B. Plausible as one of the four load cell interlocks. However, this interlock prevents operation of the disengage solenoid before the assembly is resting on the lower core plate. Hoist can still be lowered.

C. CORRECT. If 2250 pounds of tension is detected by the load cell with the gripper engaged then UP motion is disabled. Trolley motion is prevented.

D. Plausible as it is one of the interlocks on the bridge and trolley to prevent both drives being energized at the same time.

Technical Reference(s}: SYS37 SO, pg. 12 (Attach if not previously provided)

TRM Basis 3.9.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: None Learning Objective: _R'--'C3-=-7.. . .;0'--'C1..:; .C-'1;. :. . 0:. .c.7_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge

-X- - - -

Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments: Meets KIA by presenting a fuel handling situation and requiring knowledge of the circuit (OVERLOAD) that will prevent fuel assembly damage.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 055 K3.01 Importance Rating 2.5 (K&A Statement) Condenser Air Removal - Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CARS will have on the following: Main Condenser RO Question #63 Plant conditions:

  • 100% power
  • 3422, Air Ejector Steam Control Valve AOV, fails closed What will be the long term effect on Main Condenser vacuum? Vacuum will:

A. Be unaffected due to the rise in Gland Sealing Steam pressure B. Be unaffected, as the Priming Ejectors will automatically maintain vacuum when the primary steam source is isolated C. Degrade and stabilize at the point where the condensing action of the steam can maintain vacuum D. Degrade, resulting in an automatic turbine trip

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: 0 Explanation:

A. Plausible. Gland Sealing pressure would increase, however at this power level the turbine glands are self-sealing and the excess steam would be controlled by the Steam Seal supply system. The effect of the loss of air removal would also far exceed the effect of increased gland sealing.

B. Plausible.The Priming Ejectors can be used, however, they do not have automatic control.

C. Plausible if the candidate believes that the condensing action alone is adequate to maintain vacuum. The non-condensable gases in the condensate would come out of solution in the condenser and vacuum will rise with no method of removal available.

D. CORRECT. Main Condenser vacuum would decrease to less than 20" resulting in an auto turbine trip.

Technical Reference(s): AP-TURB.4 (Attach if not previously provided)

FSAR 10.4.3, 10.7.6 GP COMPONETS, CH.3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination:

Learning Objective: _RA_P_2_3_C_2_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # COOO.1335 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 4 55.43 Comments: GINNA uses air ejectors to establish and maintain condenser vacuum. The CARS has no active equipment directly controlled from the MCB. Such being the case

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 068 A3.02 Importance Rating 3.6 (K&A Statement) Liquid Radwaste - Ability to monitor automatic operation of the Liquid Radwaste System including: Automatic Isolation RO Question #64 Plant conditions:

  • The plant is in Mode 5 for refueling
  • 'A' Circ Water pump is running
  • Monitor Tank "A" is being released to the discharge canal via RCV-18, LIQUID WASTE RELEASE OUTLET AOV TO DISCHARGE CANAL
  • The Monitor Tank Selector Switch is in NORMAL
  • Monitor tank level is 30% and slowly lowering
  • The following alarms have been received:

o E16, RMS PROCESS MONITOR HIGH ACTIVITY o R-18, Radiation monitor warning and high alarm light are on Which ONE of the following describes the status of the liquid waste release path for these conditions?

A. RCV-18 automatically shuts and the Monitor Tank Pump automatically trips B. RCV-18 automatically shuts, the Monitor Tank Pump must be manually tripped C. RCV-18 must be locally closed, the Monitor Tank Pump automatically trips D. RCV-18 must be locally closed, the Monitor Tank Pump must be manually tripped

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A.

Explanation:

A. CORRECT. R-18 ALARM will cause all running discharge pumps to trip, and RCV-18 closes B. Plausible, automatic operation of RCV-18 can be bypassed during low discharge flow Conditions when only SW pumps are running, the Monitor Tank pumps may also be bypassed during low power conditions C. Plausible because the "open" interlock is defeated during an outage when a Circ Water pump is not operating. Candidate may incorrectly believe that this defeats the automatic closure of RCV-18. Part 2 is correct.

D. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that manual action is needed for isolation. The release procedure does have optional methods for releases during shutdown conditions when the automatic functions are bypassed.

Technical Reference(s): AR-RMS-R-18 (Attach if not previously provided)

P-8 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective: _____________________ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # 2009 Wolf Creek (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge -'X'-'-_____

Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 7 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of automatic isolation interlocks that are operable for a specific set of conditions

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 2 Group # 2 KIA # 075 A4.01 Importance Rating 3.2 (K&A Statement) Circulating Water System - Ability to manually operate and/or monitor in the control room: Emergency/essential SWS Pumps RO Question #65 Plant conditions:

  • 75% power
  • Alarm 1-1, SCREEN HOUSE LO LEVEL 22', has actuated due to continued ice buildup.
  • Both PPCS and local indications confirm lowering level
  • The crew is performing ER-SC.3, LOW SCREEN HOUSE WATER LEVEL,
  • AP-TURB.5, RAPID LOAD REDUCTION, is also being performed to lower power to less than 50%

Which choice fills in the blanks in the following statement?

Power is lowered to less than 50% in anticipation of (1) and, if screenhouse level continues to lower, the (2) pumps will be the first to be considered inoperable.

A. (1) tripping the Main Turbine; (2) Service Water B. (1) tripping the Main Turbine; (2) Fire C. (1) stopping one Circulating Water Pump; (2) Service Water D. (1) stopping one Circulating Water Pump; (2) Fire

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: C Explanation:

A. Plausible if the candidate is thinking about circulator trips and/or SW flow to turbine auxiliaries. 50% is the P-9 setpoint that prevents a reactor trip on a turbine trip. The second part is correct.

B. Plausible if the candidate is thinking about circulator trips and/or SW flow to turbine auxiliaries. 50% is the P-9 setpoint that prevents a reactor trip on a turbine trip. The Fire Pump suction bell strainer is located higher in the screen house than the SW Pump suction bell but the Fire Pumps remain OPERABLE after the SW Pumps have already been declared INOPERABLE.

C. CORRECT. Per ER-SC.3, stopping one CW Pump will raise screenhouse level approximately 7'. SW Pumps are declared INOPERABLE at 16' then the Fire Pumps will be declared INOPERABLE if level continues to lower below 15.5'.

D. Plausible because the first part is correct. The Fire Pump suction bell strainer is located higher in the screen house than the SW Pump suction bell but the Fire Pumps remain OPERABLE after the SW Pumps have already been declared INOPERABLE.

Technical Reference(s): ER-SC.3: Precaution 5.1.3. (Attach if not previously provided) 5.1.4; 6.3.6.NOTE; ATT. 1 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: -'-CN.;;;...on;..;;..e=--_ _ __

Learning Objective: _R:...:.E=R:....:2=0=--=C"--'-.-=2c:...::.O:....:1-=a::.:.;n:..:::.d-=2;;....;.1-=0___ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 7 55.43 Comments: Meets KIA by requiring knowledge of the actions associated with CW Pumps and operability of SW and FP Pumps as the level lowers in the screenhouse: the common suction area of the pumps. Borderline but considered higher order because the order of pump inoperability is determined.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO T~r# 3 Group#

KIA # 2.1.3 Importance Rating 3.7 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of shift or short-term relief turnover practices RO Question #66 A Control Board Operator is reporting for a normally scheduled shift after being off for the past eight (8) days. Which of the following is required to be performed when relieving the off-going watch?

A. Walkdown/tour of the Control Room panels B. Review of the Night Orders & Instructions for the previous 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> ONLY C. Review of ALL Condition Reports submitted since the previous watch of the on-coming watchstander D. Review of the past eight days worth of Control Room Logs back to the previous watch of the on-coming watchstander.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. Per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.2, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall tour Control Room panels with the off-going watch.

B. Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.1.b, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review the Night Orders &

Instructions back to their last shift, C. Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.2.d, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review Condition Reports that affect Operations, not ALL Condition Reports.

D. Plausible because per CNG-OP-1.01-2002, Operations Shift Turnover and Relief, Section 5.2.B.1.d, the on-coming watchstation panel operators shall review Control Room log back to their last watch, or the last 48 hours5.555556e-4 days <br />0.0133 hours <br />7.936508e-5 weeks <br />1.8264e-5 months <br />, whichever is SHORTER. Since the operator is returning from 8 days off, only a review of the logs for the past 48 hrs is required.

Technical Reference(s): CNG-OP-1.01-2002 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --=-.:Nc.=.o.:..:.ne=---_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _RA:. . : . . : D=-2=-3:. . :C: . 2.,. . .;4. :. .;.0:. c:0_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # COOO.1055 (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group #

KIA # 2.1.23 Importance Rating 4.3 (K&A Statement) Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all modes of plant operation RO Question #67 Given the following conditions:

  • Plant is cooling down to cold shutdown as a result of high RCS activity
  • It is desirable to maintain the maximum amount of Letdown flow due to the RCS activity
  • With reduced RCS pressure, current Letdown flow is 6 gpm with all 3 orifices in service
  • The next step in 0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions, will have the crew align RHR and place it in service How will purification flow continue as RCS pressure is further reduced from 350 psig to 125 psig?

A. Solid plant pressure control will establish satisfactory letdown flow through the orifice valves while operating on RHR B. Purification flow will continue through the orifice valves, but at lower flow rates as RCS pressure is reduced C. The Refueling Water Purification pump is placed in service at -350 psig to assist in developing Letdown flow D. The RHR pump head will provide sufficient letdown flow from the RHR system to allow greater purification flow

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because when solid pressure control is via PCV-135 and the orfices do still allow RCS pressure control, however the flow to too low to provide purification B. Plausible because purification flow will be inadequate at low pressures and orfice valves are closed to place Low Pressure Purification in service C. Plausible because the Refueling Water Purification pump is used to continue purification, however it is only used when RCS pressure is less than 100 psig D. CORRECT. When RHR is placed in service part of the flow is dirverted to the CVCS system thru HCV-133 to provide driving head for RCS purification and pressure control when solid.

Technical Reference(s): 0-2.2, Plant Shutdown from (Attach if not previously provided)

Hot Shutdown to Cold Conditions S-7B Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective: ...;...R-'--'0'--P----'0'-4c...:C_1c:...:..-=-01-'--'-=-an;...;.;d'-----'1.;...;.;0-=-3_ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # C004.0049 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group #

KIA # 2.1.29 Importance Rating 4.1 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of how to conduct system lineups, such as valves, breakers, switches, etc.

RO Question #68 Given the following conditions:

  • You are conducting a valve lineup
  • You are verifying the position of a normally LOCKED OPEN valve
  • The locking device is preventing any movement of the handwheel Which of the following describes the method used to completely verify the position of this locked valve in the OPEN position?

A. Verify position by local stem indicator, local light indication if available, or limit switch position if available. Positioning of the valve is NOT required.

B. Verify that the locking device prevents any valve movement by visual inspection or by physically attempting movement of the locking device. Positioning of the valve is NOT required.

C. Remove the locking device, attempt to move the valve in the OPEN direction, return valve to original position, and reinstall locking device. Second person independently verifies the locking device installed.

D. Remove the locking device, attempt to move the valve in the CLOSED direction, return valve to original position, and reinstall locking device. Second person independently verifies the locking device installed.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may incorrectly assume that the valve position can be verified solely by valve stem position, indicator lights, or limit switch operation. A-52.2, Control of Locked Valve and Breaker Operation, is very specific in how to verify a LOCKED OPEN valve.

B. Plausible because the candidate, if not familiar with A-52.2, may incorrectly assume that no movement from a locking device is sufficient to verify valve position.

C. Plausible because this distractor is correct EXCEPT that A-52.2 specifies that the valve is to be checked in the CLOSED position.

D. CORRECT. Per A-52.2, Section 6.3.7.2, reads: "Attempt to move handwheel or operator in the CLOSED direction only enough to verify valve indicating the valve is open. IF unable to move the operator due to the locking device, remove the locking device and attempt to move the operator or handwheel in the CLOSED direction only long enough to verify valve movement."

Technical Reference(s): A-52.2, Control of Locked (Attach if not previously provided)

Valve and Breaker Operation IP-OPS-5, Operational Configuration Control, Att.4 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --C-N-'-o_ne-=--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _R_A_D_O_BC_,<-1_.0_5_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # COOO.1050 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group #

KfA# 2.2.13 Importance Rating 4.1 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of tagging and clearance procedures RO Question #69 You have been directed to develop a tagout (Barrier 2) in accordance with CNG-OP-1.01-1007, Clearance and Safety Tagging.

Which one of the following conditions requires the associated tagout to be considered an "EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT"?

A. Reactor Coolant System level is being maintained at < 6" for RTD replacement B. Double isolation is not provided for a Service Water System component tag out C. Tags Plus not applied to a CAUTION-tagged component D. A tagged-out Confined Space whose atmospheric conditions areas have been verified acceptable

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A. CORRECT. System conditions, such as RCS Level, used for boundaries are considered to be EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUTS.

B. Plausible because jf double isolation can be provided, a tag out is considered EXCEPTIONAL for system conditions of 200°F and 500 psig. Service Water system pressure is 40-60 psig, and is well below the required pressure of 500 psig for an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT.

C. Plausible because the candidate may not understand that CNG-OP-1.01-1007 states that one of the conditions for an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT is "Tags Plus not applied to a DANGER-tagged component" - and therefore CAUTION-tagged valves do NOT apply to the EXCEPTIONAL tagout.

D. Plausible because Confined Spaces qualify as an EXCEPTIONAL TAGOUT until the atmospheric conditions are confirmed.

Technical Reference(s): CNG-OP-1.01-1007, Rev. 01000 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: -.:. .:N. : :.:onc.:. : e=------_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: -=L'-'-P--=.-XX--=....:..-.:.-F;....;;IC'--S.;;....A-:;F_T'-G=--<,-=3..;...;.0'--___ (As available)

Question Source: Bank#

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group #

KIA # 2.2.40 Importance Rating 3.4 (K&A Statement) Ability to apply Technical Specifications for a system RO Question #70 Given the following plant conditions:

A. RCS dilution is in progress for reactor startup B. Rx trip breakers are closed C. Shutdown Bank rods have been withdrawn 2

D. N31 reading - 3 x 10 cps 2

E. N32 reading - 2 x 10 cps F. N35 reading - 1.5 x 10-11 amps 11 G. N36 reading - 1.0 x 10- amps Suddenly N32 reading drops to < 1 cps.

Which of the following is a required action, if any, based upon the inoperability of N32?

A. Continue the startup and block SR trips B. Immediately suspend the RCS dilution C. Immediately open the reactor trip breakers D. No action required - the ITS LCO is satisfied

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because allowed by Tech Specs if above the P-6 interlock (5 x 10-11 amps)

B. CORRECT. Per ITS LCO Action F.2, "Suspend operations involving positive reactivity additions IMMEDIATELY" and F.3, "restore the channel to OPERABLE status within 48 hrs."

C. Plausible because the reactor trip breakers must be opened immediately if BOTH N31 and N32 are inoperable per Action F .1.

D. Plausible if the candidate misread Table 3.3.1.1 for mode applicability, in which case a single Source Range channel is possible with no further actions Technical Reference(s): ITS LCO 3.3.1 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --=....:N=.o'-'-ne"'--______________

Learning Objective: ..;...R;:..;;,3;..;;;.3.:::..01-'-C:::..2,--.:..;1.-'-13=--___________ (As available)

Question Source: Bank# B015.0002 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 6 55.43 Comments: RO knowledge due to IMMEDIATE action knowledge of LCO to suspend positive reactivity evolutions.

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group #

Kj)\# 2.3.4 Importance Rating 3.2 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions RO Question #71 Given the following conditions:

  • The Survey Center has been directed to provide immediate entry for Operations personnel in accordance with EPIP 3-3, Immediate Entry
  • Enroute to the TSC, radiation levels are higher than initially estimated Given these conditions, (1) what is the maximum radiation level in an area that the team can enter without permisSion, )\ND (2) if exceeded, whose direction is required to proceed through those areas?

A (1) less than 1 Rem/hr (2) Emergency Coordinator B. (1) less than 2 Rem/hr (2) Emergency Coordinator C. (1) less than 1 Rem/hr (2) Survey Center Manager D. (1) less than 2 Rem/hr (2) Survey Center Manager

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because part 1 is limit for LOCKED HIGH RADIAITION AREA (1000 mr/hr) and TEDE limit (1 rem) , the second part is correct.

B. CORRECT. Per EPIP-3.3, one of the requirements for an Immediate Entry departure briefing is "A reminder that the teams DO NOT enter areas with radiation levels greater than 2 Rem/hr unless directed by the Emergency Coordinator."

C. Plausible because part 1 is limit for LOCKED HIGH RADIAITION AREA (1000 mr/hr) and TEDE limit (1 rem), Survey Center Manager is plausible because for the Immediate Entry, the team will be assembled and dispatched from the Survey Center, therefore that individual would be likely to provide the direction.

D. Plausible because part 1 is correct, Survey Center Manager is plausible because for the Immediate Entry, the team will be assembled and dispatched from the Survey Center, therefore that individual would be likely to provide the direction.

Technical Reference{s): A-1 (Attach if not previously provided)

EPIP 3-3 Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective: _R_S_C_0_2_C-,-,_15_ _

an_d__

16_______ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group #

KIA # 2.3.13 Importance Rating 3.4 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of radiological safety procedures pertaining to licensed operator duties, such as response to radiation monitor alarms, containment entry requirements, fuel handling responsibilities, access to lHRA, aligning filters, etc.

RO Question #72 Given the following:

  • Plant operating at 100% power
  • Containment entry is in progress to search for an unidentified RCS leak
  • S-12.2, Operator Action In The Event Of Indication Of Significant Increase In RCS Leakage, is open
  • R10A, Containment Vent Iodine Monitor, counts start rising and High Alarm actuates What is the next required action to be taken per A-3, Containment Vessel Entry, for these conditions?

A. Start Aux. Charcoal Filter Fans B. Initiate Containment Ventilation Isolation C. Initiate sampling of Containment Sump 'A' D. Make PA announcement and sound the Plant Evacuation alarm

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because the candidate may recognize that the Aux. Charcoal Filter Fans must be running per A-3, but are started prior to entry B. Plausible because the candidate may assume that R10A is an input to CVI. The inputs for automatic CVI actuation are provided by R11 and R12 C. Plausible because the candidate might assume that samples are taken in A-3 for RCS leakage, when in actuality samples are directed by S-12.2, which is open per the given conditions. The sump would have been sampled already with the RCS leakage condition previously identified.

D. CORRECT. Per A-3, Step 3.1, Control Room personnel SHALL announce over the plant PA system that the plant evacuation alarm is applicable ONLY to personnel in CNMT and Control Room personnel SHALL sound the Plant Evacuation Alarm as a response to a degraded condition with personnel in CNMT."

Technical Reference(s): A-3 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective: .."-RA-=-=D~0=2,-=-C-,--,.."-1.'-=-0=2_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # C310.0304 (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content:. 55.41 12 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-S Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier# 3 Group #

KIA # 2.4.4 Importance Rating 4.S (K&A Statement) Ability to recognize abnormal indications for system operating parameters that are entry level conditions for emergency and abnormal operating procedures RO Question #73 Given the following plant conditions:

  • The reactor has tripped, concurrent with a loss of offsite power
  • Safety Injection has actuated
  • The crew is performing the actions of E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
  • RCS pressure is 1700 psig and rising slowly
  • CNMT pressure is 28 psig and rising slowly
  • Power Range NIS read 2%
  • CETs 70soF and rising slowly
  • RVLlS level is 4S% and lowering slowly
  • Both S/G NR levels are offscale low
  • AFW flow is 7S GPM to each S/G, and cannot be raised Which of the following describes the procedural transition upon exit from E-O, based upon assessment of the Critical Safety Function Status Trees?

A. FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure B. FR-H.1, Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink C. FR-S.1, Response to Reactor RestartlATWS D. FR-C.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: D Explanation:

A. Plausible because CNMT pressure of 28 psig is entry condition for FR-Z.1. This is the correct procedure (same as RED path) but higher RED path entries exist on Core Cooling and Heat Sink.

B. Plausible because with both S/G NR levels offscale low, and AFW flow limited to <200 GPM, entry requirements for Loss of Heat Sink are met, and a RED path on FR-H.1 exists, but higher priority CSFST conditions are met.

C. Plausible because there is indication that the reactor is not subcritical. Incorrect because the RED path criteria for FR-S.1 is power range> 5%.

D. CORRECT. For the given conditions: CETs >700°F and rising, Subcooling <O°F, no RCPs running, and RVLlS < [55%], RED path condition exists for FR-C.1. This is the correct transition to be made from E-O.

Technical Reference(s): CSFST Summaries (Attach if not previously provided)

A-503.1, EOP Rules of Usage Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective: _R_F_R_O,,-,O,-,C--,-,_2-:;..0-'-1_ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # BOOO.1063 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge Comprehension or Analysis x 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group #

KIA # 2.4.18 Importance Rating 3.3 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of the specific bases for EOPs RO Question #74 Plant conditions:

  • The crew is preparing to depressurize the RCS to minimize break flow and refill the pressurizer Which one of the following explains why a limit of 75% is placed on pressurizer level during the depressurization? This pressurizer level ensures _ _ _ _ _ __

A. that PORVs/Safety Valves will continue to provide overpressure protection B. an adequate steam bubble volume exists for effective pressure control C. sufficient inventory exists, under adverse CNMT conditions, to cover the PRZR heaters D. sufficient inventory exists to accommodate the collapse of an upper head steam bubble

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: B Explanation:

A. Plausible because concern with water solid operation and the effectiveness of water vs steam release for pressure control.

B. CORRECT. Covering PRZR heaters, establishing excess RCS inventory, being able to monitor RCS inventory trend, etc. are all reasonable bases for establishing a PRZR level above some minimum level. Too much liquid inventory, however, will reduce the size of the bubble in the PRZR and make RCS pressure control more challenging. This is the basis for the EOP setpoint of 75% PRZR, as explained in the setpoint document.

C. Plausible because concern for establishing enough inventory to keep the PRZR heaters covered and capable of being utilized for PRZR pressure control is valid - but is the basis for a MINIMUM PRZR level, not the maximum of 75%.

D. Plausible because in later in E-3 actions are taken to collapse a bubble in the upper head, a minimum PRZR level is established to anticipate an outsurge from the PRZR but the required maximum level during RCS DEPRESSURIZATION has nothing to do with this given reason.

Technical Reference(s): EOP BKGD, E-3, p95 (Attach if not previously provided)

Proposed references to be provided to applicants during None examination:

Learning Objective: -=..R=E=-P-=.0-=-3C-=-=2;;:...:;'0~1______ (As available)

Question Source: Bank # BOOO.0326 Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge X Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments:

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Examination Outline Cross-reference: Level RO SRO Tier # 3 Group # 4 KIA # 2.4.29 Importance Rating 3.1 (K&A Statement) Knowledge of the emergency plan RO Question #75 The Shift Manager has declared a Site Area Emergency.

Which of the following activities is a responsibility of the HCO/CO during implementation of EPIP-1-3, SITE AREA EMERGENCY?

A. Place the CREATS system in EMERGENCY mode B. Assist in assessment of plant radiological conditions C. When requested, be prepared to respond to NRC information requests D. Assist the Shift Manager in technical assessment of the emergency

ES-401 Ginna 2012 RO Retake Written Examination Form ES-401-5 Proposed Answer: A Explanation:

A CORRECT. Per EPIP-1-3, Step 5.2.4, the HCO/CO is directed to place the CREATS system in the EMERGENCY mode by depressing one of the two pushbuttons (CR Manual Isolation A or B pushbuttons).

B. Plausible because it is reasonable to expect that the HCO/CO could be utilized in this role.

Incorrect because it's the responsibility of the Shift Chemistry Technician, as outlined in EPIP-5-7, p.16.

C. Plausible that the HCO/CO could be used to respond to NRC information requests, but this responsibility is assigned to the Emergency Coordinator and detailed in EPIP-5-7, p.10 D. Plausible because it is credible to believe that the HCO/CO might assist the SM by providing information to the CRS or SM, but the STA's primary function, as detailed in EPIP-5-7, p14, is to assist the SM in technical assessment.

Technical Reference(s): EPIP-1-3, Site Area (Attach if not previously provided)

Emergency EPIP-5-7, Emergency Organization Proposed references to be provided to applicants during examination: --'-C:N-=.o:..;cne=--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Learning Objective: _R_S_C_01_C-'-,_4_.0_1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ (As available)

Question Source: Bank #

Modified Bank # (Note changes or attach parent)

New x Question History: Last NRC Exam Question Cognitive Level: Memory or Fundamental Knowledge x Comprehension or Analysis 10 CFR Part 55 Content: 55.41 10 55.43 Comments: